MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM BRISBANE VOLUME 25 7 NOVEMBER, 1988 PART 2 WAMBO PUTICASUS GEN. ET SP. NOV., A NEW RUTELINE FROM SOUTH QUEENSLAND (COLEOPTERA : SCARABAEIDAE) P.G. ALLSopP Allsopp, P.G. 1988 11 7: Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. nov., a new ruteline from south Queensland (Coleoptera : 0079-8835. Scarabaeidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 255-258. ISSN Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. nov. is described from specimens collected in a pitfall trap near Dalby, south Queensland. It is closely related to 4noplostethus Brullé, Epichrysus White and Paraschizognathus Ohaus. OWambo, Rutelinae, Scarabaeidae, Coleoptera. P.G. Allsopp, Bureau of Sugar Experiment Stations, PO Box 651, Bundaberg, Queensland 4670; 28 October, 1987. Carne (1958) last revised the Australian Rutelinae, placing most species in the Anoplognathini. He separated the two component subtribes, Anoplognathina and Schizognathina, on the presence or absence, respectively, of an anteromedian labial process which curves into the mouth cavity. The Anoplognathina comprise six genera, Calloodes White, Repsimus Macleay, Anoplognathus Leach, Epichrysus White, Anoplostethus Brullé and Paraschizognathus Ohaus. A further four species have since been added _ to Paraschizognathus (Carne, 1974; Allsopp and Carne, 1986a) and four to Anoplognathus (Carne, 1981; Allsopp and Carne, 1986b). The majority of Anoplognathina occur on or near the coasts and males are often attracted to lights. This paper describes a seventh genus from south Queensland. ANIC = Australian National Insect Collec- tion; QM = Queensland Museum. Wambo gen. nov. Type species: Wambo puticasus sp. nov. DEscrIPTION Male: Labrum with small anteroventral pro- cess contiguous with apex of labium. Clypeus (Fig. 1) transverse, length:width ratio 1:2.1, anterior margin more reflexed than lateral margins, lateral margins strongly anteriorly- divergent, dorsally glabrous; frontoclypeal suture distinct, with very slight posteriorly- directed median node. Frons (Fig. 1) setose, triangularly flattened. Mandibles without tooth at apex. Maxillary palps with terminal segment enlarged, dorsal surface with large oval sen- sorium. Labium with scattered long setae, impressed at suture with submentum; mentum strongly pigmented at apex, forming small process curving into mouth cavity; labial palps small, sickle-shaped. Antennae 10-segmented, club 3-segmented, club shorter than shaft. Pronotum (Fig. 1) with posterior margin with single median lobe, disc glabrous. Elytra (Fig. 1) with intervals punctate, disc glabrous: epipleurae narrowly membranous, with lateral setae, posteriorly glabrous. Hind wings fully developed. Postcoxal process of prosternum short, broadly rounded with anterior longitudi- nal carina. Mesosternal process absent. Ventral thorax covered with abundant long setae. Fore tibiae 3-dentate; fore tarsal segments 1-4 ca as long as 5, without patches of specialised setae on segments 1-2; hind legs not enlarged; claws ofall legs unequal, simple, the larger with weak longitudinal striation. Abdominal sternites setose. Pygidium densely setose, surface faintly transversely-wrinkled (difficult to see under setae). Female: Unknown. The generic name is of Aboriginal origin and is the name of the Shire in which the type locality of W. puticasus is situated. It is to be treated as masculine and acknowledges the interest in the area’s fauna shown by the Lake Broadwater Natural History Association. Wambo is most closely related to Anoplostethus, Epichrysus and Paraschizo- gnathus in having the posterior margin of the pronotum rounded as a single lobe and a membranous border to the epipleurae, and in lacking a mesosternal process. Wambo differs from Anoplostethus in having the frons and lateral epipleurae setose, the antennal club longer relative to the shaft and a small, rather than a large and truncate, postcoxal pronotal 256 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FIG 1, Wambe puticasus gen. ct sp. nov. holotype male: dorsal view. A NEW RUTELINE process, and in lacking dense patches of special- ised setae on tarsal segments 1-2 and either adpressed white scales or a dense patch of specialised setae on the mentum. From Epichrysus, Wambo differs in having a glabrous pronotum and a more transverse clypeus with anteriorly-divergent sides. The more transverse clypeus with divergent sides of Wambo also dis- tinguishes it from Paraschizognathus. In Carne’s (1958) key to the Anoplognathina Wambo will not key past couplet 4. It may be included in the key by deleting couplets 4 and 5 and substituting the following: 4. Epipleurae glabrous or with decumbent white setae at base: males with specialised setae in a patch on mentum and on underside of fore tarsal segments 1-2 (Carne, 1958, figs 15-16) or with adpressed white scales on lat- eral mentum .............. Anoplostethus Brullé Epipleurae with lateral setae; males without specialised setae or adpressed white setae on mentum or fore tarsi .......... 5. Disc of pronotum setose LSesogesvvadtetceeripenterouectyevoetchel Epichrysus White Disc of pronotum glabrous ..............:.006 6 6. Clypeus twice as wide as long, sides curved, anteriorly-divergent (Fig. 1) ...........c:ccseeeeees sec tevrdplesed caves ceaaslépiedcrsPibecs Wambo gen. nov. Clypeus less than twice as wide as long, sides slightly curved or straight, parallel or conver- gent (Carne, 1958, figs 19-20,23,25-31, 33; Carne, 1974, figs 2,5,14; Allsopp and Carne VORGARAIS. 1) ok. ccecdisticssctssteccesskscheateaseidtites Wambo puticasus sp. nov. MATERIAL EXAMINED Ho.LotyPe: QM T10906 3, Lake Broadwater via Dalby, SEQ, 24.xi.1985-3.1.1986, Queensland Museum and M. Bennie, Pitfall traps (Site 6). PARATYPE: Same data as holotype (1 ¢), ANIC. DESCRIPTION Male: Total length 18.4-18.7 mm. Clypeus, pronotum, scutellum, elytra, ventral thorax, femora and tibiae brown with green sheen, green sheen very pale or missing from some patches and replaced with red; frons darker green to blue with lighter green patches; pygidium, abdominal sternites and tarsi brown; antennae light brown; thoracic setae light yel- low; abdominal setae white. Labrum with trans- verse row of setae. Clypeus (Fig. 1) with anterior margin rounded with slight median indentation; 257 anterior face with scattered long setae arising from punctures; dorsum with punctures, surface shagreened. Frons (Fig. 1) with long setae aris- ing from punctures, setae less dense near pos- terior margin, surface shagreened; canthus crossing '/3 eye width, setose. Mandibles setose on lateral face and near apex. Maxillary palps with few long setae on segments 1-2, segment 3 with scattered minute setae. Labial palps with segment 2 produced around outer base of seg- ment 3, apex of outer edge of segment 2 with long stout seta. Antennal shaft 1.2 times length of antennal club, scattered setae on both club and shaft. Pronotum (Fig.1 ) with length:width ratio 1:1.6, few long white setae along posterior margin and few short white setae on anterior margin near angles, disc with scattered punc- tures denser anteriorly and near centre line, sur- face shagreened, anterior margin with groove continuing across middle, posterior margin with well-defined ridge continuing across middle, anterior angles slightly acute but rounded, pos- terior angles obtuse and rounded, lateral mar- gins with broadly rounded angle anterior to mid-line. All coxae and femora with scattered long setae; fore tibiae with line of strong yellow setae in line level with outer edge of tarsi, shorter white setae between these and inner edge, inner margin with long yellow setae, outer portion with few medium setae and scattered minute setae; mid and hind tibiae with | strong carina and 1 less-defined carina; tarsi with lower surface of segments 1-4 with 2 strong spines, each of these segments more produced ventrally than preceding, segment 5 with ventral notch. Scutellum setose towards basal angles, scattered setose punctures towards apex, remaining sur- face smooth, apex rounded. Elytra (Fig. 1) with intervals punctate, surface transversely wrinkled, apices square; epipleurae with mem- branous border continuing to apices. Pygidium with dense decumbent white setae, scattered longer erect yellow setae towards lateral margins and apex. Aedeagal parameres (Figs 2-3) sym- metrical, tapering towards apex, slightly and gradually reflexed backwards along length, setose on inner surface near apex. Female: Unknown. The specific name is a compound noun in apposition formed from the Latin puteus, a pit, and casus, a fall, and refers to the collection method. Both specimens were taken in the one pitfall trap 2 km south of Lake Broadwater (G.B. Monteith pers. comm.). The trap was set in an 258 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fics 2-3. Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. nov. holotype male: aedeagal parameres (scale line is 1! mm): (2) lateral; (3) dorsal. area of deep sand dominated by Lomandra sp. (mattrush) and with mixed eucalypts and scat- tered cypress pine (Callitris sp.). Six other traps set in this area and 63 traps set in nine other veg- etation types in the Lake Broadwater area and left in place for 15 months yielded no further specimens. As all traps were roofed, both speci- mens must have entered by walking. They were possibly on the ground searching for a pheromone-emitting female. The absence of green pigment from patches of the dorsal surface and replacement with dark red is similar to the variation in colour found in Anoplostethus roseus Blanchard (Carne, 1958). Both specimens have been partially squashed in pinning, making an apparent deep re-entrant angle between the elytra appear as an artefact. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The specimens were collected during a survey of the Lake Broadwater Environmental Park being conducted by the Lake Broadwater Natu- ral History Association and the Queensland Museum as an Australian Bicentenary Project. I thank Dr Geoff Monteith and Mr Geoff Thompson, Queensland Museum for the loan of specimens and for the illustrations, respectively. Dr Phil Carne, CSIRO is thanked for his encouragement and advice. LITERATURE CITED Attsopp, P.G. AND Carne, P.B. 1986a. Paraschizognathus marcus sp. n. (Coleoptera : Scarabaeidae Rutelinae) from south east Queensland, J. Aust. ent. Soc. 25: 95-7. 1986b. Anoplognathus vietor sp. n. (Coleoptera : Scarabaeidae : Rutelinae) from west Queensland. J. Aust. ent, Soc, 25: 99-101, CARNE, P.B. 1958. A review of the Australian Rutelinae (Coleoptera : Scarabacidae), Aust. /. Zool. 6: 162-240. 1974. A review of the o/fvaceus species-group of the genus Paraschizognathus Ohaus, and description of three new species (Coleoptera : Scarabaeidae). J, Aust. ent. Soc, 13: 261-6. 1981. Three new species of noplognathus Leach, and new distribution records for poorly known species (Coleoptera ; Scarabaeidae : Rutelinae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 20: 289-94. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF GONEPLACID (CRUSTACEA ; BRACHYURA) FROM QUEENSLAND, AUSTRALIA P.J.F. Davie Davie, PF. 1988 11 7: A new genus and species of goneplacid (Crustacea : Brachyura) from Queensland, Australia. Mem. Qd Mus, 25(2); 259-264, Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Australocarcinus riparius gen, nov., sp. nov. is described from estuarine habitats in narth Queensland. It resembles Speocarc/nis species in overall facies but differs 1rom them by the shape of the third maxilliped; pleopods one and two being subequal in length; and the second pair of legs being the longest not the third pair. {t appears likely that this species broods its young until the mogalopal or juvenile stage. OCrustacea, Brachyura, Goneplacidae, Australocarcius riparius, estuary, ecolagy, repra- duction, abbreviated develapmient. P.LF. Davie, Queensland Museum, PQ Box 300, South Brisbane, Queensland, 410], Australia; 28 Augusi, 1987. In late 1986 the Mangrove Research Unit of the Australian Institute of Marine Science (A.LMLS.), at Townsville, sent to the Museum specimens of a goneplacid crab they collected from a soft mud bank of the Murray River, NE.Q. This crab was remarkable in two ways: firstly, it did not appear to fit any previously described genus: and secondly the mature female was accompanied by 18 fully formed juveniles. These juveniles were apparently closely associated with the adult at the time of capture although they weren't detected until they were found. separated fram the female, when she was washed from the ‘handful of mud we threw into the bottle’. A subsequent trip to the area in January 1987 yielded several oviger- ous females which were brought back io the laboratory alive but which later died. To the author’s knowledge direct development is rare among brachyura and has not previously been found in members of the family Goneplacidae, The Museum mounted an expedition to north Queensland in March L987 with one aim being to collect more specimens, and hopefully, to find either females with juveniles or ovigerous females which could be kept alive while the eggs developed. Unfortunately although a large num- ber of specimens were collected none showed any egg development. Queensland Museum jis abbreviated in the text as QM. Measurements given, where not otherwise indicated, are of carapace breadth (c.b.). Australocarcinus gen. nov- DiAGnosis Carapace smooth and glabrous, regions poorly defined; anterolateral margins rounded and dentate, posterolateral margins subparallel. Front aboui '3 of the total carapace width, formed of two rounded lobes, moderately deflexed, and without preorhital lobes or teeth. Orbits small, unarmed, with slightly raised rim. Eyestalks short, moveable, and with well devel- oped corneas; completely retractable within orbit. Chelae robust, not markedly dissimilar although one slightly larger than the other. Legs long and slender, hirsute, second pair the longest. Male abdomen with segments three to five fused, segment three expanded laterally. slightly wider than segment one, neither seg- ments one or three cover the sternum between the last pair of legs. Sternal segment eight in the male formed of two discrete plates; in female of normal form. First male pleopod stout, straight, and tapering 10 a simple apex: second male pleopod as long as first, slender but with reduction in width at about the middle, also ending in a simple apex. RemARKS The riparius, In overall appearance, this genus appears closest to the American genus Speocarcinus to which 1 keys out. 11 does however differ in a number of important characters. |) The merus of the 3rd maxilliped is quadrate, subequal in size and shape to the ischium and _ its anteroexternal angle is not especially promi- nent. 2) The 2nd 3 pleopod is fine, and equal in type species is Awmstralocarcinus i o So length 10 (he Lstd pleopod, 3) The cyistome is quite broad. 4) The second pair of legs is the longest not the 3rd pair. lam unable to confidently comment on its relationships to other genera. Ic clearly does not belong to the Rhizopinae which has recently been redefined and placed in the Pilumnidae (Ne, 1987) The rhizopines have typical pilumnid features. t.e. long, slender and sinuous first male pleopods: very short and sigmoid sec- ond male pleopods: and all male abdominal seg- ments free. Because of this definition a number of genera can no longer be considered to belong to the Rhizopinae. but their new affiliations are in doubt, This group is currently under con- sideration pending a full revision by Dr D. Guinot (pers. comm.}. Australocarcutiee must also ie within this group. The lengthened 2nd ¢ pleopod has been described in specimens identified as ‘Typhlocarcinodes pirocularus’ by Serene (1964: 237-9) however these specimens have been placed in a new genus and species by Ng (1987). This new genus also apparently falls into the ‘in limbe’ group of genera mentioned above. A long second male pleopod is common in the Carcinoplacinae (see Guinot, 1969b) but due toa the form of the abdomen Australocarcinus can- not be placed in that subfamily, It seems that the elongation of the second ¢ pleopod is a chargo- ter which has ansen independently a number of times within the Goneplacidae. The 2nd ¢& pleopods of the Indo-Pacific Speocarcinus celebensis Tesch, 1918, and S. laevimarginatie Yokoya, 1933, have apparently not been desenbed but according to Guinot (1969%c: 706) these species are congeneric, and not true Speocarcinus species. The present new species however differs from these in having segments 3—5 of the abdomen fused as in true Spencarejnus species and therefore cannot be considered also to be congenecric with those ather Indo-Pacific species, Australocarcinus riparius sp. nov. MaTERIAL EXaMINED HoLtotyre: OM WI31L13, ¢ (13.1 mm), Murray River, riverbank near Tate’s Landing, NE.Q.. 18.11, 1987, P. Davie, J. Short. Pawarvins: OM W12915, 5 6 (6.8-13,1 mm), 72 (8.7-1 L.5 mm), same data as holotype. OM W12891, 19(01.8 mm), Murray River, NE.Q., near entrance to Tate’s Landing, in mud along bank, 17.11.1987, P. Davie, J, Short: QM W12895, 12.7 (4.4-10.3 mm), 69 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM (5.3-11.1 mm), data as for W12891; OM W1291h. & 3(8.1-12.2 mm). 10 8 (7.1-12.8 mm), Murray R,, NE.Q., upstream of Tate's Landing, in tiverbank, 14-16.311.1987, P. Davie, J. Short, OM W13190, | juy. ¢ (4.5 mm) Murray River, NE.Q., edge of bank, low water neap, 15.v.1978, P. Davie} OM W13191, 1 2 (7.8 mm), Murray R., NE.Q., on algal mat near low water neap, upper estuary, | 5.v.1978, P, Davie, R. Timmins, QM W13192. 1 ovig. 2 (10.7 mm), Murray R., NE.Q., Jan. 1987, S. Frusher; QM W13193, | ? (9,7 mm), 18 juvs, Murray R., NE.Q., 26,x1,1986, 8, Frusher and R. Giddings; OM W13194. 1.0 (10.0 mm), Rowen Creek, Hinchinbrook Is,, NE.Q., April 1987, S. Frusher. Deserieruin Carapace: Wider than long (c, 1.25™), smooth, sparsely covered with very short hairs, which are most abundant on the posterolateral branchial regions; regions poorly defined but with cardiac and metagastric regions defined by shallow grooves. Protogastric and branchial regions noticeably swollen in large mature males. Carapace flat trom side to side except for regional swellings, but fore and aft is strongly deflexed over anterior third. Posterolateral mar- vins almost straight. slightly convex: branchial regions with a posterolateral facet reminiscent of the Varuninae. Anterolateral margins sharp and marked by four strong, slightly upturned, teeth, outer orbital edges without teeth, first unlerolateral tooth long, low. truncate, com- mencing as 4 ridge a little way behind orbit, sec- ond to fourth teeth of similar form, forwardly vaulted, blunt; third tooth the largest; greatest carapace width across last anterolateral teeth, Front broadly bilobed with no trace of pre- orbital teeth; slightly raised margin continuing smoothly around to encircle orbit. Eyes with corneas well developed, on moveable eyestalks; eyes Tetractable within orbits but still clearly visible in dorsal view. Antenna (including antennal peduncle) with free access to the orbit; intennal flagellum long extending laterally to a point in line with apex of second anterolateral tooth. Antennules fold transversely and are completely retraclable under frontal lobes. Pterygostome adjacent to third maxillipeds and below anterolateral teeth with only short sparse selae bul posterior Lo this are long dense plu- mose setae distinctly visible in dorsal view below the anterolateral margins. Third maxillipeds (Fig. 1C). Merus and ischium subequal, both quadrate. Merus with Outer Margin convex but not strongly produced anterolaterally, inner and lower margins of A NEW GONEPLACID ischium and merus lined with fine setae. Palp with bristles, being very long and stout distally: these bristles slightly recurved and bearing on distal half of inner margin a series of short fine comb like teeth. Male abdomen (Fig. 1E). Segments three to five fused. Telson elongate, rounded triangular. Penultimate segment c. 0.62 X length of telson, with lateral borders shallowly sinuous. Segments 261 three to five with straight divergent borders. Segment two constricted. Segment one narrow, laterally expanded but not as wide as base of the fused segments 3-5. Neither the base of seg- ments 3-5, nor segment one cover the sternites between the last pair of walking legs. Female abdomen (Fig. 2C) relatively narrow, not nearly covering sternal segments. First male pleopod (Fig. 1B) stout; tapering to Fic. 1: Australocarcinus riparius gen, nov., sp. nov. A. second male pleopod; B. first male pleopod; C. third maxilliped; D. carapace: E. male abdomen; F. sternal segments and disposition of gonopod. AB = abdomi- nal segment; ST = sternal segment; CX = coxa; G = gonopod. Nan ae MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM = | (ote Ag | : areas ee Fic. 2: A. riparius. A,B, right and left male chelae; C. female abdomen, Scale lines = 2 mm. a simple, bluntly pointed tip, Distal quarter naked, medial half with sparse, short, simple hairs laterally. Bluntly rounded ‘elbow’ about ' of distance from base with a few longer, plu- mose setae. Second male pleopod (Fig. LA) subequal in length to first, slender; parallel sides but. with a median constriction; tip obliquely slanted, with acute tip. Sternite eight of male (Fig. 1F) with anterior third formed into a separate plate. Coxal gonopod appears to pass below the joint of the two plates of sternite eight. Sternite eight of female is a normal single plate. Chelae of adult males (Fig. 2A,B) strongly developed, the right slightly the larger. Merus stout, triangular in section, with 6-8 large gran- ules along outer inferior border and 2-3 on inner inferior border, Shaggily hirsute along inner borders of ishium and merus, Carpus subquadrate in dorsal view with strong blunt tri- angular tooth on inner edge; sparse short hairs present on surface. Palm of chelae swollen, inner and outer faces smooth, 1-3 granules pre- sent on inner superior border which is otherwise rounded. Both fingers with median grooves on inner and outer faces which bear short hairs. these run the length of the fixed fingers but are mainly restricted to the distal half of the dactyls. Additional hair lined grooves present ventrally on fixed fingers, but are most prominent distally. Fingers pointed, with differentiated teeth that are subequal on smaller chela, but enlarged proximally on larger chela. In mature males dactyl of large chela 0.84 % length of palm (palm measured in mid-line of outer face and excluding fixed finger); fingers of smaller chela relatively longer, 0.96 X length of palm. Walking legs long, slender, unarmed, second pair the longest (c. 1.75 X breadth of carapace). First pair with thick, dense clothing of long hairs on ventral and lateral faces of carpus, propodus, and dactylus. Other legs with dense hair con- fined to a narrow fringe on propodus and dactylus. Short.and long hairs scattered sparsely over all segments of all legs. DisTRiBtTION Currently only known from the Murray River, NE. Queensland, and Bowen Creek on the nearby Hinchinbrook Island. Eca.ocy Appears to be restricted to estuaries. [t is cryptic, and lives intertidally in the soft mud of river banks. It excavates its own burrows but the entrances to these are not distinguishable from A NEW GONEPLACID 263 ih! . rPELir:nRE*Q erm: ft i ; . § | LOUNGE Pad Fic. 3: Australocarcinus riparius gen. nov., sp. nov. Scale divisions in mm. those of other crabs which inhabit the banks. Burrows may penetrate 20-30 cms into the bank and are typically narrow and meandering. A male and female pair are often found together in the same burrow. They seem most abundant in the mid- to upper-estuary zone where salinities are greater than 20 p.p.t. only around November/December (pre-summer rains) and the water is almost fresh between February and August (Dr T. Smith, A.I.M.S., pers. comm.). REPRODUCTION As mentioned earlier it seems probable that this species may show direct development of the young, or at least abbreviated development with the final metamorphoses taking place in the burrow of the adult. The single ovigerous female in the collection had 71 eggs which each measured 1 mm in diameter. There were 18 juveniles associated with the other female already discussed, and these measured c. 1.7 mm c.b. Some of these may however have been lost in the collection process. Considering that several ovigerous females were observed by the members of A.I.M.S. during December and January even though relatively few specimens were collected, it seems that reproduction may be largely confined to the spring and early summer months. By March when the author made his large collections none were observed. The period of highest salinities (10-20 p.p.t.) occurs between September and January, and this is probably pertinent. Goneplacids are an atypical component of estuarine intertidal habitats. Abbreviated devel- opment would be a likely adaptation for exploi- tation of this labile environment. Strategies for reproduction and adaptations for estuarine life have been briefly reviewed by Davie (1985). ETYMOLOGY The specific name is latin and means fre- quenting river banks. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am indebted to Stewart Frusher and the other members of the Australian Institute of Marine Science Mangrove Research Unit who first brought this crab to my attention and donated specimens to the Queensland Museum. Mr John Short is thanked for his field assistance and for his photographic skills. Dr Peter Ng is especially thanked for reading and commenting on the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Davie, P.J.F. 1985. The biogeography of littoral crabs (Crustacaea : Decapoda: Brachyura) associated with tidal wetlands in tropical and sub-tropical Australia. Jn Bardsley, K.N., Davie, J.D.S. and Woodroffe, C.D., ‘Coasts and tidal Wetlands of the Australian Monsoon Region. A Collection of Papers Presented at a Conference held in Darwin 4-11 November 1984’. Australian National Uni- versity North Australia Research Unit Mangrove Monogr. 1: 259-75. Guinot, D, 1969a, Recherches préliminaires sur les groupements naturels chez les Crustacés Décapodes Brachyoures VI. Les Goneplacidae. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (2)41: 241-65. 1969b. ibid. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (2)41: 507-28. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1969c. ibid. Bull. Mus. natn. Hist. nat. (2)41: 688-724. 1978. Principes d’une classification évolutive des crustacés decapodes brachoures. Bull. Biol. France Belgique (n.s.) 112(3): 211-92. Na, P.K.L. 1987. A revision of the genus Rhizopa Stimpson, 1858 and the status of the Rhizopinae Stimpson, 1858 (Crustacea, Decapoda, Brachyura). Indo-Malay Zool. 4: 69-111. SERENE, R. 1964. Papers from Dr Th. Mortensen’s Pacific Expedition 1914-1916. 80. Goneplacidae et Pinnotheridae Recoltes par le Dr Mortensen. Vidensk. Medd. fra Dansk naturh., 126: 181-282, pls XVI-XXIV. Tescu, J.J. 1918. The Decapoda Brachyura of the Siboga Expedition. II. Goneplacidae and Pinnotheridae. Siboga Expedite, Monogr. 39e, livr. 84: 149-295, pl. VII-X VIII. THREE NEW SPECIES OF THE SPIDER GENUS STIPHIDION (ARANEAE : AMAUROBIOIDEA : STIPHIDIIDAE) FROM AUSTRALIA VALERIE Topp Davies Davies, V. Todd. 1988 11 7: Three new species of the spider genus Stiphidion (Araneae : Amaurobioidea : Stiphidiidae) from Australia. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 265-271. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Descriptions of Stiphidion diminutum n. sp., S. adornatum n. sp. and S. raveni n. sp. show a range of female genital patterns and some elaboration of the d palp when compared with the type species, S. facetum. The distributional range of S. facetum is extended northward to southeastern Queensland. The relationship of Stiphidion to other Australasian genera is discussed briefly, resulting in the exclusion of Jschalea and Procambridgea from the Stiphidiidae. Araneae, Stiphidiidae, Stiphidion, new taxa. Valerie Todd Davies, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brishane, Queensland 4101, Australia; 30 January, 1986. Stiphidion facetum, a cribellate spider from Tasmania, was described by Simon (1902), and has since been found in northern areas of New Zealand (Marples, 1959; Forster and Wilton, 1973). It has been placed in several different families and at present is the type genus of the Stiphidiidae. In the following, abbreviations and measurements follow Davies (1976). STIPHIDION Simon, 1902. Stiphidion Simon, 1902, Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 15: 242. Type species Stiphidion facetum Simon, 1902 by original designation. Amarara Marples, R.R. 1959, Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 87: 354. Type species Amarara fera Marples, 1959 by original designation. Taxonomic decision of Lehtinen (1967). A. fera = S. facetum. DiaGnosis Cribellate spiders with strongly recurved posterior eye row, a very unusual arrangement in amaurobiid spiders. Posterior spinnerets slender, longer than the anterior pair; the apical segment as long as the basal. Umbrella-shaped web where the spider rests on the substrate in the hollow ‘handle’ of the web. DESCRIPTION Medium-sized spiders. Cephalothorax pale brown edged in darker brown-black usually with darker lines diverging from deep, long fovea and defining cephalic and thoracic areas. Abdomen with pale median, cardial area, bordered anteriorly by white stripes or patches, usually two darker patches towards posterior end. See Forster and Wilton (1973, fig. 397) for photo- graph of Stiphidion. Long, slender, banded legs, 1423. Trochanters very shallowly notched. Feathery (ciliate) hairs on legs. Trichobothria in double row on tibiae, single row on metatarsi and tarsi. Bothria collariform, finely grooved; tarsal organ distal to trichobothria (Fig. 24). Few spines on legs, femora with 1-2 dorsal spines and usually one or more prolateral spines. Two closely spaced teeth on retromargin of cheliceral groove, 3 on promargin (Fig. 1). Row of long curved bristles on prolateral surface of chelicera. Labium wider than long, indented anteriorly. Sternum truncated anteriorly and pointed posteriorly; slightly wider than long, as wide as long or slightly longer than wide, depending on length of posterior point. Anterior and posterior eye rows strongly recurved, all eyes except ALE, encircled by black pigment (Fig. 2). AME large, usually larger than ALE. Cribellum divided: calamistrum sub-central. Large divided colulus in males. Anterior spinnerets stout, short apical segment. Posterior spinnerets slender, apical as long as basal segment (Fig. 3). Epigynum (Figs 4, 5, 6) with lateral fossae; lateral teeth absent. Tibia of 3d palp with retrolateral and ventral apophyses (Fig. 16). Apex of cymbium short or long; bulge on retrolateral edge of cymbium. Median apophysis absent. Embolus spiniform arising prolaterally and describing semicircle to end retrolaterally. Extensive T-shaped conduc- tor with forked apex (Figs 20, 21). The outer forked process supports the embolus and is grooved and pointed, occasionally bifid; the inner process laminate. Stiphidion facetum Simon, 1902 S. facetum has been re-described and illustrated 266 by Forster and Wilton (1973). For scanning electron micrographs of cribellum see Davies (1976, plate 60E, F). S. facetum, originally described from Tasmania has been collected in eastern Australia as far north as southeastern Queensland where it is found, from an altitude of about 500m, in open forest and in rainforest areas, commonly on the edge of rainforests along pathways and streams. MATERIAL EXAMINED New Town, Hobart, Tasmania, V.V. Hickman, xii.1968, 1 3, QM 8261; Scotsdale-St Helens Road, Tasmania, A. Rozefelds, 6.1.1981, 1 9, QM S262: MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Jenolan Caves, New South Wales, J. Gallon, 6.v,1985, | 2, QM $263; Gibraltar Ra.. via Glen Innes. New South Wales, R.J. Raven, 10.xi.1980. 2 9. QM $264: Binna Burra, Lamington Nat. Pk, SE. Queensland, Y. Lubin, R.J. Raven, V,E. Davies, 12.ii,81, 1 d (SEM palp), | 9, QM $265; Queen Mary Falls, Killarney, SE. Queens- land, R.J. Raven, 26.11.1974, | ¢ , QM $266; Great Dividing Ra., nr Teyiot Brook, SE. Queensland, R. Raven, 25.xii.1974, | ¢d , 2 9, QM 8267; Cedar Ck, nr Samford, SE. Queensland. R. Raven, V.E. Davies, 21.xii.1978, | & (epigyne drawn), 1 d, QM S268; Mt Glorious, SE. Queensland, R. Raven, | d, QM $269: Mt Archer, SE. Queensland, J, Gallon 29.iv.1985, | d, QM $270; Dandabah, Bunya Nat. Pk, Y.E. Davies, 4ii1.1976, 2 9. QM $271; Mt Goonaneman, SE. Fics 1-6. Stiphidion facetum Simon. Fig. 1, chelicera, retrolateral. Fig. 2, cyes from above. Fig. 3, spinnerets, lat- eral. Figs 4-6, epigynum. Fig. 4, external (ventral). Fig. 5, external, cleared. Fig. 6, internal (dorsal), cleared. Fics 7-9. Stiphidion diminutum sp. nov. epigynum, holotype. Fig. 7, external. Fig. 8, external, cleared. Fig. 9. internal, cleared. NEW SPECIES OF STIPHIDION Queensland, R. Raven, V.E. Davies, 4-5.xi.1980, 3 9, QM 8272; Lower Dry Ck, Kroombit Tops, Queens- land, V.E. Davies, J. Gallon, 9-19.xii.1983, 4 9, QM $273. Stiphidion diminutum sp. nov. MATERIAL EXAMINED HoLotyPe: From small umbrella-shaped web, Beauty Spot 98, (rainforest), 860m, Kroombit Tops, Queensland, 24°22’, 151°01°, V.E. Davies, J. Gallon, 9-19.xii.1983, 1 9, QM 8243. PARATYPES: Same locality, collectors, date, 1 6, QM $244, 1 2, QM §8245; Three Moon Ck (rainforest) 940m, Kroombit Tops, Queensland, V.E. Davies, J. Gallon 9-19. xii.1983, 1 3, 1 penult. ¢, QM 8246, 39, 2 j, QM $247; 600m, Bulburin State Forest, Queens- land, 24°32’, 151°20°, V.E. Davies, R. Kohout, 17-24.ii1.1975, 8 2, QM S248, 5 ¢ , QM S249; Bulburin State Forest, Queensland, V.E. Davies, R.J. Raven, 25-28.ii1.1977, 3 2. QM S250, 1 6, 3 j, QM $251. DescrIPTION OF FEMALE CL 1.8, CW 1.3, AL 2.5, AW 1.6. S. diminutum is smaller than the other species. Colour and pattern similar to S. facetum. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 5:5:6:8. Labium much wider than long, 1:0.5. Sternum slightly wider than long. Few spines on legs. Femoral spines, first leg d1100, p0100; second and third legs d1000, fourth leg d1000, r0001. Epigynum with reduced ridge between widely spaced fossae; insemination ducts looped (Figs 7, 8, 9). Other females varied in size: CL 1.5-1.8, CW 1.3-1.5, AL 2.2-2.8, AW 1.7-2.3. DescripTION OF MALE CL 1.6, CW 1.3, AL 1.8, AW 1.2. Dimensions of other males: CL 1.4-1.7, CW 1.2-1.3, AL 1.6-2.0, AW 1.0-1.3. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 6:5:6:7. Labium wider than long 1:0.6. Sternum slightly wider than long. Femoral spines, first leg d1100, p0011; second leg d1100, p0001, third and fourth legs d1100, r0001. Palp: cymbium hardly extended beyond tegulum (Fig. 22); bifurcate retrolateral apophysis and ventral apophysis on tibia (Fig. 17). Stiphidion adornatum sp. nov. MATERIAL EXAMINED Ho.otyPe: From umbrella-shaped web on rock face, Curtis Falls, Mt Tamborine Nat. Pk, 670m, SE. 267 Queensland 27°55’, 153°12’, N. Clyde Coleman, R.J. Raven, V.E. Davies, 27.vi.1980, 1 2, QM $252. PARATYPES: Same locality, collectors and date, 2 3, QM 8253, 4°, QM 8254; O’Reillys, 945m, Lamington Nat. Pk, SE. Queensland, 28°12’, 153°05’, E. Dahms, R.J. Raven, V.E. Davies, 15.xi.1977, 1 2, 1j, QM 8255, 2 6, QM 8256; Mt Tamborine Nat. Pk, SE. Queens- land, V.E. Davies, 22.vi.1975, 1 3d, 43, QM S257; Mt Tamborine Nat. Pk, SE Queensland, C.L. Wilton, R.J. Raven, V.E. Davies, 10.vii.1974, 1 2, 1 j, QM S258. DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE CL 2.5, CW 1.8, AL 4.2, AW 2.6. Colour and pattern similar to S. facetum. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE = 9:8:7:9. Labium wider than long 1:0.75. Sternum as wide as long. Few spines on legs. Femoral spines, first leg d1100, p0011, r0011; other legs d1100, p0001, r0001. Epigynum with very long tightly coiled insemi- nation ducts (Figs 10, 11, 12). Variation in size of other females: CL 1.8-2.7, CW 1.7-1.8, AL 3.2-4.0, AW 2.3-2.8. DescripTION OF MALE CL 2.6, CW 1.9, AL 3.3, AW 1.8. Dimensions of other males: CL 2.2-2.4, CW 1.6-2.0, AL 2.8-3.0, AW 1.6-1.8. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 9:6:9:9. Legs longer than those of female, similar spination. Palp: greatly extended T-shaped conductor embracing sides of very long cymbium (2.0); embolus very long, lying along rolled outer edge of conductor (Fig. 23); tibia with bifurcate retrolateral apophysis and ventral apophysis (Fig. 18). The species is named for the elaborate palp. Other material was collected from Gibraltar Ra., New South Wales, Stotts Is., Tweed R., New South Wales, and Mary Cairncross Park nr Maleny, SE. Queensland. One 6 was found in female’s web; she was in the handle of umbrella and the male outside this area. Stiphidion raveni sp. nov. MATERIAL EXAMINED Ho.otype: From web under rock, New England Nat. Pk, 1500m, snow gum (Eucalyptus pauciflora) forest, New South Wales, 30°30’, 152°30’, R.J. Raven, 3.xii,1973, 1 2, QM $259. ParatyPe: New England Nat. Pk, New South Wales, W. Nash, R.J. Raven, 15.vii.1975, 1d, 1j, QM S260. DESCRIPTION OF FEMALE CL 2.6, CW 1.9, AL 3.3, AW 2.3. The abdominal pattern differs a little from S. facetum in that the cardial area is bordered by 17 18 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 19 Fics 10-12. Suiphidion adornatum sp. nov., epigynum, $254. Fig. 10, external. Fig. 11, external, cleared. Fig. 12, internal, cleared. Fics 13-15, Stiphidion raveni sp. nov., epigynum, holotype. Fig. 13, external. Fig. 14, external cleared. Fig. 15, internal, cleared. Fics 16-19. 6 tibial apophyses, retrolateral. Fig. 16, Stiphidion facetum. Fig. 17, S. diminutum. Fig. 18, S. adornatum. Fig. 19, S. raveni. white patches rather than stripes. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 8:7:8:9. Labium wider than long 1:0.8. Sternum longer than wide 1:0.9. Femoral spines, first leg d1100, p0011, r0010; second leg d1100, p0011, r0011, third and fourth legs d1 106, p0001, r0001. Epigynum with loosely coiled insemination ducts (Figs 13, 14, 15). Description oF MAte CL 2.3, CW 1.7, AL 2.5, AW 1.5. Ratio of AME:ALE:PME:PLE is 7:6:7:8. Labium wider than long 1:0.8. Sternum slightly longer than wide. Femoral spines, first leg d1100, p00O11, r0011; second leg d1100, p0011, r0011; third leg d1100, p0011, r0011; fourth legs missing. Palp: cymbial apex short and pointed; outer process of conductor is bifid, inner process elongate (Fig. 25); trifurcate retrolateral apophysis and ventral apophysis on tibia (Fig. 19). The species is named for Robert Raven. NEW SPECIES OF STIPHIDION 269 Fics 20-25, Stiphidion facetum, |. 3 palp. Fig. 20, ventral, scale line 100u, Fig, 21, embolus on tip of bifurcate conductor, scale line 25p. Figs. 22, 23, |. palp, ventral. Fig. 22... diminutui $246, scale line 1OQu. Fig. 23, S. adornatum, 8253, embolus displaced. Fig. 24. S. facerwm, tarsal organ and trichobothrial base. scale line 20u. Fig. 25, S. raveni, $260, scale line 160p. FAMILY PLACEMENT AND RELATIONSHIPS Stiphidion was originally placed in the Psechridae (Simon. 1902) and later in the Suphidiinae (Dalmas, 1917) in that family. Marples (1959) assigned the genus (as Antarara) to the Dictynidae. Lehtinen (1967) transferred the Suphidiinae, containing Stiphidion, Baiami and Tjurunga, 1a the Amaurobiidae. Tjurunga, known only from a female (type in Paris) from Tasmania, 1s not considered here. Elevated to family level (Forster and Wilton, 1973), the Stiphidiidae were considered to contain Stiphidion, Baiami, Procanibridgea, Corasoides and the New Zealand genera Cambridgea (Berland’s (1924) New Caledonian species, C. simont does not appear to belong in the genus). Narocamibridgea and tschalea. Until more species of the Australian amaurobioids are described and familial synapomorphies are established. stiphidiine relationships will remain uncertain; some obser- vations. however. may be made. Ischalea has least in common with the other genera: its habitus (Forster and Wilton, 1973, fig. 470), the presence of lateral teeth on the epigynum and a well developed median apophysis are enough to exclude it from the Stiphidiidae. Procambridgea has marked trochanteral notches. a proximal calamistrum and very reduced AME unlike any of ihe other genera, so {hat it too 1s unlikely to belong here. In a comprehensive revision of Bafanpi. Gray (1981) found that the species showed a southern Australian distribution and he considered that Baianti was related to several undescribed gen- era from this region but probably not to Stiphidion, tt is known that monotypic Corasoides, a large ecribellate spider is widely distributed in the southern half of Australia and also occurs in New Guinea (Main, 1982). It has a large sheet web on the top of which it runs, unlike Baiami, Cambridgea and Nanocam- bridgea which hint under their sheets. The retreat of Corasvides goes down into the ground or into a hollow in a tree trunk where its thick, spherical egg-sac is placed. This is coated with alternative layers of soil and particles of dirt or wood, Cambridgea also coats its egg-sacs (up to 4) with debris from the ground and hangs them in its web (Forster and Forster, 1973). Corasoides lacks feathery (ciliate) hairs but with Stiphidion and Baianii it shares shallowly notched trochanters; a long spiniform embolus; MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM a large broad conductor the tip of which is bifur- cate; a complex tibial apophysis consisting of a divided retrolateral, and a ventral apophysis; all lack a median apophysis. Stiphidion and Baianti have a sub-central calamistrum, Cambridgea and Nanocambridgea have a small median apophysis, short spiniform embolus and usually a stridulatory apparatus of some kind between the pedicel and abdomen: none of these characters ts found in the other genera. Monotypic Nanocambridgea has un-notched trochamters, feathery hairs. recurved eyes like Siip/idion and an epigynum and broad spiral conductor very like some Corasoides, An undescribed Tasmanian coribetlate, known only from females has an umbrella- shaped web (K. Raven pers. comm,) and an internal epigynum very similar to Stiphidion adornatum. Wt has a large divided colulus, slightly recurved posterior eye row and slender posterior spinnerets which, unlike Suphidion, are not longer than the anterior pair. It is, with- out doubt. a stiphidune. As for Baiarni. Corasoides, Cambridgea and Nanocambridgea they have the following characters in common with Sriphidion: slender posterior spinnerets, AME as large or only slightly smaller than ALE, sub-ceniral calamisirum (when present), epigynum without lateral teeth. d palp with spiniform embolus, extensive conductor and reduced or absent median apophysis. Though probably not stiphidiines they are retained in the Stiphidiidae. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful for the support of the Intenm Council of the Ausiralian Biological Resources Study for funding the survey of rainforests dur ing which some of the material in Bunya National Park and Bulburin State Forest was collected. | am indebted 10 Robert Raven and Gudrun Sarnes for scanning electron micrographs and to other members of the Queensland Museum staff for their willing co-operation. LITERATURE CITED BerLANh, k, 1934, Araignées = de la Nouvelle-Caledome et des Iles Loyahy. /n Sarasin, C\F, and Roux. J. ‘Nova Caledonia. A. Zoologie’. 3(7); 159-255. (C.W. Kriedel: Berlin). Dacmas, R. de. 1917. Araignees de Nouvelle-Zélande, Ann, Soc, ent, Fr. 86: 317-430. NEW SPECIES OF STIPHIDION Davies, V. Todd. 1976. Dardurus, a new genus of amaurobiid spider from eastern Australia, with descriptions of six new species. Mem. Qd Mus. 17(3): 399-411. FORSTER, R.R., AND FORSTER, L.M. 1973. ‘New Zea- land Spiders, an Introduction’. (Collins: Auck- land). 254 pp. ForsTER, R.R., AND WILTON, C.L. 1973. ‘The Spiders of New Zealand’. Part IV. 309 pp. (Otago Museum Bulletin No. 4: Dunedin). Gray, M.R. 1981. A revision of the spider genus Baiami Lehtinen (Araneae, Amaurobioidea). Rec. Aus. Mus. 33: 779-802. 271 LEHTINEN, P.T. 1967. Classification of the cribellate spiders and some allied families, with notes on the evolution of the -sub-order Araneomorpha. Ann. Zool. Fenn. 4: 199-468. Main, B.Y. 1982. Some geographic considerations of families of spiders occurring in New Guinea. pp. 583-602. Jn Gressitt, J.L. (Ed.), ‘“Monographiae Biologicae 42(4).’ (W. Junk: The Hague). 983 pp. MarPLes, R.R., 1959. The dictynid spiders of New Zealand. Trans. Roy. Soc. N.Z. 87: 333-361. Simon, E., 1902. Descriptions de quelques Arachnides nouveaux de la section des Cribellatés. Bull. Soc. ent. Fr. 15: 240-243. AN ILLUSTRATED GUIDE TO THE GENERA OF ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS IN AUSTRALIA Vacerie Topp Davies Davies, V. Todd. 1988 11 7: An illustrated guide to the genera of orb-weaving spiders in Australia. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 273-332. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. An illustrated key to 47 genera of orb-weaving spiders from 8 families is presented. Further notes on some of the genera are given. The females of Miagrammopsidis, Nanometa, Heurodes and the 6 palps of Nanometa, Herennia, Ordgarius and Pasilobus are illustrated for the first time. Dicrostichus Simon, 1895, is newly synonymised with Ordgarius Keyserling, 1886, resulting in new combinations: D. magnificus = O. magnificus (Rainbow, 1897) n. comb.; D. furcatus = O. furcatus (O.P. Cambridge, 1877) n. comb.; D. caliginosus (Rainbow, 1894) = O. furcatus (O.P.. Cambridge, 1877) n. syn, Other new combinations: Uloborus yariabilis = Philoponella_ variabilis (Keyserling, 1887) n. comb.; Meta argentiopunctata = Mesida argentiopunctata (Rainbow, 1916) n. comb. OKey, spiders, orb-weaving, Australia. Valerie Todd Davies, Queensland Museum, P.O. Box 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Australia; 18 October, 1987. Eight families of spiders that construct orb- webs or modifications of these for the capture of their prey, are recognised; all are represented in Australia. Spiders of the Uloboridae (5 genera) and Deinopidae (2 genera) possess an ancestral spinning organ, the cribellum, which produces thick sticky silk. The uloborid web may be reduced to a segment of an orb or even a single line (Miagrammopinae). In deinopids the basic orb-web structure (Coddington, 1986b) is more difficult to recognise as the catching-net with its thick cribellate silk tends to obscure the basic non-sticky threads on which the spider rests while holding its net. The Tetragnathidae (including the metines) are represented by 10 genera; the Araneidae (including nephilines) by 24 genera. In the latter the orb-web has been completely reduced in two sub-families, Celaeninae and Mastophorinae. Four families of minute-tiny spiders, Theridiosomatidae, Mysmenidae, Symphytognathidae and Anapidae also construct orb-webs. There are four basic steps in the construction of an orb-web. First, the Y-shaped construction of the first three radii, which form the foun- dation of the web. Secondly, the formation of a framework for the rest of the radii and their con- struction, Thirdly, the spinning of a non-sticky scaffolding (or auxiliary) spiral from the centre of the web outwards and fourthly the spinning of a sticky spiral from the outside towards the centre; while doing this the spider usually removes the non-sticky spiral (Main, 1976; Levi, 1978; Coddington, 1986c). Research into the silk glands, that are con- cerned with the production of the capture threads, has shown that in the uloborids the silk from the cribellum is combed (by the calamistrum) on to core fibres produced by pseudoflagelliform glands opening on the pos- terior spinnerets and fine paracribellar threads from glands on the median spinnerets (Peters, 1984). It is presumed that the sticky deinopid silk has a similar origin, It is of interest to note in all other cribellate spiders so far studied (Kovoor, 1977) the cribellar silk is combed on to fibres produced from ampullate glands on the anterior spinnerets. In the araneoid families the sticky capture silk is produced by aggregate glands opening on the posterior spinnerets. The core fibres on to which the sticky silk is laid are produced by flagelliform glands also opening on the posterior spinnerets. These glands are believed to be homologous with the pseudoflagelliform glands of uloborids. The ageregate glands are believed to be a synapomorphy of araneoids (Coddington, 1986c). Recent behavioural studies by Eberhard (1982), Lubin (1986), Shear (1986) and others favour the conventional view that the orb-web has arisen twice, once in the cribellate orb- weavers and once in the araneoids. Brignoli (1979) and Levi (1980) both questioned this view and raised the issue of monophyly of the orb-web, earlier suggested by Wiehle (1931). Recently Coddington (1986c) produced some good evidence to suggest that the orb-web has evolved only onee and that the uloborids (and/or the deinopids) are the sister group of the superfamily Aranecidea. This latter group would include not only the orb-web families described here but also the Theridiidae, Nesticidae, Linyphiidae, Cyatholipidae and Mimetidae (Coddington, /oc. c/t.), When the homologies of anatomical structures such as the sclerites of the male palp and the spinning glands and spigots are fully understood, the origin of the orb-web may be resolved. Acroaspis olorina Karsch, 1878, an araneid from Western Australia is not illustrated as no fresh material has been identified. The holotype female (originally pinned) is in the Museum fur Naturkunde der Humboldt Universitat, Berlin. It is a small spider with 3 posterior abdominal tubercles and a large epigynum which may have had a scape. The names of two Tasmanian genera, d4erea Urquhart, 1891, and Collina Urquhart. 1891, are nomina dubia as the figures, cited by Urquhart, were never published and the types are lost, Because of the visibility and beauty of their webs the orb-web spinners, with the exception of the minute ones. haye been more widely col- lected and are thus better known than most Australian spiders — an estimated eighty percent of which are vet to be described (Davies, 1985). lt is hoped that this publication will encourage revision of the genera and descrip- tions of new species, It is regretted that the key ts not entirely satisfactory. There are exceplions (exc.) noted in some couplets and others do noi work in the absence of one sex. In such cases examination of the drawings should indicate the direction to be taken and allow an identification to be made. Notes on some of the genera are given below the relevant part of the key, The lengths of spiders in the size-classes used are as follows: ‘large’ more then 8.0, ‘medium’ more than 4.0, ‘small’ more than 2.0, ‘liny* more than 1.0, ‘minute’ 0.5-1.0mm. The following abbreviations are used: ALE, anterior lateral eyes; AME, anterior median eyes; PLE, posterior lateral eyes: PME, posterior median eyes; MOQ, median ocular quadrangle: ALS, anterior lateral spinnerets, PMS, posterior median spinnerets; PLS, posterior lateral spimnerets MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM A key to all the Australian families of spiders and a glossary of the terms used may be found in Davies (1986), ILLUSTRATIONS A dorsal view of the femule is usually drawn. The male is illustrated if it is much smaller than the female or has a special shape or other diagnostic features. Ventral and dorsal views are given for mosi epigyna and sometimes a view from behind (posterior) or from the side is drawn, The lefi palp of the male is illustrated, usually twice to show — sclerites and paracymbium. With the exception of the two symphytognathid genera, each spider occupies a separate page of illustrations. When an undeter- mined species is illustrated, the name of the locality is given in brackets. The scale line beside each female indicates the bady length in milli- metres, unless labelled otherwise. Colour photo- graphs of many of the spiders that are illustrated here may be found in Mascord (1980). ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS As well as the papers cited, numerous papers on araneoids, particularly those by H.W. Levi have been consulted and have been of great help to me in preparing this paper. References to them may be found in the works listed. The paper owes much to Sybil Monteith’s beautiful illustrations and I am grateful to her and to the Council of the Australian Biological Resources Study for its financial support of this talented artist. [| thank Professor H.W. Levi (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard) forthe loan of d Herennia sp. and 3 Pasilobis sp. from Papua New Guinea; and Dr M.R. Gray (Australian Museum, Sydney) for the loan of 294 Paraplectanoides crassipes, 3 Ordgarius monsirosus, 2 Cyrtarachne sp. and ? Pastlobus sp. | am indebted to Jonathan Coddington for checking names of the deinopid species illus- trailed and to Norman Platnick for discussions during his stay in Queensland in 1987. Thanks also to the Director. the Board of Trustees and the Staff of the Queensland Museum for the generous treatment given to their “honorarie¢s’, I am grateful to Professors Levi and Platnick and Dr Coddington who read and commented on the manuscript. ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS GENERA PLaTteE NUMBERS AMAQDPIStuld vicccccccsssesseeessenseeseesseesecsscesseeseees 45B ATEDSIONS -1ainsey cigerdngreseshuasassatninatdalietepaeyecioeen's 23 APACRHUFG: .o.cccvsdecncslesBactidecdaBodascnvenbearstecndsade 41 ALANCUSS nb ath ayuda seve un ralees pao enersnvebeaade 27 ATQTODE - ssaintecevtorleabeitesvonsigaiessnivies sondecbeteadiet ied 33 APRS a vceguegavievinedoareshersuseeeenieresterger teat 9 BQAIZODUD — Jo Beestiebe eden cvanetoide Baton Medes tsa eudes 43 GCOPODAIRES. aH ae - _ ZA > dorsal trichobothrium “yp eer if pad CHELICERAE in © ventral embolic apophysis embolus conductor & (~ . ae e expanded 8. TETRAGNATHA NITENS (SAVIGNY & AUDOUIN, 1825) 286 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM S\. paracymbium conductor apophysis / insemination duct fertilization 7 duct posterior lateral A. walckenaeri Simon, 1879 EPIGYNUM 9. ARKYS CORNUTUS L.KOCH, 1871 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS iene lateral EPIGYNUM 10. PHONOGNATHA GRAEFFEI (KEYSERLING, 1865) 288 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 13 Paracymbium smooth-edged, on proximal half of cymbium. Epigynum regular shape postero- Faterally (PL: BO) stesssctccfieciyestsscipisettabeotepdascoscscosabiise stebcsdecdondbessdbersarsensatectesencadbediens Phonognatha — Paracymbium, with small proximal lobe, extending along length of cymbium, Epigynum horn- shaped posteriggly2(Pl. LD) rcce gry ceil echeap ets casasbimeoencapathachrieaiendacdbekeubinsadsinenanencne Deliochus 14 PME reduced. ¢ palpal trochanter short; paracymbium branching postero-laterally (Pl. 12) . sieihaptunstesbedtasdagtoedbgsiostestiedbadbeasestGsdbdbagts otecdscdiqhlgmeattenct senantacdesense Dolichognathinae Dolichognatha — PME normal. 6 palpal trochanter long; paracymbium branching laterally or hook-like ....15 15 Femoral trichobothria. ¢ embolus enclosed by or coiled with conductor: cymbium reduced: paracymbium hook-like with or without small lateral branch. Thin-walled spermathecal sacs as well as spermathecae 1M 9 oo. ececccceeeeccesecessesesesesscceseeseeuteeseceeecesseseaeeseenteneees Leucauginae 16 — Without femoral trichobothria. d embolus lying free on conductor; cymbium not reduced; paracymbium with several branches .0....2....-..-ccscececessecseeeeseseecesesteseseesnecesescseeseees Metinae 18 16 Two rows of long curved trichobothria on femur IV only .....-.....eeeccseeeseeeesseesenseneeeeeeeneee 17 - Single row of straight trichobothria on all legs. Very long leg I (Pl. 13)... Tylorida 17 Paracymbium unbranched. Paired bumps on abdomen. ¢ chelicerae without clasping spurs (PI. TAY Be sepveeciedecne eal orem aad b hide iieds sdobiddipak ast daspemcut eae EER seAMMARsNEe 026 atc aldaccd tsa EFoashechaevomiRab ant hees Leucauge — Paracymbium with small lateral branch. Bumps on abdomen unpaired if present. Trichobothria obviously branched. ¢ chelicerae with clasping spurs (PL. 15) ..2........sceeeeeeeeeeeeeee es Mesida 18 Endites much longer than wide. Epigynum sclerotized (Pl. 16) woo... eee Metinae sp — Endites as long as wide. Epigynum lightly sclerotized. Small rainforest spiders (Pl. 17) ....... saceth baa ate AaGcMte ALGAE AAA REARL| Ae esGAON SARL PRE UNRATED tachas deny FS Aha Viowh pAtSeO LACE ales. chastewteabistdactnatacaeseLainaie IVETIOIIGIO Because of the long carapace, phonognathines have usually been regarded as nephilines; some- times they leave the auxiliary non-sticky spiral in the web (Vollrath, pers. comm.). However the position of the d palpal sclerites, the long palpal tibia and the similar size of the ¢ and @ indicate they are more likely metines. The spiral threads from an upper segment of the orb-web of Phonognatha graeffei are missing; the space is occupied by the curled leaf in which the spider rests. Details of web construction are not known. Dolichognatha is usually regarded as a tetragnathine (Levi, 1981) because both Tetragnatha and Dolichognatha have lost the tapetum in the secondary eyes and show a similar looping arrangment of the rhabdoms (Homann, 1971). It is placed with the metines because the paracymbium is joined to the cymbium. The Australian Metinae, represented by an undescribed genus and Nanometa., are found in moist situations, mainly in rainforest. ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS conductor embolus paracymbium posterior EPIGYNUM G PALP 11. DELIOCHUS SP (Bulburin State Forest, mid-east Queensland) 289 290 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM EPIGYNUM 12. DOLICHOGNATHA SP (Iron Range, Cape York Peninsula, Queensland) EPIGYNUM ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 291 sub- tegulum © PALP 13. TYLORIDA STRIATA (THORELL, 1877) 292 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM fo an trichobothria—-A O, If —- gonopore spermathecal sac VD fertilization duct EPIGYNUM CO PALP 14. LEUCAUGE GRANULATA (WALCKENAER, 1842) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 293 trichobothria paracymbium a: ell 15. MESIDA ARGENTIOPUNCTATA (RAINBOW, 1916) N.COMB. CG PALP 294 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM cymbium embolus , \)~ paracymbium Ne conductor = — trochanter —— ta." insemination duct - fertilization duct 4 EPIGYNUM CO PALP 16. METINAE SP (Lamington National Park, southeast Queensland) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 295 ie 2 an! GE. embolus ++ conductor ~ | \. paracymbium fertilization duct EPIGYNUM GO PALP 17. NANOMETA SP (Mt Glorious, southeast Queensland) 296 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 19 3} palpal tibia not saucer-shaped. Paracymbium flat. d small, 2 large-very large ...... Nephilinae 20 - 6 palpal tibia saucer-shaped. Paracymbium hook-shaped (exc. Paraplectanoides). 3 small or not MUCH SiMaller WANTS a. s.cdisaccrshvsssecessetecegdeovteeshyyttsscotoeshe Lacsetb shel ddteesadbeabegnarsbatsetianspedipdennnseeted 22 20 Spiders with dark cephalothorax and smooth oval or cylindrical abdomen ..............:e0 21 — Pale spiders with laterally crenellate flattish abdomen. Orb-webs modified to form a ladder-web with solid silk hub-cup (Pl. LBV. 4...sscavcsetvescevecssescessecvedsonetagVensanscegvenseqengelae\aeereecesssstoes? Herennia (northern Australia) 21 Brushes of hair (very reduced in N. maculata) on tibiae and metatarsi of 9. Sticky spiral of golden silk; barrier web(s) sometimes associated with orb. ? leg I at least X 5 length of cephalothorax CPT 19) bo cesyvecgasbtavstiarseves Voeededasecssuponigs donescergapeforsossancea decverdedh entttosbenesest vagpaeac tgteeamesess ease sp Nephila - Without brushes of hair on legs of 9. Sticky spiral of normal silk; long tubular retreat from hub of web. 2 leg | about X 4 length of cephalothorax (Pl. 20) wo. eeeeeeeeeteeeneeeee Nephilengys (northern Australia) The nephilines show unique behaviour in the detailed construction of the radii of the web (Eberhard, 1982). Coddington (1986c) further showed that nephilines have behavioural apomorphies that suggest they represent a monophyletic lineage and that they lack the behavioural synapomorphies that link the other non-cribellate orb-weavers. There are no established anatomical apomorphies for the group. The non-removal of the auxiliary spiral during web building is also found in Phonognatha (Vollrath pers. comm.) considered here to be a metine. Most Nephila spp., the golden orb-web spiders, attach their egg-sacs to foliage near the web; however, N. maculata lays eggs in an egg sac on the ground and covers this with litter (Robinson, 1980). After hatching the young climb up into vegetation before dispersing. ai ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS East Alligator River, Northern Territory + insemination duct fertilization duct Se EPIGYNUM 18. HERENNIA SPP anal tubercle G PALP Wau, Papua New Guinea tegular apophysis cymbium Pparacymbium 298 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM embolus conductor sperm duct tegulum patella lateral . EPIGYNUM © PALP 19. NEPHILA PLUMIPES (LATREILLE, 1804) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 299 SS 7 4 o embolus conductor GC PALP EPIGYNUM 20. NEPHILENGYS MALABARENSIS (WALCKENAER, 1841) 300 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 22 3 endite with tooth meeting tubercle on palpal femur. ¢ palp with terminal apophysis (exc. Neoscona), 2 with long or short scape. d only slightly smaller than ? v.00... Araneinae 23 — d endite without tooth. d palp rarely with terminal apophysis. 2 without scape. 3 much smaller CRATE Sh. oe cveipee en gie Mepelenls ceedectodfoee cae dalasab ota Toesiepebaeapransdadat Mabebaptans Unaiontn adheded sitebeansdgcaskstnocelabertn 31 23 3 coxa I with postero-ventral spur (PI. 24) ....c.ececeseeccesseseeeseeeeseesesseetaeserseeaeeeeeeceeaeeneensenes 24 - ¢ coxa I without spur ........ iingnies . 30 24 9 scape tongue-shaped, directed backwards. ‘Sclerites: of 3 palp ir in 1 narrow area between cymbium and tegulum; no terminal apophysis. 3 palpal patella with 2 spines (PI. 21) -........ Neoscona — 2 scape directed forwards and then backwards. Sclerites of d palp not so confined. 3 palpal Patella With, V SPINE sppelerlasligusrotensenssicsssteotattonkorcntdidassas-coseeiantossassasssapenastmacdressessassigeritergesse-eee 25 25 Carapace with high cephalic area -.........-..-.:ccseessesreseesenceceseeceecteeseeacenneesaeenegeqaseeseaaseasenseasenes 26 — Carapace with normal cephalic area ..........c..cscccesceeesceeeseesceeeeeecesseseeutecenceueatesesenseesneeneececesee 27 26 Hairy cephalic area. PME more than <2 diameter apart. Abdomen with multiple humeral bumps and lateral bumps (PL. 22) 2... eecsecscsseecnseseesesseesesceseaseseeseesesseeseeasenee Carepalxis — Smooth cephalic area. PME less than 2 diameter apart. Abdomen smooth. 3 coxa IV with thorn-like ventral spines. Small BeOS. (PI. 2) NeaeterspecbosedelanshssededdebACtbade'nfdpdbauhh ton ae iid Anepsion 27 Very hairy cephalic area ......... Liha gault eclganige ety ethipr cp emersiy Livveat Dee Gwe epeiayeRpsiebee hiatal — Smooth or lightly haired cephalic area IT hthelathapiandicataal scabgepsecabioninssagpreys tupasencne ees sssnssacsieeate 29 28 PME smaller than AME. Abdomen not extended dorsally. Large-very large spiders (Pl. 24) sat sapns cindandqcheuubtinisssaanelndiet ube caicivmaasa:sinemabebintecsdisutemnatnes pic aspiealetegieldaicanchioosles heessttel Eriophora — PME larger than AME. Abdomen extended dorsally into turret-shape (Pl. 25) ..... Heurodes 29 PME less than * ? diameter apart. 2 rounded cephalic area separated by deep V-shaped groove from thoracic area of carapace, Obliquely horizontal orb-web, usually decorated (Pl. 26) . . Cyelosa ~ PME x 1 ‘diameter or ‘more “apart. “No marked | groove between cephalic ‘and ‘thoracic carapace. Vertical orb- wets. (BL 27) conn ceovsccsn-sercoscesoo~aesnepcgeesion coneinsnetsieverversthiee ries ivetyeeevrrwinyveteygteyey ‘Araneus' Although many unmatched males have been examined none was certainly identified as Carepalxis. 3 chelicerae of Eriophora spp have an anterior concavity accommodating the large palpal bulbs. This concavity is also found in Heurades and Cyclosa. Some Cyclosa spp have short, rounded abdomens. Many Australian araneines belong in a group at present placed in ‘draneus’. The dd have a tooth on the endite meeting a tubercle on the palpal femur; a spur on coxa I, that fits into a groove on the proximal end of its femur II during mating and a terminal apophysis on the palpal bulb. The 9? have a scape folded back on itself. Two further d characters, a paramedian apophysis and a single spine on the palpal patella distinguish them from Araneus (Levi, 1983, unpublished key). ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 301 stipes #- conductor paracymbium fertilization duct spermatheca . i insemination scape \\ duct EPIGYNUM 21. NEOSCONA THEISI (WALCKENAER, 1841) 302 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM fertilization duct scape insemination duct EPIGYNUM 22. CAREPALXIS TUBERCULATA KEYSERLING, 1886 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 303 embolus terminal apophysis 7- conductor median apophysis “2 spermatheca fertilization duct EPIGYNUM 23. ANEPSION PELTOIDES (THORELL, 1878) 304 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM spermatheca ‘ terminal apophysis distal haematodocha conductor median apophysis va paracymbium (- paramedian ‘\. y \ apophysis : : Za “4 e patella—- ef | EPIGYNUM CO PALP 24, ERIOPHORA TRANSMARINA (KEYSERLING, 1865) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 305 ” excavated chelicera ~\ Y a G TIBIA Il paramedian apophysis median paracymbium posterior EPIGYNUM CO PALP patella 25. HEURODES TURRITA KEYSERLING, 1886 — 306 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM COXA | TIBIA II terminal apophysis median apophysis paramedian radix apophysis paracymbium ~ Z patella EPIGYNUM CG PALP 26. CYCLOSA TRILOBATA (URQUHART, 1884) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 307 tooth on endite ; femoral” tubercle labium vt i.) @ COXA! ‘ee CO COXA Iv - terminal apophysis stipes posterior 5, EPIGYNUM © PALP 27. ‘ARANEUS’ EBURNUS (KEYSERLING, 1886) 308 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 30 MOQ wider behind than in front. Abdomen wider than long. d palpal patella with many spines CPR BY se scks stages tORelg TES LD yA hpabLaLSLtclbslfencpetinesssedvenfanpestsedoesnsdbecssoetectesteedsceontenthdvcseetrita Dolaphones - MOQ wider in front than behind. Abdomen longer than wide. ¢ palpal patella with 2 spines (PL ZH) - ih pimewian Cateiefercigoe'er clear eclsvaloyatea eel Wavsabe pagchein apace byncigbtnnees piocnsapcdetepsedtore derdenp Meee TaTG ML Uee ot eaad Larinia 31 High smooth cephalic area. Abdomen with dorsal sclerotized discs ...........ssccceeepeeeeeeee 32 — Flat cephalic area, or if high not SMOOTH .0.......cccsescseeseseeseseecesecesseeeasessaeeeeeceaseesacesssseasaesaes 33 32 Chelicera with flange on fang; 9 abdomen without pointed projections (Pl. 30) ..........-..20.. vale aeNerprsldnegebrbrrelo$<\lup\aebr op sheer sth veepeganeeosathpenesereshecarpeaccrerresqneaces incertae sedis Paraplectancides - Chelicera normal. 2 abdomen with 2 pairs of thick pointed lateral projections and usually 2 pos- terior projections. Sclerotized ring round spinnerets (exc. Gasteracantha minax) (PI. 31) shsabschabeasebiirhs Yon ssh pbs chs abe asems hs las Sh eghGA cab Pen bSbaSiaccebaybsbasésTaisan Gob Gasteracanthinae Gasteracantha 33 Posterior Ye TOW PLOCULVed. ....10.-csces-ecodesssccorenssscesesccsessectacsronisssonduandsetedbsetiasanes Argiopinae 34 — Posterior eye row straight Or reCurved ........ccecessesescesceesscnecesteenenacesneeeseeteesacecsecseeeeseaeeneenaes 35 34 PME about same distance from each other as from PLE (Pl. 32) ....ceucccseeseeeereseeseenenee Gea — PME much closer to each other than to PME (Pl. 33) v....ccscesssesensesseesssnenseeeenensenteesees Argiope Dorsal protuberances are found on the abdomens of some Dolophones spp. Larinia is usually found in long grass; 9° L. phthysica have a scape. Paraplectanoides is a very peculiar, long-lived (2s to 6 years or more) spider. The flange on the fang overlies the comb (? preening) of spines on the promargin of the chelicera. Hickman (1975) described the web and nest of the spider. It spins a few intersecting horizontal threads attached to adjacent twigs near the ground; there is no spiral. A nest is built completely enclosing the radial threads and hub; a small entrance is left in the wall. There are no sticky threads and the spider rests under the hub. Prey enters and is captured when running on the inside of the mesh nest, not on the ‘orb-web’. I consider it an araneine because it has transverse furrows on the epigastric plates, a paramedian apophysis and radix in d palp. 2 Gasteracantha minax is atypical of the genus in that the ring around the spinnerets is only slightly more sclerotized than the rest of the venter and the sclerotized knob between the epigynum and spinnerets is absent. See G. brevispina for these features. Some Argiope spp build crossing zig-zag stabilamenta in their webs hence the name St Andrew’s Cross spider for 4. aetherea and A. keyserlingii. The spiders rest in the web in an X position (Mascord, 1980, pl. 24: figs 1, 3, 4, 5). ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 309 terminal apophysis conductor paramedian ~ apophysis patella ventral (cleared, scape removed) EPIGYNUM C PALP 28. DOLOPHONES TUBERCULATA (KEYSERLING, 1886) 310 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM lateral median apophysis - WSS paracymbium Knee patella —> posterior , CO PALP EPIGYNUM 29. LARINIA TABIDA (L.KOCH, 1872) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 311 BOOK-LUNG COVER _ tegulum paramediar apophysis tegulum flange on _ chelicerae | spines J flange on fang EPIGYNUM 30. PARAPLECTANOIDES CRASSIPES KEYSERLING, 1886 312 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM embolus conductor "4 tegular *- process median apophysis sclerotized bump posterior EPIGYNUM GC PALP G. brevispina (Doleschall, 1857) 31. GASTERACANTHA MINAX THORELL, 1859 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 313 embolus conductor median apophysis fertilization CG PALP duct lateral EPIGYNUM 32. GEA THERIDIOIDES (L.KOCH, 1872) 314 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM stipes y ventral - median apophysis dorsal lateral EPIGYNUM 33. ARGIOPE KEYSERLINGII KARSCH, 1878 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 315 conductor ra, Median y} apophysis ventral GO PALP posterior EPIGYNUM 34. POLTYS ILLEPIDUS C.L.KOCH, 1843 316 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 35 Lateral eyes widely separated. Carapace narrowed anteriorly. ¢d median apophysis pointed (PI. 3 MD) rats Lise re ages ex eps de cUoighicvleap'f conidia Vanvibyaceea gana a tpesipeatv'enzepeocinsanety Bl eshcngeigiinia rieait Poltyinae Poltys — Lateral eyes adjacent. Carapace pointed or truncated. Median apophysis bifid ..................... bu stbadetaddgbaadacdsediesteatertciscteatestaghactasteniad cleusisasieas helavasebashashaaterth turauesteaucpestinsite Mastophorinae 36 36 Carapace pointed anteriorly. Posterior eye row slightly recurved. Without web (PI. 35) ....... aeenageade ogi fnre.sualiclovatitpLalveqitstiauhiasiten: WaidieiMlerQlab nnfvn'ge guv'epsiinwdegiensieszes gog'encead phe satoacecpiisioag eebecigedosdsease Celaenia = Carapace truncated, anteriorly .4:.::scsectataeiaevessetvessapevcveatveseacapeis3 oiesouyaasbeotesceveses apdecescarnctadoars’ 37 37 Carapace with branched protuberances dorsally. Bolas spider (Pls. 36, 37) .......-... Ordgarius (= Dicrestichus nov. syn.) — CAFADACE, STOOL i. crtescties oi. got gsnacly odeTIeatete (TOT eT vend ctadapedbaghpase dopusijcosn ougnsiacessZadecedsbacg enghipiaewrrants 38 38 Abdomen wider than long -.....2..:-cecescssecesescesessesceseecesessescescecescsesseesssessenee Cyrtarachninae 39 = Abdomen: Longer: thratr-wide, ii.siisciterectecdseseses evdaviceessadendsncecachsu opsecanpodpnSediarpecoendenetpsypeaiegasse 41 Poltys 4 is the only araneid in which the lateral eyes are widely separated. The abdomens of some species have bizarre dorsal protuberances. Poltys spins a dense orb-web with a closely spaced spiral and captures large numbers of moths (Stowe, 1986). Celaenia kinbergii is known as the bird-dropping spider because of its colour and immobility when at rest (Mascord, 1980, pl. 33: 4). When active, it hangs upside-down from a line or the under- side of a leaf with legs I and II spread (Stowe, 1986); ¢ moths are captured when they fly into the spider’s outstretched legs. There is evidence to show that the moths are attracted by an odour which has the same effect as the sex pheromones produced by the 2 moth. Hickman (1971) gives biological notes on three Celaenia spp. From a study of the genital structures Dicrostichus Simon, 1895, is placed as a subjective junior synonym of Ordgarius Keyserling, 1886. Thus Dicrostichus magnificus = Ordgarius magnificus (Rainbow, 1897) n. comb.; D. furcatus = O. furcatus (O. P. Cambridge, 1877) n. comb.; D. caliginosus (Rainbow, 1894) = O, furcatus (O.P. Cambridge, 1877) n. syn. The mature 3¢ are found in the egg-sacs. Moths are captured on the bolas when it is whirled by leg IT as the moth aproaches. Coleman (1976) gives details of prey capture and egg-laying in Ordgarius monstrosus. As in Celaenia there is evidence to show that the spider emits an odour similar to that of the 2 moth (Stowe, 1986). Cladomelea sp. has been reported from Australia (Mascord, 1980, pl. 32: 4). ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 317 conductor median apophysis radix ventral Pparacymbium dorsal EPIGYNUM SPIDER WITH EGG- SACS GC PALP 35. CELAENIA KINBERGII THORELL, 1868 318 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM conductor embolus paracymbium \— patella EPIGYNUM Cow EGG-SACS © PALP 36. ORDGARIUS MONSTROSUS KEYSERLING, 1886 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 319 conductor median ky conductor DAA: ventral Pparacymbium ”” fertilization duct EPIGYNUM SPIDER WITH EGG-SACS co PALP 37. ORDGARIUS MAGNIFICUS (RAINBOW, 1897) N.COMB. 320 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 39 Abdomen smooth, without abdominal protuberances. Orb-web with spiral (Pl. 38) .............. iinsisled calls sail onde tothSeccdtent atabysaet tnelyte binbag§ bebechjénnadenr McadesMetadtnalhsasbeedsnabedesepheaab dil Aaatee Cyrtarachne — Abdomen with protuberances. Webs with loose spiral threads ...............::cccsseseceeesteeteeeeeees 40 40 Two large pointed abdominal protuberances dorsally. Complete orb-web (PI. 39) .............6 S begs Fuslpagheasstiiesivegus anaes cnegan'sdyeUeuaaaa cegnaancasassiecauvessyntedsn cosas sap acseidupecyeveas caatai¥aessdinpae ueveevesnse Poecilopachys — Large antero-lateral abdominal protuberances. Triangular horizontal web, a partial orb (Pl. 40) . Wccaisecesteta tea shacks t2gset seat ody te vapsean Mepeabssnedl Mhaslatstentesened ved estna nie heodeshesynensera tite chenadu cluctwadedveses Pasilobus 41 Abdomen produced beyond spinnerets into long tail with pecular bumps on end. Obliquely horizontal orb-web. Scorpion-tailed spider (Pl. 41) oo... eee Arachnurinae Arachnura — Abdomen normal. ¢ secondary conductor (from tegulum) encloses embolus. Tent-web spiders (Pl sA2): hs gus dd te Bet cede tech ay eke teat ee earch ite, ct, Cyrtophorinae Cyrtophora Q Cyrtarachne sp (? tricolor) has been found in Mareeba, north Queensland (Mascord, 1980, pl. 31: 5, 6); d-has not been collected. The webs of Cyrtarachne, Poecilopachys and Pasilobus have been called ‘spanning-thread webs’ (Clyne, 1973; Stowe, 1986). Clyne gives a good description of the web of Poecilopachys. The spanning threads of these webs are different from the viscid spiral threads of other araneids in that one end — the ‘low-shear joint’ (Robinson, 1982) breaks when prey contacts the thread. The stickiness is very effective in holding moths which are among the prey of these spiders. The scales of moths often allow them to escape from other orb-webs. Cyrtophora webs lack a sticky spiral. The non-sticky spiral is not removed and the webs consist of a horizontal orb, either in the form of a dome, tent or bowl-shape, with supporting irregular barrier webs above and below. Webs of C. moluccensis may be solitary or colonial, in the latter case each is occupied and defended by the individual. There is evidence from studies on the predatory behav- iour of Cyrtophora that these webs are derived from typical orb-webs and are not their precursors (Lubin, 1980). ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 321 fertilization duct insemination duct EPIGYNUM 38. CYRTARACHNE SP (Mareeba, north Queensland) 322 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM embolus “conductor median apophysis lateral EPIGYNUM 39. POECILOPACHYS AUSTRALASIA (GRIFFITH & PIDGEON, 1883) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 323 Co Morobe Province, Papua New Guinea 2 Edmonton, north Queensland EPIGYNUM 40. PASILOBUS SPP 324 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM terminal apophysis os, paramedian apophysis Acton = fertilization duct EPIGYNUM 41. ARACHNURA HIGGINSII (L.KOCH, 1871) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 325 median apophysis conductor median apophysis lateral EPIGYNUM 42. CYRTOPHORA MOLUCCENSIS (DOLESCHALL, 1857) 326 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 42 Tarsi shorter than metatarsi. Sternum with pair of anterior pit organs. Spring webs (Pl. 43) .. THERIDIOSOMATIDAE Baalzébuh - Tarsi ‘longer than. metatarsi. “Sternum without pit organs D atoebtnatecdiiboibelettppsbesethafedpcboes tke 43 43 2 palp entire. Eight eyes. Abdomen unsclerotized. Femoral spot on femur I. Metatarsal clasping spur on d leg I. Entelegyne (Pl. 44) . » MYSMENIDAE Mysmena — 2 palp with segments missing. Four-eight eyes. “Abdomen with or Without sclerotized scute, Without femoral spot or metatarsal spur. Haplogyne .......... 44 44 Chelicerae fused at base. All segments of ? palp missing except the ‘endite (coxa). “Abdomen PNSCIETOTIZ EM 2. 4).p20cncenncliuatgefecplonctenevaiguhloplpeelguat pipet tetesentetatsve'ge SYMPHYTOGNATHIDAE 45 — Chelicerae free. Labral spur between chelicerae. ? abdomen usually unsclerotized, ¢ with scute $5656 EEpuasensenHadrasdonpogneebeivsers rh tog lunsi4uidbe shisbs sbetusiogtah i kboutcodpocbl ype titlatd abladeatoe segs tbets? ANAPIDAE 46 45 6 eyes (PL. 45A) cescccscescesessesceeeseatescesceseeceecesessestece seesettadiesieceessbevtseeserieeseces OP MpAVtOgnatha — 'f @yes (PILASB). secsvcorsscsseicete ee eee oan nan lflpue pe TLC pigs ie gploneblesal erie sc ercpselnev ve skeves hegre Anapistula 46 Anterior book-lungs and posterior spiracle iniihee to see). Very high clypeus < 5 ALE (PI. 46) . Risdonius - Anterior book-lungs replaced byt {racheae, no > posterior spiracle. Clypeus: «2 2 “ALE (Pl. 47) x seaeee Chasmocephalon’ So far as they are known, Australian theridiosomatids make small orb-webs with few radials and spirals. From the centre of the orb a horizontal thread runs to a point of attachment. The spider rests, back close to the web, on this; as the spider shortens this thread the web is pulled into a cone shape. When prey touches the web the thread is released and the web springs forwards and straightens with the spider in the centre. Coddington (1986a) has recently revised the genera of the Theridosomatidae. He (1986c) has also found one synapomorphy that unites theridosomatids exclusively with symphytognathids, anapids and mysmenids. During web construction they all add hub loops after the hub bite-out as part of the hub modification, Other araneids may fill this space but nol in the same fashion which is reminiscent of non-sticky spiral construction. Mysmenids are found im leaf litter in both sclerophyll and rainforest areas. The web is probably like other Mysmena spp, a 3-dimensional orb-web with many out-of-place radii (Coddington. 1986c). In symphytognathids the book-lungs are replaced with tracheae. In Anapistula a pair of posterior spiracles is present. The webs are small, closely woven, strictly 2-dimensional horizontal orbs (Coddington, 1986c). The anapids spin horizontal orb-webs with the centre drawn up slightly, like a tent. This is sup- ported by lines (radii) out of plane with the orb that are attached to the substrate above, Forster and Platnick, (pers. comm.) are revising the family; “Chasmocephalon’ sp., illustrated here, will be placed in a new genus and several new Australian genera will be described, ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 327 pit organ sternum median tegulum tegulum ventral copulatory bursa - cymbial lamella paracymbium + tertilization duct dorsal EPIGYNUM G PALP 43. BAALZEBUB BRAUNI (WUNDERLICH, 1976) 328 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ventral femoral spot FEMUR | G METATARSUS | fertilization duct EPIGYNUM CO PALP 44. MYSMENA SP (nr Helenvale, north Queensland) ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS 329 © Mt. Bellenden Ker, north Queensland fablunn cymbium ray sternum Panes Oy re ‘ei ~ ' 4 conductor L) \ } fused - chelicerae VULVA 3 PALP 45A. SYMPHYTOGNATHA SPP 3 spermatheca common duct VULVA 45B. ANAPISTULA AUSTRALIA FORSTER, 1959 330 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM book-lung opening tegular apophysis ~conductor patellar % apophysis \A posterior embolus receptaculum VULVA CO PALP 46. RISDONIUS PARVUS HICKMAN, 1939 ORB-WEAVING SPIDERS ‘7 tracheal opening conductor embolus VULVA 47. ‘CHASMOCEPHALON’ SP (Mt Bellenden Ker, north Queensland) 331 332 LITERATURE CITED BriGNOut, P.M. 1979, Contribution a la connaissance des Uloboridae paléarctiques (Araneae). Rev. Arachnolog. 2(6): 275-282. 1983. ‘A catalogue of the Araneae described between 1940 and 1981.’ (Manchester Univ. Press: Manchester). 755 pp. Ciyne, D, 1973, Notes on the web of Poecilopachys australasia (Griffith and Pidgeon, 1833) (Araneida : Argiopidae). Aust. ent. Mag. 1(3): 23-29. CoppiInGTon, J.A. 1986a ‘The genera of the spider family Theridiosomatidae’. Smithsonian Contri- butions to Zoology No. 422, 96 pp. 1986b. Orb webs in ‘non-orb weaving’ ogre-faced spiders (Araneae : Dinopidae) : A question of gen- ealogy. Cladistics 2: 53-67. 1986c. The monophyletic origin of the orb web. p. 319-363. In Shear, W.A. (Ed.), Spiders. Webs, Behavior, and Evolution. (Stanford University Press: Stanford). 492 pp. COLEMAN, C. 1976, Notes on a local fishing or bolas spider, Ordgarius monstrosus. N. Qd Naturalist 44: 2-4, Davies, V. Topp, 1985. Araneomorphae (in part). p. 49-125. In Walton, D.W. (Ed.), ‘Zoological Cata- logue of Australia. 3. Arachnida.’ (Australian Government Printing Service: Canberra). 183 pp. 1986. ‘Australian Spiders, Araneae. Collection, Preservation and Identification.’ Queensland Museum Booklet No. 14, 60 pp. EBERHARD, W.G., 1982. Behavioral characters for the higher classification of orb-weaving spiders. Evol- ution 36: 1067-1095, Forster, R.R. AND PLATNICK, N.I. 1984. A review of the archaeid spiders and their relatives, with notes on the limits of the superfamily Palpimanoidea (Arachnida, Araneae). Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 178: 1-106. Heimer, S. 1984. Remarks on the spider genus Arcys Walckenaer, 1837, with description of new species (Araneae, Mimetidae). Ent. Abh. Mus. Tierk, Dresden 47; 155-178. Hemmer, S., HUNTER, J.M., Ocy, T.S. AND Levi, H.W. 1982. New sensory (?) organ on a spider tarsus. J/. Arachnol. 10: Research notes. Hickman, V.V. 1971. Three Tasmanian spiders of the genus Celaenia Thorell (Araneida) with notes on their biology. Pap. Proc. R. Soc. Tasm. 105: 75-82. 1975. On Paraplectanoides crassipes Keyserling (Araneae : Araneidae). Bull. Br. arachnol. Soc. 3: 166-174. HoOMANN, H. 1971. Die Augen der Araneae. Anatomie, Ontogenie und Bedeutung fir die Systematik. Z. Morphol. Tiere 69: 201-272. Kovoor, J. 1977. La soie et les glandes séricigénes des Arachnides. Ann. Biol. 16: 97-171. Levi, H.W. 1978. Orb-webs and phylogeny of orb- weavers. Symp. zool. Soc. Lond. 42: 1-15. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1980. Orb-webs: Primitive or specialized. p. 367- 370. In Gruber, J. (Ed.), ‘Proceedings of the 8th International Congress of Arachnology, Vienna.’ (Verlag H. Egermann: Wien). 506 pp. 1981. The American orb-weaver genera Dolichognatha and Tetragnatha north of Mexico (Araneae : Araneidae, Tetragnathinae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 149: 271-318. 1986. The Neotropical orb-weaver genera Chrysometa and Homalometa (Araneae: Tetragnathidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 151: 91-215. Locket, G.H., MILLIDGE, A.F. AND MERRETT, P. 1974. ‘British spiders.’ Vol. III, 315 pp. (Ray Society: London). Lupin, Y.D. 1980. The predatory behavior of Cyrtophora (Araneae : Araneidae). J. Arachnol, 8: 159-185. 1986, Web building and prey capture in the Uloboridae. p. 132-171. Jn Shear, W.A. (Ed.), ‘Spiders. Webs, Behavior, and Evolution.’ (Stanford University Press: Stanford). 492 pp. Main, B.Y. 1976. ‘Spiders.’ (Collins: Sydney). 296 pp. 1982. Notes on the reduced web, behaviour and prey of Arcys nitidiceps Simon (Araneidae) in south western Australia. Bull. Br. arachnol. Soc. 5: 425-432. MascorpD, R. 1980. ‘Spiders of Australia. A field guide.’ (A.H. & A.W. Reed: Sydney). 128 pp. OPELL, B.D. 1979. Revision of the genera and tropical American species of the spider family, Uloboridae. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 148: 443-549, Peters, H.M. 1984. The spinning apparatus of Uloboridae in relation to the structure and con- struction of capture threads (Arachnida, Araneida). Zoomorphology 104: 96-104. ROBINSON, M.H. 1980. The ecology and behaviour of tropical spiders. p. 13-32. Jn Gruber, J. (Ed.) ‘Proceedings of the 8th International Congress of Arachnology, Vienna.’ (Verlag H. Egermann: Wien). 506 pp. 1982. The ecology and biogeography of spiders in Papua New Guinea. p. 557-581. Jn Gressitt, J.L. (Ed.), “*Monographiae Biologicae 42(4)’. (W. Junk: The Hague). 983 pp. SHEAR, W.A. 1986. The evolution of web-building behavior in spiders: A third generation of hypoth- eses. p. 364-400. Jn Shear, W.A. (Ed.), ‘Spiders. Webs, Behavior, and Evolution.’ (Stanford Uni- versity Press: Stanford). 492 pp. Stowe, M.K. 1986. Prey specialization in the Araneidae. p. 101-131. Jn Shear, W.A. (Ed.), ‘Spiders. Webs, Behavior, and Evolution.’ (Stanford University Press: Stanford). 492 pp. WIEHLE, H. 1931. Neue Beitrage zur Kenntnis des Fanggewebes der Spinnen aus den Familien Argiopidae, Uloboridae und Theridiidae. Z. Morphol. Okol. Tiere 22: 349-400. A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE INTESTINAL FLAGELLATES OF THE AUSTRALIAN ANURA B.L.J. DELVINQUIER AND M.K. Jones Delvinquier, B.L.J. and Jones, M.K. 1988 11 7. A preliminary note on the intestinal flagellates of the Australian Anura. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 333-334. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. An examination of 62 species of anurans located eight species of intestinal flagellates: Karotomorpha bufonis, Chilomastix caulleryi, Retortamonas dobelli, Giardia agilis, Spironucleus elegans, Monocercomonas batrachorum, Trichomitus batrachorum, and Tetratrichomonas prowazeki. 0 Intestinal protozoans, flagellates, Australian Anura. B.L.J. Delvinquier and M.K. Jones, Department of Parasitology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland, 4067, Australia; 11 February, 1987. Between 1983 and 1985, 924 adult specimens of 62 species of native and introduced anurans and 115 tadpoles of Bufo marinus from 99 localities in all six States of mainland Australia, were checked for the presence of intestinal protozoans. Specimens are lodged with the Queensland Museum (QM). Anuran nomencla- ture follows Cogger, H.G., Cameron, E.E. and Cogger, H.M. (1983). ‘Zoological Catalogue of Australia: Amphibia and Reptilia’. Vol. I. (Aus- tralian Government Printing Service: BUFONIDAE Bufo marinus (tadpoles) HYLIDAE Cyclorana brevipes novaehollandiae Litoria alboguttata caerulea chloris cyclorhyncha dahlii dentata ewingli =O —_ Canberra). Abbreviations are: N = number; Kb = Karotomorpha_ bufonis; Ca = Chilomastix caulleryi (QM GL 4849); Rd = Retortamonas dobelli; Ga = Giardia agilis; Se = Spironucleus elegans (QM GL 4872, 4873); Mb = Monocercomonas batrachorum (QM GL 4874); Tb = Trichomitus batrachorum (QM GL 4875, 4876). In addition, one Tetratrichomonas prowazeki (QM GL 4876) was found in one out of three Limnodynastes dorsalis. fallax gracilenta inermis infrafrenata latopalmata lesueuri moorei nannotis nasuta nigrofrenata nyakalensis pallida ANWOnOUNRWH De 25 1 5 1 18 3 59 2 3 13 5 1 1 6 1 8 3 2 2 3 1 1 45 7 19 2 1 4 7 1 10 1 4 4 11 15 < 16 1 1 6 29 2 2 334 HYLIDAE (cont.) pearsoniana peronii raniformis revelata rheocola rothii rubella serrata tornieri tyleri verreauxil Nyctimystes dayi MYOBATRACHIDAE Adelotus brevis Assa darlingtoni Limnodynastes convexiusculus dorsalis dumerilii ornatus peronii salmini tasmaniensis terraereginae Mixophyes fasciolatus iteratus schevilli Neobatrachus centralis pelobatoides pictus Pseudophryne bibronii coriacea Ranidella bilingua insignifera parinsignifera signifera Taudactylus acutirostris rheophilus Uperoleia laevigata MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM WN BRNWOORKONK HWNW MICROHYLIDAE Cophixalus ornatus Sphenophryne robusta RANIDAE Rana daemeli NO Ca —_ N De ANNE NY — Wwe — OUR BRNNY an OAnaABN— — Mb ebN Tb NN —_ _ DNKHWNNH NVNWODNWWNWNY nn — REVISION OF THE GENUS LYGISAURUS DE VIS (SCINCIDAE ; REPTILIA) IN AUSTRALIA G. Inaram ano J. Covacevicu Ingram, G. and Covacevich, J. 1988 11 7: Revision of the genus Lygisawrus de Vis (Scincidae : Reptilia) in Australia. Mfem. Od Mus. 25(2): 335-354, Bnsbane ISSN 0079-8835, The genus Ligisqurus de Vis, 1884, is resurrected trom the synonymy of Car/ia Gray, 1845, and eight species (L. /oliorum de Vis, 1884; L. timlowi (Ingram, 1977): L. /aevis(Qudemans, 1894); L. tanneri sp. nov., L. seshbrauna sp. noy.; L. macfarlani (Ginther, 1877), L. aeranis (Garman, 1901); and LZ, racaco sp. nov.) are assigned io it, Small size. with supradigital scales on the fourth toe, and number of premanillary teeth distinguish Lygisaarys from Carlia, Male breeding pattern and absence of keels or carinations further distinguish them. Lygisaurus also resembles Menetia superficially, but is readily distinguished from that genus by its transversely oriented supraoculars (vs obliquely onented in Menetia). Two other changes to established nomenclature are warranted from this review. Lygisauris folionim de Vis, 1884, is the senior synonym of the taxon iraditionally known as Carlia burnetti (Qudemans, 1894). The name Carlia foliorwm. used by Storr (1974) now refers to Carlia murda (de Vis, 1885). Because the holotype of L. foliorum is lost, a neolype is designated to stabilize the name. D Seincidae, Reptilia, Lygisaurus, Carlia, taxonomy, Australia. G. Ingram and J. Covacevich, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brisbane, Queens- land, 4101, Australia; 16 Octuber 1987. The identity of the type species of Lygisaurus, L. foliorum de Vis, 1885, has been elusive (Boulenger, 1887; Greer, 1975), and, because the type material has been lost (Covacevich, 1971), its identity can not be checked. However, de Vis’s type description is fairly detailed and certain of the characters described by him —six supraciliaries, colour and pattern, leaf litter habitat, and fused lower eyelid — suggest strongly that L. foliorum is a senior synonym of Ablepharus burnetti Qudemans, 1894. There is, however, a complication. De Vis describes L. foliorum with 28 mid-body scale rows. Our con- cept of ‘A. burneiti’ is based on Oudeman’s (1894) description and our examination of 66 specimens of this taxon. Midbody scale counts on these range between 21 and 25, with a mean of 23.2, Nonetheless, despite this anomaly, we are convinced that, on balance, and acknowl- edging the errors which characterise de Vis’s description (Ingram, in press), L. foliorum de Vis and 4, burnétte Oudemans name the same taxon. Boulenger (1887) said Lygisaurus foliortun might be allied to Lygosoma mundum (de Vis, 1885), and Storr (1974) used foliorum as the available name for that taxon within the genus Carlia. However, we think that taxon should properly be called Curlia munda (Cogger. 1986), Further, the type locality of joltorwm is Bris- bane, where it it a common skink. The nearest to Brisbane Car/ia munda has been collected is at Ipswich, 32 km away. In the following species accounts, we declare a neotype of Lygisaurus foliorum to stabilize the nomenclature. The following body measurements and mor- phological characters are used in separating the species. Distance from snout to vent in millimetres (SV); width of head at widest part as % of SV (HW); length of tail as % of SY, excluding speci- mens with regenerated tails (TL); length of hindlimb as % of SV (HL); number of supraciliaries (both sides of head counted): the supraciliaries are defined as that row of scales immediately below the supraoculars. bordered anteriorly by the prefrontal and bordered posteriorly by the supraoculars above and the ciliaries below: lower eyelid fused or not; size of the palpebral disc compared with the size of the ear aperture; shape of the ear aperture: size. shape and position of the ear lobules; number of supraocular scales; interparietal free or fused to the frontoparietal; number of supralabial scales (both sides of head counted); number of scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale; number of midbody scale rows: number of scales in a line from chin to vent; number of 336 lamellae under the left fourth toe; colour and pattern of juveniles, adult males and females. Specimens were examined from the following institutions: Queensland Museum (QM); Aus- tralian Museum (AM); Museum of Victoria (MV), and the Donald Thomson Collection (MV DTD); South Australian Museum (SAM); Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam (ZMA); Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard (MCZ). Lygisaurus de Vis 1884 Lygisaurus de Vis. Proc. Roy. Soc. Qd 1:77. Type species by monotypy: Lygisaurus foliorum de Vis, 1884. DiaGnosis Lygisaurus spp. are small leaf-litter dwelling skinks with a digital formula of 4/5. They most closely resemble Carlia spp. and Menetia spp. The following characters readily distinguish Lygisaurus spp. from Carlia spp. — striate body scales (vs keeled or carinate body scales in Carlia, at least in juveniles); small size, with maximum SV length of 40 mm (vs maximum SV length of 70 mm); number of supradigital scales on the 4th toe! (fewer than 10 vs 10 or more in Carlia); number of premaxillary teeth! (usually 15 vs usually 13 in Carlia); and male breeding colour (patternless, iridescent grey-green or grey-orange-brown, usually with bright red to orange throat?, tail, and hind limbs vs grey to brown, but not iridescent, with one or two reddish lateral longitudinal stripes, and usually with blue throats, rarely red, in Carlia). Lygisaurus is easily separated from Menetia by the alignment of the supraocular scales (transverse vs oblique in Menetia). DisTRIBUTION Irian Jaya, Papua New Guinea, Torres Strait Islands, north Queensland, and eastern Queens- land and New South Wales, mainland Australia. REMARKS There is a potential junior synonym for Lygisaurus. Protervascincus was described by Wells and Wellington (1984) based on ! These distinguishing characters were first observed by Cogger (1986). 2Not observed in L. timlowi, L. sesbrauna and L. rococo; colour fades in spirit. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Ablepharus burnetti Oudemans, 1894, a taxon we treat as a junior synonym of L. foliorum. Also, there is a potential junior synonym of either L. aeratus or L. laevis in Wells and Wellington (1985). This is Protervascincus kuranda. As there is a case before the Inter- national Commission on Zoological Nomenclature to have the works suppressed (Australian Society of Herpetologists, 1987); as the works have wreaked taxonomic chaos (Tyler, 1985); and as we (with many other taxonomists) have agreed not to use the names proposed therein (Grigg and Shine, 1985), we do not discuss the proposal further. THE SPECIES OF LYGISAURUS Eight species of Lygisaurus occur in Australia — L. foliorum de Vis, L. timlowi (Ingram), L. laevis (Oudemans), L. tanneri sp. nov., L. sesbrauna sp. nov., L. macfarlani (Gunther), L. aeratus (Garman), L. rococo sp. nov. One of these species, L. macfarlani, is also found in New Guinea. Lygisaurus foliorum de Vis (Figs 1, 2, 3) 1884 Lygisaurus foliorum de Vis. Proc. R. Soc. Qd |: 77. Holotype lost, from Brisbane, Queensland. Neotype, here designated, QM J23660, from. Mt Coot-tha, Brisbane, SE Queensland. 1894 Ablepharus burnetti Oudemans. In Semon, Zool. Forsch. in Austral. 5: 145, Burnett River, SE Queensland. Lectotype ZMA 11345 (here designated). 1948 Ablepharus burnetti sydneyensis Copland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 73: 362. Mt. Riverview Lookout, near Blaxland, New South Wales. Holotype AM R18589. DIAGNosis L. foliorum is a large Lygisaurus, with a maximum SV length of 39 mm. L. foliorum and L. timlowi are the only species of Lygisaurus with the lower eyelid fused (or partially fused) above and with a large trans- parent palpebral disc. They are readily dis- tinguished from each other by ear size and shape (L. foliorum, smaller than disc with longer axis horizontal vs L. timlowi, very much smaller than disc), ear lobules (present vs absent), supraoculars (4 vs usually 3, occasionally | or 2), interparietal scale (free vs fused to interparietal), supralabials (7 or 8, with the 5th or 6th under the eye vs 6, with the 4th under the eye), midbody REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 337 Fic. 1. Lygisaurus folior'um Peak Ranges, near Capella (8S. Wilson). scale count (21-25 vs 18-20), and lamellae under the fourth toe (17-23 vs 15-19), L. foliorum appears to be a sister species of L. aeratus despite the fact that the latter species has a moveable eyelid, a character which may appear to be fused in spirit material and cause confusion between these two species. See dis- cussion under L. aeratus for further detail. DistristiTion Northeastern Queensland from Townsville region south to Blaxland area in mid-eastern New South Wales. In Queensland, west to the Carnarvon Range and St George. In N.S.W. west to Armidale and the Warrumbungle Moun- tains. Also Magnetic. Lindeman and Curtis Islands, and Mission Island, Hawkesbury River, Description SV: 15-39 (N = 83, mean 27.9). HW: 11-17 (N = 68, mean 14.5), TL: 124-175 (N = 23, mean 149.0). HL: 30-43 (N = 15, mean 33.3). Supraciliaries 6, rarely 7 or 5 (N = 156, mean 6.0). Palpebral disc large. Lower eyelid fused above forming a fixed spectacle over the eye (sometimes the lower lid separates as an artefact of preservation and appears moveable). Ear aperture much smaller than palpebral disc; longer axis of aperture usually horizontal, with one to many acute or low, flat lobules. Four supraoculars (N = 152). Interparietal free. Supralabials 7, rarely 8 (N = 152, mean 7.0), with the fifth, rarely the sixth, under the eye. Usually 2, sometimes 3, scales between the sec- ond presubocular and the nasal scale (N = 65, mean 2.2). Midbody scale rows 21-25 (N = 66, mean 23.2), Number of scales from chin to vent 47-54 (N =31, mean 49.4). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 17-23 (N = 65, mean 19.8). Grey-brown scales lined with darker brown; labials flecked with dark brown; an indistinct dark line from nares through eye; scales on sides of throat edged in dark brown; underside white. Breeding male, light grey with pinkish orange throat, tail and hindlimbs. Hasitat Bark, leaf, stick, and grass litter in open forest and woodland. 338 Fic. 2. Lygisaurus foliorum (QM J38622). A. Dorsal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. REMARKS Greer (1975: 74) excluded Lygisaurus foliorum de Vis from the synonymy of C. melanopogon (= C. munda) on the basis of size, keeling, and colour, but he did not align Joliorum with other taxa noting *... there are still few diagnostic clues by which to determine the species’ relationships; indeed, if it were not for the mention of the tetradactyl front limb and the relatively high midbody scale row count (28), it would be difficult to even identify the specimen as Carlia.. We concur that L. Joliorum is not a synonym of C. munda and have proposed a solution to the question of the identity of foliorum. To stabilize the nomencla- ture we have selected a neotype for Lygisaurus foliorum de Vis 1884. Neoryre: QM 323660 Mt Coot-tha, Brisbane, SE Queensland (27°29’S, 152°57°E). Collected by C. Morris and A. Merrit on 22 July 1973. SV: 30. HW: 15, Tail regenerated. HL: 30. Supraciliaries 6. Palpebral disc large. Lower eyelid fused above forming a fixed spectacle over the eye. Ear aperture much smaller than MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM palpebral disc; longer axis of aperture horizon- tal, with pointed, wide lobules on the margins. Four supraoculars. Supralabials 7, with fifth under the eye. Two scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale. Midbody scale rows 23, Number of scales from chin to vent 51. Number of lamellae under fourth toe 20. We have examined the remaining two syntypes of Ablepharus burnettt Qudemans (ZMA 11345-6) from the original type series of four specimens. Two specimens are missing (Cogger, Cameron and Cogger, 1983). We have selected ZMA 11345 as the lectotype. Copland (1948) based his concept of three subspecies largely on variation in the number of ear lobules. There is no justification for recog- nizing subspecific taxa because the variation is clinal. From south to north L. foliorum speci- mens show slight increases in total size, size of the palpebral disc, and number of mid-body scale rows and a slight decrease in the number of ear lobules. Fic. 3, Distribution of Lygisaurus foliorum (QO), L. timlewi (QO). REVISION OF LYGISAURUS MATERIAL EXAMINED lkm W of Moongobulla (QM J26625); Magnetic Island (QM J26338); 36.3km SE of Townsville (QM J26640); Lindeman Island (AM R11173, 47166-70; QM J5643). Homevale (QM J33857, 33860); Oakey Creek, Homevale (QM J33900); “Retro”, Capella (QM J15769-70): “Gaylong”, Capella, (QM J15784, 15786); West Curtis Island (QM J24223-4); Rundle Range (QM J33764, 33812); Crest, Rundle Range (QM J33833); State Forest 60 E of Mount Larcom (QM J15733); Gladstone (AM R5036): 11.2km § of Miriamvale (QM J11894—5); Warro State Forest (QM J23795): Mount Warro, 17kms SW of Lowmead (QM J23853-4); 24.1km NW of Bundaberg (QM J11892); Bundaberg (QM J22008, 22323): Burnett River (AM R5338; ZMA 11345-6); Cordalba State Forest (QM J15648); 9.6km W of the firetower, Cordalba (QM 315796); Nathan Gorge (QM J38622); Eidsvold (AM R54i3, 6340); Murphy's Lake, Taroom (QM J11893); 8km NW of Gayndah (QM J11898, 11902); 6.4km SE 339 of Gayndah (QM J11896): Arcadia Valley via Injune (QM J25901); 22.5km W of Gympie (QM J11897); Chinchilla (QM J24207); Jandowae (QM J13772): Bryden (QM J11900); Crows Nest (QM J22785); Petrie (QM J22672); Enoggera. Brisbane (QM J11901); St Lucia, Brisbane (QM J24198): Mt Coot- tha (QM J23660); Daisy Hill (QM J24196-7, 24199): Mount Crosby (QM J11899); 3.2km E of Flinders Peak (QM J11903); St George (QM J23623); 9.6km SW of Beaudesert (QM J22023); 7.5km SW of Nerang (QM J24206); Barney View, Mt Barney (QM J21989): Lesley Dam via Warwick (QM J24363); 20km WNW of Tenterfield (QM J24201); 8km NE of Wyberba (QM J24202-5); 6km E of Wyberba (QM J11890); Wyberba (QM J24200): 37km W of Armidale (AM R31782); 33.7km W of Armidale (AM R31786); Warrumbungle Mountains (AM R15594); Mission Island, Hawkesbury River (AM R6076); Mt. Riverview Lookout, near Blaxland (AM R18589), Fic. 4, Lygisaurus timlowi Barakula, via Chinchilla (S. Wilson). rs Lygisaurus timlowi (Ingram) (Figs 3, 4, 5) 1977 Menetia timlowi Ingram. Vici. Nat. 94: 185. Barmount, 80km NW of Marlborough, ME Queensland (22°32’S, 149°06°E). Holotype QM 324940. Diaawosis L. timlowi is a small (maximum SV length 29 mm) Lygisaurus with a fused eyelid forming a spectacle over the eye, resembling L. foliorum. The diagnosis for L. foliortm details the charac- ters which distinguish these two species. Distriar rion From Shiptons Flat, Cape York Peninsula, west to Alpha and south to Chinchilla SE Queensland. Also Magnetic Island. Description SV: 15-29 (N = 18, mean 24.8). HW: 10-13 (N = 9, mean 11.6). TL: 114-137 (N = 3, mean 126.8). HL: 17-23 (N = 7, mean 20.1). Supraciliaries 5, rarely 6 (N = 34, mean 5.1). Palpebral disc very large. Lower eyelid fused above, forming a spectacle over the eye. Upper ciliaries enlarged, appearing like a second row of supraciliaries, Ear aperture very small; very much smaller than the paipebral disc; no obvi- ous lobules. Supraoculars usually 3. sometimes 2, rarely | (N = 30, mean 2.6). Interparietal fused to frontoparietal. Supralabials 6 (N = 26), with the fourth under the eye. Three, sometimes two scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale, (N = 20, mean 2.7). Midbody scale rows 18-20 (N = 13, mean 19.5). Number of scales from chin to vent 52-61 (N = 5, mean $5.8). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 15-19 (N = 15, mean 16.5). Brown dorsally, dark brown laterally, broken into dots on side of tail and head. Underside of tail heavily flecked with brown, rest of ventral surface sparsely flecked. but neck and chin white. Two specimens have orange tails. REMARKS ; Ingram (1977) hinted that Menetia timlawi might be a species of Carlia (sensu Lygisaurus). He noted that the species was similar to both Menetia surda and Carlia burnetti (= Lygisaurius foliorum). The important characteristic that he used to justify his decision to place /im/owi in Menetia was “the long narrow obliquely orien- tated first supraocular’, Ingram was mistaken. Unhke Menetia, which has obliquely orientated supraoculars, the condition of the supra- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM oculars in timlowi obviously 1s formed by fusion of the first 2 or 3 supraoculars. There is no reori- entation of the supraoculars, only fusion. Thus they are transversely orientated. Because of this, we have placed tim/owt in Lygisaurus. L. timlowi, in some specimens, also has the feature of two scales between the nasal and the second presubocular, This feature is found on most specimens of JL. foliorum and some L, aeratus. MATERIAL EXAMINED Shiptans Flat (QM J45800); 2.9 km NNE of junc- tion of Gulf and Kennedy Highways (AM R63131): 25,2 km NE of Cooktown Rd, via Windsor Tableland Forestry Rd (AM R63899); 40 Mile Scrub, 40 mi. W of Mt Garnet (QM J31041-2, 31053); ‘Battery’ (QM J44398-401); “Boon” (QM J44383); crest of Warrigal Range, 27.4km E Torrens Creek (QM J38901); Mag- netic Island (QM J24448); Alpha (QM J32468): Moonggoo (QM J36805); Barmount, 80km NW Marl- borough (QM J24940); Byanda Station. 20km NNW Proston (QM J39171); 18 km N Chinchilla (QM J41373): 7km N Chinchilla (QM J26147). Fria. 5. Lygisaurus timlowi (QM 338901), A. Dorsal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. REVISION OF LYGISAURUS Lygisaurus aeratus (Garman) (Figs 6, 7, 8) 1901 Lygosoma aeratum Garman. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 39: 7. Cooktown, Queensland. Holotype MCZ 6476. 1901 Ablepharus heteropus Garman. Ibid. p. 9. Great Barrier Reef, Queensland. Holotype MCZ 6484. DIAGNOSIS L. aeratus is a large (maximum SV length 39 mm) Lygisaurus with a moveable eyelid con- taining a large disc. It can be confused with L. rococo from which it may be distinguished by ear lobules (in L. aeratus, many sharp lobules vs in L. rococo, 1-5 flat lobules), supralabials (6, occasionally 5, with 4th or Sth entering the eye vs 7, with 5th which is grooved, entering the eye), and midbody scale count (19-24 vs 27-30), number of scales between chin and vent (43-54 vs 51-59). Some spirit specimens of L. aeratus can also be confused with specimens of L. foliorum. See ‘remarks’ below. Fic. 6. Lygisaurus aeratus Mt Mulligan (S. Wilson) 341 DIsTRIBUTION Prince of Wales Island, throughout Cape York Peninsula, and south to near Ingham, NE Queensland. DEescrRIPTION SV: 18-39 (N = 67, mean 27.0). HW: 13-17 (N = 65, mean 14.9). HL: 28-35 (N = 30, mean 32.9). TL: 94-158 (N = 20, mean 136.1). Supraciliaries 6, rarely 5 (N = 138, mean 5.9). Palpebral disc very large. Lower eyelid moveable. Ear aperture much smaller then palpebral disc; with longer axis of aperture usually horizontal, with sharp lobules subequal in size around the margin. Four supraoculars (N = 17). Interparietal free. Supralabials 6, rarely 7 or 5 (N = 54, mean 6.2), with the fourth under the eye or rarely the fifth. Three scales between the second presubocular and nasal scale, rarely two (N = 42, mean 2.9). Midbody scale rows 19-24 (N = 35, mean 22.5). Number of scales from chin to vent 43-54 (N = 30, mean 47.6). 342 Number of lamellae under fourth toe 18-24 (N = 64, mean 20.1). Olive brown above with a coppery head. Lat- erally brown with or without white speckling. Labials are darkly barred; sometimes this bar- ring continues as a series of lines down the sides of the neck. Ventrally cream, with or without a eries of brown spots forming lines from neck to tail. Breeding males have a red throat, red tail and red hind limbs. Haarrat Leaf litter of open-forest, woodland, and grasslands. Remarks L. aeratus may be difficult to separate from L. Joliorum in preservative, because it can be diffi- cult to determine if the eyelid is fused above (the condition in L. foliorum), especially in older spirit specimens. They can be easily separated by the number of supralabials and number of scales between second presubocular and nasal Fic. 7, Lygisaurus aeratus (QM J40980). A. Dorsal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 8. Distribution of Lygisaurusy aeratus (@), L. rococo (&), L. laevis (A). scale. Of the 66 specimens of L. foliorum we have examined, none had six supralabials, but LL. aeratus may have seven. With respect to the number of scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale. 77% of the L. foliorum had two, while in 64 L. aeratus throughout its range, 91% had three. The con- dition of two scales is because the first presubocular does not penetrate to the supralabials (compare Figs 2B and 7B). Garman (1901) stated that Lygosoma aeratum had a moveable eyelid and Ablepharus heteropus did not. The holotype of the latter (MCZ 6484), however, does have a moveable eyelid with a very large palpebral disc. It also has six supralabials, six supraciliaries, and three scales between the second subocular and the nasal. The holotype of Lygosoma aeratum has a moveable eyelid with a very large palpebral disc, six and five supralabials, and two scales between the second presubocular and the nasal. Both specimens belong to the taxon described here. We have chosen aeratus as the available name because of page priority. MATERIAL EXAMINED Prince of Wales Island (AM R46227-34, 46321-9, 46344-5, 46482); 29 mls N of Coen (AM R40948-9); REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 3-4 mls W of Rokeby Homestead (QM J23442);, Coen Airport (QM J37527); Peach Creek, 12 km NE of Mt. Croll (QM J37489); 3 km N of Coen (QM J26272); 2 km up Lankelly Creek from bridge near Coen (QM J26263-5); 10 mls E of Coen (AM R16466, 47140); Melville Range, Cape Melville (QM J2051 1, 20517); Wakooka Outstation, Cape Melville (QM J20485), Strathgordon Homestead (SAM R9788); 24 km N of Glen Garland via Musgrave (QM J38029); Isabella Falls (QM J17818); 13 mls W of Cooktown (QM J27089); Cooktown (MCZ 6476); Shiptons Flat (QM 340975, 40977-82); 10 km N of Palmer River (AM R56789); Great Barrier Reef (MCZ 6484); Windsor Tableland (QM J38755); Walkamin, Atherton Table- land (QM J26691); Palm Beach, Cairns (SAM R2972); 19.9 km'S of Ingham (QM J2661 1-3, 26615-7). Lygisaurus rococo sp. nov. (Figs 8. 9, 10) Ho.otyre QM J46014 (formerly AM R112119), 3.2 km SE of Chillagoe Post Office, NE Queensland Fic. 9, Lygisaurus rococo 7 km west of Chillagoe (S. Wilson). 343 (17°10°S, 144°32°E), collected by A. Greer and P. Greer on 20 June, 1984. DIAGNOSIS L. rococo is a large, robust (maximum SY length 39 mm) Lygisaurus with a moveable lower eyelid with a large disc (like L. aeratus, with which it can be confused). See detailed diagnosis of L. aeratus for characters which readily separate these two species. Distripution Known only from the limestone rocks of the Chillagoe area, Queensland. Description SV: 26-39 (N = 8, mean 33.2). HW: 13-17(N = 7,mean 15.0). TL: 168-170 (N = 2, mean 169). HL: 38-46 (N = 6, mean 41.5). Supraciliaries 6 (N = 18). Palpebral disc large. Lower eyelid moveable. Ear aperture smaller than palpebral disc; aperture round with 1 to 5 low flat lobules around margin. Four supraoculars (N = 12), Interparietal free. 344 Fic. 10. Lygisaurus rococo (QM J46014). A. Dorsal view of head, B. Lateral view of head. Supralabials 7 (N = 16), with the fifth under the eye; also ihe fifth has a groove in the upper anterior corner. Three scales between the sec- ond presubocular and the nasal scale (N = 4). Midbody scale rows 27-30 (N = 9, mean 27,9). Number of scales from chin to vent 51-59 (N = 8, mean 53.8). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 23-26 (N = 9, mean 24.2). Dark brown dorsally and laterally, becoming coppery brown on the head. Steel-grey ventrally, becoming creamy brown on the chin. Undersides of feet are black. Hasitat Very restricted, amongst dry leaf litter accumulated between limestone tocks (S- Wilson pers. comm.). Remarks L. rococo has the typical characters of a rock- dwelling lygosomid skink. Covacevich and Ingram (1978) listed these characteristics in relation to the species Cryptoblepharus fuhni, C. litoralis, Carlia coensis, C. scirtetis, C. rimula (the last two as “Carlia spp. nov.) and Lampropholis mirabilis (as Lampropholis. sp. noy.). The features which set L. rococo apart from other Lygisaurus, and which are indicative MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM of rock-dwelling habits, are high number of midbody scales; large size; dark colouration; large limbs and digits; high lamellae count for fourth toe, and black palms and toe lamellae. PARATYPES 7 km west of Chillagoe (QM J42068); 3,2 km SE of Chillagoe PLO. (AM R112114-8); 14.9 km E of Chillagoe P.Q. (AM RL12120-1). Lygisaurus laevis (Qudemans) (Figs 8, 11, 12) 1894 Lygasama laeve Qudemans, Jn Semon’s Zaoui, Forsch. th Austral: 5: 144. Cooktown, Queens- land. Holotype ZMA 10994 Diacnosis L. laeviy is a Jarge (maximum SY length of 37 mm) Lyegisaurus with a moveable eyelid con- taining.a small disc, a character it shares with tanneri, L. seshraunaand L. macfarlani. Table | summarizes features which distinguish these four species. Other characters (midbody scale count, chin-vent scale number, lamellae under the 4th toe, and numbers of scales between the second presubocular and the nasal) are not use- ful in distinguishing the species. Table | emphasises the similarity of these four species. It shows that L. /aevis is most difficult to dis- tinguish from L. seshrauna from which it is dis- tinguished consistently only by ear shape and size of ear lobules. Disrrisution Rainforests from Cooktown south to Mt Molloy, Kuranda, and Bramston Beach, NE Queensland, Description SV: 28-37 (N = 21. mean 32.8). HW: 13-16 (N= 18, mean 14.5), TL: L14-170 (N = 5, mean 141.9), HL: 31-39 (NW = 12, mean 34.3). Supraciliaries 6 or 7, rarely 8 (N = 42, mean 6.6). Palpebral disc small. Lower eyelid moveable, Ear aperture subequal in size to the palpebral disc: longer axis of aperture usually horizontal, with sharp lobules subequal in size around the margin. Four supraoculars (N = 21). Interpartetal free. Supralabials 7 (N = 36). with the fifth under the eve. Three scales between the second presubocular and ihe nasal scale. Midbody scale rows 23-26 (N =21, mean 24.4), Number of scales from chin to vent 46-52 (N = 12, mean 48.4). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 18-25 (N = 2), mean 21.3), REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 345 Fic. 11. Lygisaurus laevis Freedom Country, 8 km west of Kuranda (S. Wilson). TABLE 1. A comparison of some features L. laevis L. tanneri ear size subequal to smaller than disc disc ear lobules sharp, none or flat subequal and low supralabials 7 7(6) supralabial l 5 5(4) entering eye ear shape longer axis round horizontal of four similar species of Lygisaurus. L. sesbrauna subequal to disc sharp, anteriorly much longer 7(6) 5(4) round L. macfarlani smaller than disc 1 large; several smaller and blunt 6(7) 4(5) round 346 Fic. 12. Lygisaurus laevis (QM J27267). A. Dorsal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. Dark brown above sometimes with darker indistinct stripes. Laterally black, sometimes with pale speckling. Breeding male has a red tail and throat. Ventrally cream, sometimes with the scales edged darkly. Hasitat Leaf-litter of rainforest and its margins. REMARKS We have examined the holotype of Lygosoma laeve Oudemans, ZMA 10994. It has seven supralabials, an ear aperture that has the longer axis horizontal, and sharp, pointed lobules around the margins of the aperture. Also, like many specimens of L. /aevis from near Cooktown, it has six supraciliaries. MATERIAL EXAMINED Cooktown (ZMA_ 10994); Shiptons Flat (QM J17830-1, 40983-4); McAdams Creek, Amos Bay (QM J25315-8); Bloomfield (QM J25298, 39437); Mt Finlay (QM J27267); Hilda Ck, south base of Thorton MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Peak (AM R56588); Mt Molloy (QM J25127); Crowley Ck, via Mt Molloy (QM J27007, 27047); 7.8 km N of Kennedy Highway via Black Mt Rd, Kuranda (AM R112996); 10 km NE of Kuranda (AM R56447); Freedom Country, 8 km W of Kuranda (QM J42076- 7); Kuranda (AM R47196); 3 km SSW of Kuranda (AM R56330); Acacia St, North Holloway Beach (AM 112984-6); Holloway Beach (AM R112957); Cairns (QM J40365); Crystal Cascades (AM R112958-88, 115013-4); 0.3 km W of Yarrabah boundary on Koombal Rd (AM R112989-95):; 7 km N of Heales Lookout, via Gillies Highway (AM R112997-8); 35.1 km S of Cairns (QM J26597-8); Russel Island (AM R36654); Bramston Beach (AM 115009-11). Lygisaurus sesbrauna sp. nov. (Figs 13, 14, 15) HOLOTYPE QM J24664, Lake Boronto, Cape York Penin- sula, N Queensland (10°46’S, 142°34’E), col- lected by G.J. Ingram on 24 September, 1974. DIAGNOSIS A medium sized (maximum SV length 34 mm) Lygisaurus sharing several characters with L. laevis, L. tanneri and L. macfarlani (see Table 1 for summary of differences). It is most easily confused with L. /aevis. For differences, see diagnosis of L. /aevis. DistRIBUTION The wetter eastern side of Cape York Penin- sula, from the tip south to Silver Plains, Queensland. DESCRIPTION SV: 18-34 (N = 45, mean 27.6). HW: 13-17 (N = 35, mean 14.9). HL: 28-34 (N = 30, mean 32.0). TL: 111-145 (N = 11, mean 128.9). Supraciliaries 7, rarely 8 and very rarely 6 (N = 86, mean 7.1). Palpebral disc small. Lower eyelid moveable. Ear aperture subequal in size to the palpebral disc; aperture round, with sharp lobules around the margin; the anterior lobules are much the longer. Four supraoculars (N = 31). Interparietal free. Supralabials 7, rarely six (N = 88, mean 6.9), with the fifth under the eye, or rarely the fourth. Three scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale. Midbody scale rows 22-26 (N = 30, mean 23.9). Number of scales from chin to vent 40-49 (N = 33, mean 44.0). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 21-26 (N = 30, mean 23.1). Colour patterns vary between the two extremes described below. Ground colour of upper parts and sides red or lemon brown. On REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 347 Fic. 13. Lygisaurus sesbrauna Lockerbie Scrub, Cape York Peninsula (S. Wilson). the back and neck there is a black vertebral stripe with 2-3 fine dark paravertebral lines. Pale dorsolateral lines irregularly edged in black. Sides with or without dark longitudinal lines. Labials speckled with dark brown. Black patch on head. There may be series of dark lines leading from the labials along the side of the neck. Ventrally cream with or without black speckling below; there maybe a series of dark lines under the tail. Breeding males are known to lose the pattern described above and become uniform brown with red tail and legs. It is not known if they further develop a red throat in life. It is not possible to determine the presence of red throats from the preserved specimens. Hasitat Leaf litter of monsoon forest, open-forest, woodland, and heath. REMARKS This species may also be confused with L. macfarlani because females, juveniles, and non- breeding males have similar patterns. They can be easily distinguished in the hand by the nature of the pale dorsolateral stripes. These are neatly lined in black on L. macfarlani but on L. sesbrauna these are wider and the black lining is ragged on the edges. EtyMoLocy The species name for Ses Brauna who gener- ously assisted one of us (G.I.) with field work on Murray Island. PARATYPES Somerset (AM _ R56062, 56168); Blackwater Lagoon, 6 mls SW of Somerset (AM R40950; 40952-3); Lake Boronto (QM J25599, 25993); Naru Point (QM J25602); 2 km E of Lockerbie (QM J25615); Lockerbie (QM J24620, 24630-2, 25990, 42113); Shotgun Creek crossing (QM J26259); 1 km § of Captain Billy Creek crossing (QM J26206); Heathlands (QM J26204-5,26236); 3 mls N of Iron Range (AM R40952-3); Lamond Hill, Iron Range (QM J28057); Leo Creek (QM J32512, 32516, 37516-20); Buthen Buthen (QM J34461-3, 34465, 37522); 20 km S of Buthen Buthen (QM 348 Fic. 14. Lygtsaurus sesbrauna (QM 325615), A. Dor- sal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. 334578); 10 km NE of Coen (QM J37508); Lankelly Creek (QM J37525-6); Rocky Scrub (QM J37510, 37513-5, 37524); Attack Creek, 1] km NE of Birth- day Mountain (QM J37523); 2 km E of Birthday Mountain (QM J38299); 7 km NW of Rocky River mouth (QM J38092); 29 km ENE of Mt. Croll (QM J37530-1); Silver Plains Station (MV D10192): 78 mls S of Coen (AM R21 332). Lygisaurus tanneri sp. nov. (Figs 15, 16, 17) Ho.otypPe QM J32352, Morgan River crossing, near Hopevale Community, N Queensland (15°20’S, 145°02’E), collected by G.J. Ingram on 12 July, 1976. DIAGNOSIS A large (maximum SV 37), robust, species of Lygisaurus sharing several characters with L. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 15. Distribution of Lygisaurus sesbrauna (Mf), L. tanneri (#). laevis. L. rococo, and L. macfarlani. See Table 1, for summary of characters useful in dis- tinguishing these four species. L. fanneri is most similar to L. macfarlani from which 1t is dis- linguished by ear lobules (none, or flat, low lobules in L. fanneri vs | — several large blunt lobules in L. macfarlani) and by supralabials (7, occasionally 6; with 5th, occasionally 4th, enter- ing eye vs 6, occasionally 7; with 4th, occasion- ally 5th, entering eye). L. tanneri may also be confused with L. curtus, of New Guinea, but the former lacks the dark nostril to ear line and white stripe from angle of the jaw to ear of L. curtus. Distripution Riverine rainforest and monsoon forests between Starcke Station and the Endeavour River, north of Cooktown, Queensland. DEescRIPTION SV: 16-37 (N = 22, mean 30.3). HW: 13-18 (N = 18, mean 15.5). TL: 128-156 (N = 7, mean 144.1). HL: 30-39 (N = 18, mean 35.3). REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 349 Fic, 16, Lygisaurus tanneri Lily Creek, via Cooktown (S. Wilson). Supraciliaries 7, rarely 6 (N = 44, mean 6.9). Palpebral disc small. Lower eyelid moveable. Ear aperture smaller than palpebral disc; aper- ture round without lobules or with low flat ones around margin. Four supraoculars (N = 22). Interparietal free. Supralabials 7, rarely 6 (N = 44, mean 6.8). with the fifth under the eye or rarely the fourth. Three scales between the sec- ond presubocular and the nasal scale. Midbody scale rows 22-27 (N=19, mean 25.2). Number of scales from chin to vent 46-50 (N = 20, mean 48.4). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 20-24 (N = 17, mean 22). Tan to dark brown above, sometimes with a paler indistinct dorsolateral line, especially in immatures. Tan to dark brown with or without pale speckling laterally, sometimes contrasting with the dorsal colour. Breeding males have red tails and red throats. Hasirat Leaf litter of riverine rainforest and monsoon forest. REMARKS This species appears similar to L. /aevis, with which it has seven supralabials in common. but the ear lobules and the round ear aperture suggest a relationship with L. macfarlani, or L. curtus of New Guinea. The large robust form is similar to that in L. /aevis, L. curius and some insular populations of L. macfarlani. Evy Mo.ocy Named for Mr Charles Tanner from whose property many of the type series were taken. PARATYPES Mclvor River, Starcke Station (QM J20609-11); Mclvor River Crossing (QM J32362-4); 33 km N of creck crossing near Hopevale Mission (QM J32358- 9); Jansen’s Crossing, Endeavour River (QM J42771- 2); Cedar Scrub (QM J22789); 15 km W of Cooktown (QM J24117-8): 15 km WNW of Cooktown (MV D13175-6); 13 km W of Cooktown (QM J22380, 27093-6); 11.3 km W of Endeavour River Bridge (AM R126336-47); 10.8 km W of Endeavour River Bridge 350 Fic. 17. Lygisaurus tanneri (QM J24118). A. Dorsal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. (AM R1 26348); 0.5 km S of Endeavour River Bridge (AM R126349); Endeavour River, 9 mls W and 2 mls N of Cooktown (AM R26694-6); Endeavour River (SAM R9760a-b, 9938). Lygisaurus macfarlani (Gunther) (Figs 18, 19, 20) 1877 Carlia macfarlani Gunther. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)19: 413. Somerset and islands of Torres Strait, Queensland. Lectotype BMNH_ 1946.8.16.49, here designated. DiaGnosis A large (maximum SV length 37), delicately- built species of Lygisaurus sharing several characters with L. Jaevis, L. sesbrauna and L. tanneri. See Table | for summary of characters useful in separating these species. L. macfarlani is most similar to L. tanneri. For differences, see diagnosis of L. macfarlani. L. macfarlani lacks the dark streak from nostril, through eye, to ear of L. curtus, a New Guinea species. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM DistriBuTION Found in the wetter parts of eastern Cape York south to Princess Charlotte Bay. Also the Torres Strait Islands. Extralimital in southwest Papua New Guinea. DESCRIPTION SV: 16-37 (N = 55, mean 30.3). HW: 13-18 (N = 49, mean 14.8). HL: 29-39 (N = 40, mean 34.1). TL: 124-167 (N = 15, mean 140.0). Supraciliaries 7, rarely 6 or 8 (N = 112, mean 7.0). Palpebral disc small. Lower eyelid moveable. Ear aperture smaller than palpebral disc; aperture round usually with one large blunt anterior lobule and several blunt or low and flat ones on the other margins (on some of the Torres Strait islands the number of lobules may be reduced). Four supraoculars (N = 40). Interparietal free. Supralabials 6, rarely 7 (N = 112, mean 7.0), with the fourth, rarely the fifth, under the eye. Three scales between the second presubocular and the nasal scale. Midbody scale rows on island specimens 22-30 (N = 45, mean 25.3); on the mainland specimens 23-26 (N = 26, mean 24.3). Number of scales from vent to chin 43-51 (N = 32, mean 47.8). Number of lamellae under fourth toe 20-26 (N = 47, mean 22.7), The skin is semi-translucent. Ground colour on upper parts and lateral surfaces fawn with a series of dark brown longitudinal stripes aligned through the centre of the scales. There are pale dorsolateral lines beginning behind the eyes and continuing to and along the tail. These lines are sharply delineated by dark brown, On the head there is a large dark patch. The labials have dark brown flecking. Ventrally cream, sometimes with brown speckling which may form lines under the tail. Breeding males lose all this pattern and have a greenish grey colour with red legs, tail, and red on the chin and throat. Pattern and colour varies between the two extremes described above. Hasirat Leaf litter of monsoon forest, open forest, woodlands, heath, grasslands, and gardens. REMARKS This taxon has been traditionally known by the name novaeguineae (Boulenger, 1887; Mitchell, 1953; Cogger, Cameron and Cogger, 1983). Meyer’s (1874) description of Lygosoma (Carlia) Novae Guinea is brief and not helpful REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 351 Fic. 18. Lygisaurus macfarlani Tip of Cape York Peninsula (S. Wilson). tor identitying the taxon described. Also, the holotype is missing (Cogger, Cameron, and Cogger. 1983). Meyer’s description, translated from German, is as follows: ‘Distinguished from C. melanopogon Gray by its brown violet metalic shimmering colour on the upper side and is black spotted on the head. Throat white and there is a white stripe under the eye. The white stripes on the scales of melanopogon never anterior. Body scales not small, in 23 rows. New Guinea’. Although uninformative, the description of the colour and pattern does not match the colour and pattern of L. mac/farlani, which does not have a white stripe under the eye. Neither does it match that of L. curtus of New Guinea. L. curtus (Boulenger, 1897) is a good species that can be distinguished from L. macfarlani by its robust form and the presence of a dark streak beginning at the nostril and continuing back “through” the eye to the ear. A black streak is not mentioned by Meyer- In summary, the species name novaeguinea cannot be applied convincingly to any of the Lygisaurus known from New Guinea. Clarifi- cation of the identity of the name will require review of the large collections ot Lygisaurus species from that country. Throughout the islands of the Torres Strait L. macfarlani has evolved many distinct insular forms. While Ginther (1877) lamented the lack of detailed locality data for MacFarlane's speci- mens (these came from Somerset and islands of the Torres Strait), the types of Carlia macfarlani can be identified as specimens from the Darnley-Murray Island group in the northeast of the Strait. Samuel MacFarlane landed at Darnley Island in 187! with Reverend Murray for the London Missionary Society (Souter 1963). However, they did not reach Murray Island until 1874. That event is still celebrated on the island today as ‘The Coming of the Light’. We have designated BMNH 1946.8.16.49 as the lectotype of Carlia macfarlani from the syntypes, BMNH 1946.8.16.49-51. MATERIAL EXAMINED Torres Strait Islands (BMNH 1|946.8.16.49-51); Saibai Island (AM R48360); Dauan Island (AM R48535. 48550); Yam Island (AM R42365, 61665, 6176475, 61805, 61829-32. 61873, 62470); Gabba Island (AM R48478-9); Murray Island (AM R42579- 352 Fic. 19. Lygisaurus macfarlani (QM J28013). A. Dor- sal view of head. B. Lateral view of head. Fic. 20. Distribution of Lygisaurus macfarlani (©). MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 85, 44219-23, 45920, 46102-6, 46108-12); Weier (AM R45907); Dauar Island (AM 45937-8); Jervis Island (AM R48562); Coconut Island (AM R42546); Badu Island (AM R48598, 58978, 58980-4, 58988- 97; 59026-30, 59032-3, 59052-7, 59077-83, 59085-6, 59088-104, 59120-1); Mabuiag Island (AM R48562); Moa Island (AM R46679-82, 46778-84, 46862-7, 46957); Wednesday Island (AM R61980); Thursday Island (AM R17022, 42380, 44240, 46173-5, 58957); Prince of Wales Island (AM R46216-7, 46220-1, 48989, 55960, 59183); Hammond Island (AM R42295, 46982-8); Horn Island (SAM R13674; AM R61900-2, 61946-7, 62478; QM J25653-4, 25668, 25690-2); Somerset (AM R56035-7); Naru Point (QM J24636); Lake Boronto (QM J25559, 25564); Great Woody Island (AM R62004-5); 0.5 km N of Pascoe River mouth (QM J32007); Iron Range (QM J7793-4, AM R47197); East Claudie River, Iron Range (QM J28011-5); Claudie River (MV D817); Bare Hill (MV DTD-D1245); Brown Creek, 12 km N of Mt Tozer (QM J37511); West Claudie River (QM J34380); 15 mls NE of Pascoe River (AM R40951); Buthen Buthen (QM J34464, 37521); 2 mls N of Coen (QM J23420); Coen Airport (QM J37529); Lankelly Creek, near Coen (QM J37509, 37528); Coen rubbish dump (AM R40947); Coen (AM R40947); 10 mls E of Coen (AM R16346, 47139); Rocky River (AM R16340, 21284); 11 km SW of mouth of Rocky River (QM J37507); 78 mls S of Coen (AM R21332); Flinders Island (QM J36181-4); Cape Melville (QM J37851); Lizard Island (AM R55001). KEY TO THE SPECIES OF LYGISAURUS 1 Lower eyelid fused above forming a spectacle OVER UNC OG EH asl np sca tae tna Uhoasne onde olleineasne sponge Ait? Lower eyelid moveable 2(1) Interparietal fused to the frontoparietal SCALE i. Bia sslicessieathaneetnae lates L. timlowi Interparietal free ........ L. foliorum 3(1) Usually six supralabials .............0.. 4 Seven supralabials .............::::sseeeeeeees ) 4(3) Usually seven supraciliaries; ear aperture round, blunt or flat lobules around mar- BINS r ton aa As Peae at L. macfarlani Usually six supraciliaries; longer axis of ear aperture is horizontal, sharp ear lobules around margins .......... L. aeratus 5(3) Midbody scale rows 27 or fewer; usually seven supraciliaries Midbody scale rows greater than 26; usually six supraciliaries ....,..... L. rococo REVISION OF LYGISAURUS 6(5) Sharp lobules surrounding ear opening 7 Ear lobules low and flat. sometimes absent AYU. Pevoestasay.UUeL cy copupce eeu vot L. tanneri 7(6) Ear opening usually round with long. anterior lobules; well defined light dorsolateral stripes in juveniles, females, and non-breeding males ...., L. sesbrauna Longer axis of ear opening usually horizon- tal with subequal sized lobules; no well defined dorsolateral stripes in juveniles, females and non-breeding males ........... see Le laevis sRad Peden acne bed bategeseesh edb eebeuene ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Dr Allen Greer (Australian Museum) pre- sented one of us (G.1.) with the first. specimens known of L. rococo and drew our attention to L. aeratus. For this generosity and his continued advice we are deeply grateful. For the loan of specimens. we are grateful to Dr H.G. Cogger, Dr A.E. Greer, Mr R. Sadlier (Australian Museum, Sydney); Mr A.J, Coventry (Museum of Victoria, Melbourne): Dr D. Hillenius (Zoologisch Museum, Amsterdam); Dr T. Houston (South Australian Museum, Adelaide); Miss E. Grandison and Mr A.F. Stimson (British Museum Natural History, London); Dr G.M. Storr (Western Australian Museum, Perth); the Donald Thomson Admin- istration Committee, Melbourne; and Professor E.E. Williams (Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard). Financial support for this work has been received from the Australian Museum (travel grant to enable G.L. to examine reference collec- tions there); Australian Research Grants Com- mittee (grant which enabled G,l. to work with Drs H.G. Cogger and H. Heatwole in Torres Strait); Australian Biological Resources Study (grant which enabled G,1. to work in Cape York Peninsula with Prof. J. Kikkawa, and grant to Australian and Queensland Museums which involved J.C_ in 1he survey of eastern Australian rainforest fauna); and the Australian Institute of Aboriginal Studies (grant to Cape York Ecology Transect). Many people have helped us with this work. We warmly thank Peter Rawlinson, Hal Cogger, Allen Greer, Steve Wilson, Ross Sadlier, Lewis Roberts, Glen Storr and Lucille Crevola-Gillespie. LITERATURE CITED AUSTRALIAN Society OF HERPETOLOGISTS. L987, Three works by Richard W. Wells and C. Ross Wellington: proposed Supression for nomenclatural purposes. Bul/. Zoal. Namenc. 44: 116-121. BOULENGER, G.A. 1887. “Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museunt (Natural History)’. Vol. 3. (British Museum: London), 1897, Descriptions of new lizards and frogs from Mount Victoria, Owen Stanly Range, New Guinea. collected by Mr A.S. Anthony, ne, Mag, Nai, Hisi, (6)49: 6-13. CocGer, H.G. 1986. ‘Reptiles and amphibians of Australia’. 4th edition. (Reed: Sydney). CoGoer, H.G.. CamekoN, ELE. ania COGGER, H.M. 1983. ‘Amphibia and Reptilia. Vol. |. Zoological Catalogue of Australia’. (Australian Goyemment Printing Service: Canberra). Coprawp. &.), 1948, Taxonomic notes on the genus aAblepharus (Sauria : Seincidae). 11. The races of Ablepharus burnetti Qudemans. Prac. Lint. Sac. NSW" 73: 362-71. Covacevicu, J, 1971. Amphibian and Reptile type specimens in the Queensland Museum. Mem. Qd Mus, 16; 49-68, Covacevicn, Jo ann InGram, GJ. 1978. An undesenbed species of rock-dwelling Cryptoblepharus (Lacertilia : Scincidae) Meni. Od Mus. U8(2): 131-154, Dr Vis. C.W_ 1884, On new Queensland lizards. Prac: Roy. Sac, Od (2): 77-78, 1885, A conspect of the genus Heteropus. Proe. Roy. Soc. Gd (4): 166-73. Garman, S. 1901. Some reptiles and batrachians rom Australasia. Bull, Mux. Comp. Zool. 39° 1-14. Greer. A.B. 1975. Notes on the systematics of the genus Carlia (Lacertilia : Seincidae) |, Carlia nelanapegon Gray 1845. IMerperalagiea Je 70-5. Grid. GC. Ap SHine, R. 1985. An open letter to all herpetologists. flerp. Review 16: 96. GumtHer, A. 1877. Desecripnions of three new species of lizards from islands of Torres Strait. 4nn, Mag. Nat. Hist, (4)19; 413-5. INGRAM, G.J. 1977. Three species of small lizards — two of them new. Genus Mevetig (Lacernha. Scincidae) in Queensland. Vici, Nat, 94; 184-7. [In press]. The works of Charles Walter de Vis, alias ‘Devis’. alias “Thickihorn’. Men. Qa Mus. Mever, A.B. 1874, Eine Mitleitung von Hn. Dr Adolf Bernhard Meyer uber die von ihm auf Neu- Guinea den Inseln Jobi. Mysore und Mafoor im Jahr 1873 gesammelien Amphipien, Mber. K. Preuss. Akad, Wiss. Berl, Y874: 128-140. MircHett, FJ. 1953. 4 brief revision of the four- fingered members of the genus Leiolopisma (Lacertilia). Ree. S. dust. Mus. 11: 75-90. 354 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM OuDEMANS, J.T. 1894. Eidechsen und Schildkroten. In Semon, R. “Zoologische Forschungreisen in Australien und den Malayischen Archipel’. (Gustav Fischer: Jena). 5: 127-146. Souter, G. 1963. “New Guinea: The last unknown’. (Angus and Robertson: Sydney). Storr, G.M. 1974. The genus Carlia (Lacertilia, Scincidae) in Western Australia and Northern Territory. Rec. W. Aust. Mus. 3: 151-65. Tyier, M.J. 1985. A crisis in zoological nomencla- ture. Search 16: 237. WELLS R.W. AND WELLINGTON, R.C. 1984. A synopsis of the class Reptilia in Australia. Australian Journal of Herpetology 1(3-4): 73-129. 1985. A classification of the amphibia and reptilia of Australia. Australian Journal of Herpetology, Supplementary Series 1: 1-61. CRINOIDS FROM DEVONIAN LIMESTONES OF EASTERN AUSTRALIA Pever A. Jet, Jown 8. Jevt, Brisas D. Jonsson, Ruin Mawson anu Joun A. Tacens Jell, P.A., Jeil, LS., Johnson, 8.D.. Mawson, R. and Talent, J.A. 1988 11 7: Crinoids from Devonian limestones of eastern Australia. Wem. Od Mus. 25(2); 355-402. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Crinoid matenal, often a significant constituent of many Devonian limestones in castern Australia, inclades calices of 26 taxa. A study of these taxa, based mainly on the calices is presented. The following new taxa are described: Struszocrinus dulviculus gen. et sp. nov., Pandanocrinus martinswellensis gen. et sp. nov., P. gkeriensiy gen. et sp. nov., P. wellingtonensis gen. el sp. nov , Melocrinites tempestus sp. nov. Melocrinites solus sp. nov. Bucalyplocrinites fonzi sp. nov., Dolatocrinus peregrinus sp. nov. and Shintantacrinus distinctodorsus gen. et sp. noy. The following six European Devonian species have been recognized and discussed: X/ipidacrinus crenatus (Goldfuss), Hexvacrinites interscapularis Phillips, ft. spinasus Muller, Eucaljptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss, £. praerasaceus Yakovlev and Cupressocrinites abbreviatus Goldfuss. A few incomplete ar poarly preserved specimens are referred to Spyridiocrinid gen. nov., Carpocrinid indet., RA/pidoerinus? sp., Polypelud indet., Pandanacrinus sp. cf. P. wellingtonensis gen. et sp. nav. Parapisocrinus sp. Gasterocomid sp.. Cupressocrinites sp. cf. ©. gracilis Goldfuss, Imadunate indel Two indeterminate crinoids are brietly described. 0 Crinvids, Devonian, Eastern Australia. Peter J. Jell, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brishane, Qucensland 4101, Australia; John S. Jell, Department of Geology and Mineralogy, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067, Australia; Brian D. Johnson, Ruth Mawson, and John A. Talent, School af Earth Sciences, Macquarie University, Balaclava Rd, Nerth Ryde, NSW 2113; 16 September, 1987 Crinoidal skeletal fragments are common components of many Devonian limestones in eastern Australia but to date they have been recognized as disaggregated fragments usually of stems or more rarely of the crown. Aliernatively they are preserved in massive clean limestones that extremely rarely fracture or weather to reveal the structure of the crinoid crown. Only four genera haye heen recognized previously in eastern Australian Devonian limestones (Philip, 1961; Bates, 1972) and two of these are doubtful assignments while a third is not specifically identifiable. It should be noted that two of these genera from the Early Devonian of Victoria, namely Hexacrinites and Eucalyplocrinifes, are common among the faunas described below, Devonian crinoids from siliciclastic sediments are scarcely better known with only seven genera previously recognized (Bather, 1897; Chapman, 1903; Jell, 1982; Jell & Holloway, 1983). Over the last 10 years the senior author has studied Palaeozoic echinoderms particularly from Vic- toria (Jell, 1982; Jell, 1983: Jell & Holloway. 1983; Holloway & Jell, 1983), and a large fauna of Devonian crinoids remains to be described from fine sandstones and siltstones. of the Melbourne Trough. The material described below has been assembled over several years and provides a marked contrast (taxonomic and preservational) with the fauna of the Melbourne Trough. LOCALITIES AND AGES Most of the crinoids described herein come from two main regions (Fig. 1), namely: the Pandanus Creek — Broken River area, 240km northwest of Charters Towers, northern Queensland and the Wellington area, 200km west northwest of Sydney. central New South Wales. Additionally, ane species 1s described from Loyola in the Mansfield district (Fig. 1), 150km northeast of Melbourne, ceniral Vic- toria, one fragment of a calyx and a weathered specimen are noted from the Burdekin River area jusi north of Chariers Towers (Fig. 1) and two calices are recorded from Mount Etna, 25km north of Rockhampton (Fig. 1), Detailed information on each locality is provided in the Appendix. Panpanus Creek — Broken. River Area, Norrit QUEENSLAND: The Broken River Embayment (Broken River Province) to the west of Townsville, is a 356 Townsville Wando Vale Stations Charters Towers” Mt Etna * Fockhampton Wellington. Sydney 4 Mansfield, x Melbourne Fic. |. Sketch map of eastern Australia showing towns referred to in locality descriptions. deformed sedimentary terrain of the Tasman Fold Belt System faulted against Proterozoic rocks of the Georgetown Inlier to the northwest and lower Palaeozoic rocks of the Ravenswood- Lolworth Block to the south. The southwestern part (Graveyard Creck Subprovince) is less deformed and contains thick siltstone. arenite, conglomerate and limestone deposits (Arnold & Fawckner, 1980; Wyatt & Jell, 1980; Withnall ez al., 1988). Biostratigraphy of these carbonates (Jell, 1968: Telford, 1975; Mawson e7 al., 1985) indicates 3 phases of Devonian marine sedimen- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM tation separated in most, if not all, areas by unconformities (Fig. 2). The Graveyard Creek Formation was deposited mainly during the Silurian but Lochkovian carbonates are known al its top; no crinoids are known from this unit. The 250m thick Shield Creek Formation (Wyatt & Jell, 1980), of late Lochkovian 1o Pragian age. includes the Martins Well Limestone Member that yields many crinoid calices of Pandanocrinus martinswellensis gen. et sp. nov. in the vicinity of Martins Well, An associated assemblage of small (less than |cm) species con- lains Parapisocrinus and Cupressocrinites. The third phase of deposition is the Broken River Group (formerly the Broken River Formation), a sequence of mixed facies from terrigenous and nearshore clastics, shallow nearshore shales and muddy carbonates to outer shelf limestones and conglomerates, and possibly slope deposits (Fig. 2). The stratigraphic nomenclature has been revised by Withnall et a/. (1988) (Fig. 2). Its base is of late Emsian age and its top is Givetian. The group oulcrops over wide areas (Mawson e/ al.. 1985, fig. 1) and the full fauna has almost cer- tainly not been sampled. Crinoids are a rela- tively rare component of muddy carbonate units (Wyatt & Jell, 1980), namely the late Emsian to Givetian Burges Formation and the Givetian Papilio Formation. Most of those described herein come from sites in the vicinity of Storm Dam north of Dosey Outstation (Mawson e7 a/., 1985, fig. 1) north to the Broken River. Burbekin River Area, NortH Queenstanp Sediments of the Burdekin Shelf form a sequence of Devonian and Carboniferous age resting unconformably on crystalline basement of the Lolworth-Ravenswood block. The initial Eifelian transgression is represented by the Fan- ning River Group that includes the basal Big Bend Arkose, and Burdekin Formation of biostromal limestone and calcareous mudstone: it ends with the regressive late Givetian Culti- vation Gully Formation. The specimen of Cupressocrinites abbreviatus Goldfuss, 1839, found as float in the Burdekin River bed by Zhen Yong Yi, and the indeterminate crinoid found by Greg McNamara in the Hervey Range, were almost certainly derived from the Givetian Burdekin Formation, Mount Era, CentraAt QuEENSLAND Some 25km north of Rockhampton promi- nent limestones included in the Mount Holly 357 DEVONIAN CRINOIDS dnous wa3u9 GYVAZAVYS dNO¥S Y3AI1Y N3xOuE (1961 -11er 3 230fM gO DUND}Y JB@MO|) punp3 Deuyeped! | | 1Ud “‘UONLUOZ JUOPOUOD PlepuULIs JsUTeZe (paUTeIqO Ud0q SAY SBUNR] JUOPOUOD YOIYM WOT) SUOT]NIS PIINSKIU Ul UONNGLISIP 119y] SuUIMOYsS pUR]sSUIIN? YOU ‘sdUTAOIAQNS yso1Q psVAIARIH dy} JO s}TuN URTUOADG IIPPI O1 Ajiey “7 “OlF 8868U8| B8UOISEW! | PEWOUUN BUD SB!POq JD/ND!13UB| | |DWS %@I0N uo yoWIOy yDor 8 | @UBUJOYU | eI608 ee Ue se eh oe dee Be eres iene ee ge ee 1aplwyseomen| vedeey I-NV INTIS | ADeed Se ee pe en aan REWSTNTLGI Uma TAnTeTIa ie Pe “xavaNniog NYI9VUd SAV Road = 7° APSR ARP PUSS: NYI dj -AOMHIO7 NVINOA30 Y3M071 JQA 387 49 Yuy M3014 SNSJBAU! JeKO|—enuOqJed-1e)puly Pa inaesiacehs [amu aonee | ae ee ee a py ee _suoqseu| 7 ——_ _ _ euorspung t Auvannog NY 734 143-NV1ISN2 aepeaec I1!H wuoas | ra taupd | 4eeBUD 118M |[e6u!uds) eeBung dnouBgngs @| |buyenD upwou!49 ! janee7 fiesser Buc {sew ! Aesog ®|D,A opuDq ~ T Xuvannog NVPL3A19-N¥ 113413 auoyspny Of | [dod @NDuDA S¥NNW4 TWwH0d 1v¥9071 Sreudne 515K CPU uo! yDW4ey U0IIAW em Bul /oufis 8] 1W-xXIS JO 280M Reka JQn 387 fie; uDas PeplaArpun 8N2038 | JO- | UUDWeY 8 | }upds|p eno | J ewwhep AeowueKo7 yeeug UDWDU! YD 118m @U!QuDK @ yeeug dig 118m dn490> yeeug eBuo9 g 4y8eU9 VeBB!g PUA 8] IN-X!IS OuDS OA BY, 48849 DUpUdWo] yee N9 Resog e849 DIDEIODUg g yeeUD O!| Idog wog wuo3s Jeuuods ay, yeeu9 eBog eed) YS! 3209 3 4e8U9 YeUOD 2 2 NVIL3AIS NVI13413 P= 2 sBuludg flesser eBuog Youy JO YaNos SNOI1L03S $3NOZ LNOGONOD NVINOA3G 3100!1W 358 Beds (Kirkegaard, Shaw & Murray, 1970) are part of the eastern belt of the Craigilee Subprovince, Although the Mount Holly Beds are largely covered by younger post-Carboniferous sediments (Henderson, 1980) muddy limestone on the lower northeastern slopes of Mount Etna have yielded two incomplete calices of Pandanocrinus. Corre- lation and age of the limestone was discussed by Druce (1970), Strusz (1972), and Philip and Pedder (1967). It isnow considered to be of early Pragian age, as also is the Martins Well Lime- stone Member which contains conodonts of the sulcatus biozone. WELLINGTON, CENTRAL N.S.W. The Molong Geanticline is a structural high extending in a north- south line through central New South Wales (Packham, 1969, fig. 1.1) some 200km west of Sydney. Marine sediments older than Late Devonian occur on both flanks and in the easterly belt limestones and shales, assigned to the Garra Formation, outcrop over a distance of 100km in a band no more than 5km wide (Packham, 1969, fig. 3.16), Crinoidal debris is a relatively common component of this carbonate sequence but calices have been found at only 3 localities. These occurrences are near the town of Guerie at the northern end of the carbonate belt and at two localities in the eastern belt of limestone adjacent to the town of Wellington. The formation, which is over 1000m thick, has been dated as Emsian (Strusz, 1972), Siegenian (Druce, 1970) and Lochkovian to Pragian (Johnson, 1975; Chatterton e¢ al., 1979). We agree with the late Lochkovian to Pragian range. Loyota, Centrat Victoria The Melbourne Trough of central Victoria is a structural trough, triangular in shape and con- taining a thick complete sequence of Early Cambrian to Middle Devonian marine strata overlain by nonmarine sediments. Loyola is a small district some 10-15km southwest of Mansfield that is situated on the extreme eastern edge of the Melbourne Trough. At Loyola a number of small limestone lenses are interbedded in the Norton Gully Sandstone; one of the lenses has been worked since last century in the now abandoned Griffith’s Quarry. The fossil fauna of the quarry, principally corals, stromatoporoids and conodonts, has been described in some detail (Chapman, 1925; Hill, 1939; Pedder, 1967; Ripper, 1938, Strusz, 1968; Hill & Jell, 1970; Cooper, 1973). The last MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM mentioned paper dealt with conodonts and provided an early Emsian age as well as a detailed locality map and detailed discussion of the stratigraphy. Mawson (1987, p. 284) reinterpreted the conodonts indicating a Pragian age in the kindlei biozone. FAUNAL AFFINITIES The most striking features of these crinoid faunas (Fig. 3) from eastern Australia are: |, the presence of 6 species known previously from western Europe; 2, the presence of Pandanocrinus and Shimantocrinus, two new genera that we consider are ancestral to the North American Dolatocrinidae as well as Dolatocrinus Lyon, 1857 itself; and 3, the predominance of camerate crinoids in these carbonate-dwelling faunules compared to con- temporary or slightly older faunas of terrigenous sediments in the Melbourne Trough that include camerates and inadunates in almost even num- bers of taxa and individuals (P.A. Jell, unpubl. data). Five of the seven species identified in rela- tively large collections from the Papilio Forma- tion in the vicinity of Storm Dam in the ensensis and varcus conodont zones belong to species that are only known from similarly dated sediments in western Europe (i.e. in the Eifel of Germany or in southwestern England). This is an extremely close match that seems likely to be significant and not a chance occurrence. It accords well with the findings of Campbell & Davoren (1972) in respect of contemporary trilobite faunas at the generic level. For example, they found that compared to 13 Zlichovian faunas from around the world the Australian fauna (mainly from the southeastern part of the continent) had greatest affinity with faunas from Germany and Czechoslovakia. Similarly, Boucot, Johnson & Talent (1969) and Johnson (1979) found the late Emsian — early Eifelian and late Lower Devonian, respectively, brachiopod faunas of Australia were dominated by genera from their Old World Province (i.e. Europe) and they assigned eastern Australia accordingly. Our crinoid data from north Queensland support these views. However, the fauna of the Garra Formation (su/catus biozone) is more equivocal. Of the 6 species recorded, | is found in Europe, 1 belongs to a cosmopolitan genus of North America and Europe and 4 are endemic; of these endemics 3 belong to Pandanocrinus and Shimantocrinus, interpreted DEVONIAN CRINOIDS LOWER DEVONIAN MIDDLE DEVONIAN } vocikovran | PRAGIAN EIFELIAN GIVETIAN varcus asymmetricus hesperius eurekaensis pesavis sulcatus dehiscens gronbergi inversus-lat. serotinus patulus partituo costatus australis kockelianus herm-cristatus disparillis Spyridiocrinid gen. et. sp.nov. Struszocrinus dulciculus Melocrinites solus Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus @ Shimantocrinus distinctodorsus @ Pandanocrinus wellingtonensis CENTRAL N.S.W. Pandanocrinus gueriensis Polypeltid indet. Inadunate indet. @ Eucalyptocrinites fonzi CENTRAL VICTORIA oe ++ +s@---ePandanocrinus sp. cf. P. wellingtonensis CENTRAL QUEENSLAND Pandanocrinus martinswellensis Parapisocrinus sp- Gasterocomid indet. ini . ef. C. gracilis < e Cupressocrinites sp £ < m < Eucalyptocrinites praerosaceus Pa 6 yet PB % > i seine +++ Crinoid indet 1 im Zz ra) beats, x at AA at @----+--*+ Carpocrinid indet. i} a y's F 1a Hexacrinites interscapularis --@-----— a z gm ww n 7 ; ~~ os Hexacrinites spinosus --@----=-— oO is wn 2 > oo Rhipidocrinus crenatus --e@e----— 2 = a & Zz 4 F =< $ Rhipidocrinus sp- —-e----- oo Melocrinites tempestus Cupressocrinites abbreviatus Dolatocrinus peregrinus Cupressocrinites abbreviatus = ve eee reese BURDEKIN BASIN Crinoid indet. 2 st ettt ee Qeeeeeee Fic. 3. Range chart for all crinoids described against standard conodont zonation. Dashed lines indicate known ranges; dotted lines indicate uncer- tain ranges. 359 360 below as ancestral to the largely North American Dolatocrinidae that is also represented in the Givetian of north Queensland by Dolatocrinus. Affinities of this fauna remain unclear but it is suggested that migration to North America was possible during the Emsian. Overall affinities of MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM these eastern Australian crinoid faunas seems to be more strongly with the European Old World Province. Detailed analysis of the content of these carbonate faunas as opposed to terrigenous faunas of Victoria where inadunates form a L Fic. 4. A,B, Spyridiocrinid gen. et sp. nov. A, basal part of calyx showing stem attachment area and alternating radials and basals in single circlet, AMF72542, X 1.4. B, naturally weathered longitudinal section of stem section showing concealed internodals, AMF72542a, X 4. C-E, Rhipidocrinus ? sp. C, oral view of tegmen, D,E, lateral to basal views of deformed calyx with B ray at 12 o’clock position, UQF75111, X 1, X 1.4and xX 1.6, respectively. F-L, Rhipidocrinus crenatus (Goldfuss, 1831). F,G, lateral views of calical fragment (orientation not known) , UQF75112, X 1. H-J, lateral views of most complete calyx available from Aus- tralia, UQF75113, H, with C ray just left of centre X 1,1, with B ray central and C ray at left 1.2, J, with D ray to right of centre and E ray to left X 1. K, basal view of fragmentary cup with C ray at 10 o’clock pos- ition QMF14771, X 0.9. L, lateral view of incomplete calyx (orientation unknown), QMF14869, X 0.8. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS significant proportion of the whole fauna must await results of study of the latter faunas now in progress. However, it would seem that this sig- nificant ecological distinction may be identified as a determining factor in the distribution of inadunate crinoids and should be looked for in other areas of the world. Ii might be speculated that the carbonate environments had for one reason Or another caused the non-camerate skel- etan to disaggregate whereas the camerates were more securely held together, If this proves to be the real reason for the disparity mentioned above then crinoidal debris in these formations will prove to belong mainly to non-camerates; that study is beyond the scope of this paper. SYSTEMATIC PALAEONTOLOGY Terminology used herein as far as possible follows that used in the Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology Part T. Material is deposited in the palaeontological coliections of the following institutions, hereinafter indicated by the prefix shown : Department of Geology, University of Queensland, Brisbane (UQF), Queensland Museum, Brisbane (QMF), Australian Museum, Sydney (AMF), James Cook Univer- sity, Townsville (JCF) and Museum of Victoria (NMYP). Locality Registers in these institutions are indicated by the prefixes: UQL — Department of Geology, University of Queensland, QML — Queensland Museum, NMVPL — Museum of Victoria. Class Crinoidea Subclass Camerata Order Diplobathrida Family Spyndiocrinidae Jackel, 1918 Spyridiecrinid gen. ei sp. nov. (Figs 4A,B, 5) MATERIAL EXAMINED AMF72542, a weathered QMLS512. OCCURRENCE Pragin (su/carus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. calical base trom Description Calical fragment approximately 20mm in diameter, flat, exhibiting only the infrabasal circlet; next circlet of 10 plates consisting of basals alternating with radials, A prominent, broadly pitted ornament evident on sel FIG, 5, Spyridjocrinid gen. et sp. nov, plate diagram wrth inferred sutures between infrabasals dashed but not observed. unweathered parts of a few plates. Infrabasal circle 10-sided. approximately 10mm across and almost completely concealed by the stem attachment. Small part of each infrabasal evi- dent along the base of the radial plates outside the stem attachment area indicating 3 infrabasals, Stem circular, of low nudinodals concealing very short internodals; columnals with well-developed crenuJaria bul nol reaching periphery: pentalobate axial canal evident. Next circlet of 10 plates in two sets of 5. with each set having a distinctive shape. One set, probably the basals, consisting of rectangular plates only a little higher (Smm) than wide (4mm), but slightly lower than the other set. Second set, probably the fadials, consisting of equidimensional (6mm high and 6mm wide) hexagonal plates, with widest point near top of plate at height of top of basals, with two short oblique sides converging up from widest point to top of plate. Remainder of crown unknown. REMARKS This calical fragment could be readily assigned to the Zygodiplobathrina of Ubaghs (1953, 1978) based on the circlet of 10 plates in 2 distinct sets surrounding the stem attachment which conceals the infrabasal circlet. However, Brower (1975) and Haugh (1979, p. 11) have considered this taxon to be polyphyletic. Accordingly we have sought possible relatives from among those genera that possess zygodiplobathrid bases. The flat 362 calical base and structure of the stem strongly suggest the Spyridiocrinidae. The distinctly dif- ferent shapes of the radials and the basals is indicative of a new genus because all described species of Spyridiocrinus Oehlert, 1889 possess basals and radials of uniform shape and size. However, with this one incomplete calyx, further characterization of the genus is imposs- ible. Breimer (1960, p. 257, reproduced Ubaghs, 1978, fig. 239.1f) showed a juvenile specimen Fic. 6. Plate diagrams of A, Rhipidocrinus crenatus (Goldfuss, 1831) and B, Rhipidocrinus? sp. includ- ing the tegmen. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM of Rhipidocrinus crenatus Goldfuss, 1831 with basals and radials alternating in a single circlet around the infrabasals. However, the N.S.W. specimen is distinguished by its size, wider base of radials contacting infrabasals, different orna- ment on plates, and possibly stem structure. Detailed structure of the stem is derived from a weathered stem fragment adjacent to the specimen and interpreted as being part of this individual as are many other small calical and arm plates in the immediate vicinity. Superfamily Rhodocrinitoidea Family Rhodocrinitidae Roemer, 1855 Rhipidocrinus Beyrich in Zittel, 1879 Type SPECIES Rhodocrinites crenatus Goldfuss, 1831 from the Givetian of West Germany; by original designation. Discussion This genus was discussed in detail by Breimer (1960). Unfortunately features considered by him to be distinctive of the genus (i.e. the style of branching and variation in the arrangement of lower calical plates) are not available on the Australian specimens. Nevertheless, German specimens of the type species (see Remarks on the species below) are very similar in all points where comparisons can be made. Rhipidocrinus crenatus (Goldfuss, 1831) (Figs 4F-L, 6A) MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype Goldfuss, 1831, pl. 64, fig. 3. — Queensland material assigned. UQF75112, an incomplete calyx without free arms, stem or tegmen from UQL5229; UQF75113, a weathered fragment of a calyx from UQL5318; QMF14771, a badly weath- ered calyx showing basal plating from UQL5320; QMF 14869, a damaged and weathered calyx showing plating of upper part of calyx and free arm bases from UQL5321. OccURRENCE Late Eifelian — Givetian, Papilio Formation, near Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS DESCRIPTION UQF75113. This specimen shows only one ray of the calyx and the adjacent interbrachials up to the level of the first secundibrachs. All the plates are weathered so as to be virtually smooth but some remnants of the radial ornament are evident in a few places. In this weathered state the plates are approximately 1mm thick. The pentagonal infrabasal circlet has a broad round depression for stem attachment. Hexagonal basals 10mm wide and 9mm high have their greatest width 2mm from their bases. The radial is pentagonal, 11mm wide and 10mm high with greatest width 4.5mm from bottom. The first primibrach is hexagonal, 12mm wide and 7mm high. The second primibrach is pentagonal, axil- lary, 8.5mm wide and 6.5mm _high. Interbrachials begin with a large (12mm wide by 10.5mm high), 7-sided plate contacting the basal, radial and first primibrach, and support- ing two smaller plates above. UQF75112. This specimen has been slightly crushed laterally (i.e. through the A ray — CD interray axis); plate displacement and overrid- ing has occurred in the basal region, where weathering has been most pronounced, smoothing off the ornament. The entire outline is not available for any one basal. Radials are variable in shape, 6-sided where observable. First primibrach 6-sided but rather irregular in shape in most rays. Second primibrach axillary, 6-sided in D and E rays but 5-sided in B and C rays (not evident in A ray). First secundibrach axillary, 6-sided, almost as large as second primibrach. First tertibrach supporting a fixed ramule on outer side of ray. Plates of fixed ramule marginally narrower and generally higher than main arm plates. At least 5 tertibrachs, usually hexagonal, fixed in calyx. Interprimibrachs numerous, up to 20 per interray; lowest one being largest plate in calyx, 7-sided, resting directly on basal and supporting two plates above; interprimibrachs irregularly arranged. Intersecundibrachs in single column of at least 4 plates. Primanal octagonal, support- ing 3 plates above; remainder of anal series not clearly evident. Ornament, where present, of strong central boss with strong radial ridges on larger plates with radial ridges less prominent on smaller plates. Medial ray ridge evident in C ray and dividing on second primibrach. QMF14771. This large individual was approximately 50-60mm in diameter but most of it is weathered away. The five equal 363 infrabasals are evident forming a raised pentag- onal base with wide axial canal. Numerous small pits in the infrabasals were probably caused by weathering rather than by boring organisms. The five large basals and several radials are evident with one ray exhibiting the typical structure upto the second secundibrach. QMF 14869. This badly damaged individual exhibits some of the ornament normal to sutural margins although weathered considerably. It also gives an idea of calical shape although it is laterally compressed and shows several of the free arm bases at the upper rim. Upper arms, stem and available. tegmen not REMARKS This assignment to R. crenatus depends on comparison with specimens assigned to that species by Schultze (1867, pl. 7, fig. 1,la—n) as well as reference to the original material of Goldfuss (1831, p. 211, pl. 64, fig. 3). In particu- lar Schultze (1867, pl. 7, fig. 1g) showed a calyx with plates ornamented in exactly the same way as those of the Australian specimen (UQF75112), with the same arrangement of plates in the brachial series and particularly in the fixed ramules arising from the second secundibrach. The column of relatively large intersecundibrachs is also similar. Schultze (1867) illustrated a considerable variation in the calices he assigned to this species, recognizing two varieties. Although these may well rep- resent separate species we have not examined Schultze’s or any other European material and so prefer to assign the Australian form to R. crenatus in its broader sense. Breimer (1960) revised R. perloricatus Schmidt, 1905, elucidat- ing many generic features in the process and dis- tinguishing it from R. crenatus by its smooth, globose, calical plates. Rhipidocrinus ? sp. (Figs 4C-E, 6B) MATERIAL EXAMINED UQF75111, a calyx, damaged in some plates and also distorted by crushing from UQL5272. OccurRRENCE Early Givetian, Papilio Formation, near Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station north Queensland. 304 Descriptio Calyx bowl-shaped. of moderate height, with subhorizontal base. approximately 25mm in diameter and |5mm high, with smooth unornamented gently convex plates. Infrabasal circlet pentagonal, individual plates not dis- cernible, apparently fused; circular stem attach- ment area situated centrally occupying most of infrabasal circlet, with central pentalobale canal evident in section. Basals large, 6mm high and fmm wide at widest point, hexagonal except in C-D imterray where it is 7-sided, in contact lat- erally with other basals for half height. Radials pentagonal except in C ray where it is hexag- onal, isolated from other radials. First primibrach hexagonal, wider (6mm) than high (4mm). Second primibrach axillary, pentagonal, smaller than lower plates (4mm wide 4mm high at greatest height). First secundibrach usually hexagonal but a little variable in shape. Second secundibrach a large plate almost enclosing the base of the free arm. Ten [ree arms, no details available. Intersecundibrachs 2 only, lower one hexagonal, second between bases of five arms, Interprimibrachs numerous; lowest one hexag- onal, large, 6.5mm wide by 6mm high, resting directly on basal with horizontal suture, and supporting 2 plates in second row then 3, 2 and | in succeeding rows. C-D interray with two pentagonal primanals separated by a vertical suture, with succeeding rows of 3, 3 and 2 up to the large anal opening. Tegmen of small polyg- onal plates, rather flat, with large anal opening slightly elevated near margin in posterior interray. Free arms and stem not known. REMARKS This specimen comes from the same unit as those described above as R-. crenaius and one is tempted to infer that it may be a juvenile of that species. However, the smooth plates, the ten free arms emanating from the second secundibrachs, lack of fixed ramule and two primanals resting on a basal in C—D interray, all mitigate against such an identification. Never- theless Breimer (1960, p. 257, fig. 5, righthand illustration; reproduced by Ubaghs, 1978, fig 239, 1d) showed a juvenile of R. crenalus with two primanals resting on a single basal in the C_-D interray. It should also be noted that the holotype of R. crenatus does not display elabor- ate orhament nor does il incorporate large num- bers of secondary and higher brachials into the calyx; it is highly likely that this specimen is a juvenile of R. crenatus- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Class Camerata Order Monobathrida Suborder Tanaocrinina Family Carpocrinidae deKoninck & Le Hon. 1854 Carpocrinid indet. (Figs 7G—J,8) Marertia EXamMivkD OMF)4881, a badly damaged calyx from OMLS47 (eUQL5209). OCCURRENCE Late Emsian — early Eifelian, Burges Forma- tion just west of the Broken River Gorge. Wando Vale Station, north Queensland, col- lected by Aye Ko Aung. Description Calyx 20mm in diameter, with vertical sides and weakly convex base. Basal circlet hexag- onal, of ihree equal plates, with sutures between them in B and E rays and C-D interray; axial canal small and weakly pentalobate. Radial circ- let of six (five radials and primanal) large hexag- onal plates cach one wider than high, First primibrach quadrate, variable in shape from lransverse to square or higher than wide, with gently convex edges. Second primibrach axil- lary, low, pentagonal. Single secundibrach axil- lary, often irregularly shaped particularly on upper side. Fixed tertibrachs irregularly shaped. markedly smaller than secundibrach and tending to alternate in zigzag fashion, Four arms per ray, the two outer arms apparently with smaller bases than the inner ones, Single iniersecundibrachs and iniertertibrachs pre- sent. Free anms unknown. Interprimibrachs restricted lo one large 9-sided plate as wide as high, resting on the radial circlet and isolated from the tegmen. C—D interray with primanal in radial circlet supporting three secundanals with central one being markedly larger than laterals, isolated from tegmen or possibly connected by thin high plate. Tegmen high, possibly drawn out into tall vertical extension (anal Lube’), con- sisting of large irregularly arranged polygonal plates. REMARKS Following the classification of Ubaghs (1978) this species is 4 monocyclic camerate with hex- agonal basal circlet of three equal plates, with radials adjoining each other except for pos« terior primanal in same circlet, with quad- DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 365 Fic. 7. A-F, Crinoid indet. 1. A-C, large calyx with few plates evident in two lateral and basal views (orientation uncertain), repectively, QMF14951, * 0.8. D-F, stem fragments in lateral view and variously weathered in D and F. QMF14954, 14952 and 14953, respectively, * 2. G-J, Carpocrinid indet. QMF14881, xX 2. G, lateral view in C ray showing quadrate first primibrach and axillary second primibrach as well as almost ver- tical sides of calyx. H, lateral view in C-D interray showing hexagonal primanal in radial circlet supporting 3 secundanals whose margins are defined only by the margins of the single crystal structure of each plate. I, basal view with hexagonal basal circlet of 3 plates surrounded by radial circlet of 6 plates. J, lateral view in B ray showing some of smaller fixed brachials tending to biserial arrangement and possible development of 4 arms per ray. 366 Fic, & Plate diagram of Carpocrinid indet. rate first primibrach and 3 secundanals. This combination places it in the Carpocrinoidea. Within this superfamily this extremely poorly preserved specimen resembles most closely the Silurian Desmidocrinus of the Carpocrinidae: the single large interprimibrach, quadrate primibrach, 4 arms per ray, 2 fixed secundibrachs and fixed tertibrachs being sig- nificant. However, it is not assigned generically because of the poor understanding available from this specimen. It may be distinguished from D. /aurelianus Springer, 1926 and D. dubius Spnnger, 1926 by its flatter bases, by its less transverse first primibrach and by its prominent single interprimibrach per interray. These two species from the Silurian Laurel Limestone at St Paul, Indiana, are the closest known forms to this Australian species but their separation in time and space suggests that they possibly represent different genera. Struszocrinus gen. nov, EryMotoGcy For Dr Des Strusz, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Canberra, for his extensive contri- bution to the stratigraphy and coral faunas of the Wellington District. Type Species Struszocrinus dulciculus sp. nov. from the Garra Formation, Pragian, near Wellington, central New South Wales. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Disciwosis Carpocrinid with high bowl-shaped calyx; quadrate (rarely 5- or 6-sided) first primibrach: 4 to 7 ungrouped arms per ray; one secundibrach and, if present, one tertibrach per arm fixed in calyx: interprimibrachs | to 4 per interray noi depressed and with a large 8-sided plate at the base resting on the radials: 2 or more usually 3 secundanals; 5 or 7 anal plates having a central anal column; tegmen of relatively few large plates; strong anal tube at least one third height of calyx. Discussion The 2 major lineages of the Tanaocrmina that existed through the Devonian are the Periechocrinoidea and the Carpocrinoidea of Ubaghs (1978); the latter was referred to as the ‘desmidocrinid section’ by Moore & Laudon (1943, p. 86). The distinction between these two lineages is not always clear bul Moore & Laudon (1943) explained the principal point as the early development of the quadrate first primibrach in the Carpocrinoidea. Ubaghs (1978, p. T7443) noted in his diagnosis of the Periechocrinoidea that advanced members may have quadrangular first primibrachs, Ausich (1987) discussed the problems associated with distinction of these two superfamilies defining the Carpocrinoidea as a specialized lineage with reduced number of plates in the cups. As Struscecrinus has 4-, 5- and 4-sided first primibrachs this feature is not altogether definitive although the two. latter forms are uncommon. Considering the normal form of this plate to be quadrate, because that is the shape it most commonly assumes with the exira sides as remnants from when interprimibrachs were smaller and more numer- ous, this Early Devonian form is assigned Lo the Carpocrinoidea. The free arm bases forming a distinct circlet just below the tegmen and anal tube suggest placement in the Batocrinidae but that family, first appearing and common in the Early Carboniferous contains no record of reduction in the number of secundanals. even in aberrant specimens. The single specrmen of SS. dulciculus with 2 secundanals may be con- sidered aberrant. However. if this reduction has any significance then consideration must be given to the Periechocrinoidea where the Actinocrinitidae ts a family that evolved appar- ently near the base of the Carboniferous with 2 secundanals in all its members. Moreover, Breimer (1962, p. 40) described an aberrant specimen of Pyxidecrinus collensis. Breimer, DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 1962 (Periechocrinidae) with 2 secundanals ina species which otherwise always has three. The close similarity between S. dulciculus and the actinocrinitid Cactocrinus proboscidialis (Hall, 1858) particularly in having 4- and 6-sided first primibrachs in the same specimen (Ubaghs, 1978, fig. 266, 1b) must be noted. However, radiation of that family has been inferred from a common ancestry in the Early Carboniferous, probably through the Periechocrinidae and Eumorphocrininae Ubaghs, 1978 (Brower, 1967). Early Devonian Struszocrinus must therefore be considered a homeomorph of the highly evolved Carboniferous actinocrinitid Cactocrinus. Among Early Devonian periechocrinitids the combination of ungrouped arms, anal tube, large tegminal plates and quad- rate first primibrachs is unknown and affinities must be denied. This confusing combination of features makes our assignment uncertain until more of its close relatives are known. At present we con- sider Struszocrinus to be an advanced member of the Carpocrinidae. In its rare 5- and 6-sided but commonly 4-sided first primibrachs it pre- sents the same sort of variation described by Ausich (1987) in his Liandoverian periechocrinids but the most usual quadrate shape suggests the Carpocrinoidea. Other fea- tures are consistent with this assignment as far as the family is known. Struszocrinus may well be ancestral to some if not all the Batocrinidae but that contention will depend on finding the members of such a lineage in the Middle and Late Devonian. Struszocrinus dulciculus sp. nov. (Figs 9, 10) EtymMo.ocy From the Latin diminutive of dulcis — sweet; the first specimen seen by the senior author was described by its collector as a ‘little sweetie’. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype AMF72522, paratypes AMF72521, 72523 to 72528 and QMF14534 to 14535 all from QML512. OccuRRENCE Pragian (assumed sulcatus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. DiAGNosis As for genus. 367 DEscrIPTION Calyx high, bowl-shaped with almost parallel sides just below the free arm bases and subhorizontal base; upto 20mm high excluding anal tube. Basal circlet barely visible in lateral view, of 3 equal plates separated by sutures in the B and E rays and the C-D interray, with small circular axial canal. Radial circlet of 3 hexagonal radials in A, C and D rays, two 7-sided radials in B and E rays and a 7-sided primanal; plates of this circlet largest in calyx, wider than high, all with horizontal upper sur- faces; first primibrachs usually quadrate but in some individuals 5- or even 6-sided (Fig. 9A,J) in the A ray or the C and D rays (no pattern apparent), with convex margins, of variable height to width ratio but usually wider than high. Second primibrach axillary, wider than high, usually 5-sided but 6-sided or rarely 7-sided when in contact with upper interprimibrachs in any ray. Secundibrachs fixed, usually 1 rarely 2 in each half ray, axillary, usually 6-sided and wider than _ high. Tertibrachs usually only one or two fixed in calyx, first one often axillary (particularly inner one of each half ray); becoming wedge-shaped distally, apparently leading to biserial arms. Inter- secundibrachs not present. Interprimibrachs usually 2 or 3 per interray, rarely 4 or 5, one large plate at base with 8 or 9 sides followed above by one or more tiny plates; interprimibrachs isolated from tegmen by spread of fixed portions of arms. Large primanal higher than wide in radial circlet, but narrower than any radial; 3 secundanals in most specimens but only 2 in one specimen (Fig. 9D); a further row of 3 plates, the central one of which has high tapering central spire connecting with tegmen between arm bases; central column of anals tall and distinctive; total number of anal plates usually 5-7. Tegmen of large polyg- onal plates of gentle convexity almost half as high (excluding anal tube) as rest of calyx; five large orals medially, with C-D oral commonly strongly projecting; anal tube high but full extent unknown, situated subcentrally just posteriorly. Arm bases forming continuous circle around calyx interrupted only in C-D interray. Free arms and stem unknown. REMARKS Intraspecific variation is noted above in respect of shape of first primibrach and number of secundanals, and other variables include number of arms per ray, shape of secundibrachs, 368 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 9. Struszocrinus dulciculus gen. et sp. nov. all from QML512. A-D, AMF72522, X 1.5, X 2, X 1.8and X 1.5 respectively. A, lateral view of A and E rays. B, tegmen showing fractured anal tube (A ray is at 12 o'clock). C, lateral view of B ray. D, lateral view of C-D interray showing hexagonal primibrach in radial circlet supporting 2 secundanals. E-I, Holotype, AMF72521, EandI X 2, F-H X 1.5. E, tegmen with A ray at 9 o’clock position. F, lateral view of C—D interray showing 3 secundanals resting on 7-sided primanal. G,H, lateral views of A ray and D-E interray respectively. I, basal view with A ray at 12 o'clock showing 3 equal basals and radial circlet of 6 plates. J,K, lateral and tegminal views of deformed calyx with D ray just right of centre and showing strongly convex plates of tegmen, AMF72526, X 2. L, small incomplete calyx in tegminal view with A ray at 12 o’clock, showing large tegminal plates, AMF72525, X 2.5. M, lateral view of incomplete calyx (orientation uncertain), AMF72527, X 2. N, lateral view of incomplete calyx in D ray showing an hexagonal second primibrach, QMF14543, X 1.5. composition of tegmen, and general calical shape. Superfamily Hexacrinitoidea Family Hexacrinitidae Wachsmuth & Springer, 1885 Hexacrinites Austin & Austin, 1843 Type SPECIES Platycrinus interscapularis Phillips, 1841 from the Middle Devonian of southern England. Hexacrinites interscapularis Phillips, 1841 (Figs 11, 12G-—M) MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype Philips, 1841, pl. 14, fig. 39. Queensland Material UQF75119 from UQL4442; UQF75120- 75123 from UQL4427; UQF75124 from UQL5228, UQF75125 from UQL5267; UQF75126 and 75127 from UQL5234; UQF75128 from UQL5317; UQF75129, 75130 and 75135-75138 from UQL5360; UQF75131, 75132 and QMF14597 from UQL5318; UQF75133 from UQL5227, UQF75134 DEVONIAN CRINOIDS Ulli ag ee Fic. 10, Plate diagram of Struszoerinus dulciculus gen. et sp. nov, A from AMF7252! and B from AMF72522, from UQLA4745S; QMFI4580 from UQLS305; QMF14594 and 14595 from UQL5252; QMF14596. 14600, 14602 from UQLS356; QMF14604 from UQL5345; QMF14743, 14745,14834, 14871, 14874 from UQLS321; QMF1I4755, 14756, 14763 from UQL5320; QMFI4843, 14845 from UQLS5218; OMF14849 from UOLS267. OCCURRENCE Late Eifelian and Givetian, Papilio Forma- lion, near Storm Dam, on Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. DEsCRIFTION Calyx high bowl-shaped with a subhorizontal base and slender stem judging from diameter of attachment area on base of calyx. Stem attach- ment a concave circular area with distinct outer rim and pierced centrally by extremely fine axial canal (Fig.12H) but on slightly weathered speci- mens this axial canal becomes distinctly tri- angular (Fig.12G). Hexagonal basal circlet divided into three large equal plates by sutures in the B and E rays and C—D interray. Large radial plates standing almost vertically and becoming slightly wider upwards; upper margin with rela- tively wide lateral sections ascending medially, then narrow horizontal sections either side of the arm insertion. Arms not known except for first three fixed brachials; first’ primibrach usually low and narrow not in contact with interbrachials at all, but in largest specimen (Fig.12L) as high as second primibrach and extending laterally to butt against first row of interbrachials, second primibrach axillary, usually higher than first and extending laterally 10 first level of interbrachials; discrete, slender axial canal penetrates the brachials and can be seen to divide into the secundibrachs, Primanal approximately same size as radials, hexagonal supporting a pentagonal and an hexagonal plate above and both are isolated from the arms by high narrow plates resting on the C and D radials. Interprimibrachs three in number with hexagonal central one narrowing upwards and lateral ones slightly excavated where they mar- gin the arm. The tegmen is about half as high as rest of calyx and is composed of relatively large polygonal plates with some differentiation into smaller plates in the five radial areas. Anal opening on a distinct but low protrusion just posterior to the centre of tegmen, Ornament on all the calical plates of coarse tubercles which become more numerous but less prominent with growth. Discrissiars This species has previously been described from England and Germany. The Queensland material is almost identical and we consider the minor differences outlined below to be intraspecific variation. The specimen illustrated by Schultze (1867, pl. 8, fig. 5) from Kerpen, Germany has.its fourth primibrach axillary, has a more convex base, more prominent ornament and relatively larger tegminal plates. The Eng- lish material has a more convex base. These dif- ferences could not be considered of specific significance. One large specimen (Fig. 121,J) exhibits an extra plate of irregular outline and position on the lower corner of the A radial. This plate is 5-sided with a pointed margin embayed into the adjacent basal, with a broad groove running ver- tically across one side of it and the two vertical sides are not parallel. This plate can only 370 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic, 11. Hexacrinites interscapularis Phillips, 1841. A, tegmen, incomplete on left side QMFI4580, X 1. BLL. tegmen with A ray in 11 o’clock position and lateral view in E ray of large calyx UQF75128. X 1.5, C, lateral viewin A ray UQF75130, X 1.5. D, oblique lateral view in C ray of small specimen UQF75121. X 1.5. E-H, tegminal with A ray in 3 o’clock position, lateral in C—D interray, lateral in A-E interray and basal (with A ray in 6 o'clock position) views of smoothed off calyx respectively, QMF14594, & 1, 1, lateral view in B ray of small calyx showing well-developed ornament UQF75129, * 1. J, lateral view of small weathered specimen (orientation uncertain) UQF75123, X 1.5. K, lateral view in B ray of large calyx UQF75125, * 1. M. lateral view in A-E interray of small calyx UQF75120, * 1.5. be interpreted as a reaction to some early damage to the individual that resulted in an extra growth centre albeit a small and irregular one. Hexacrinites spinosus Muller, 1856 (Fig. 12A—-F) MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype Muller, 1856, pl. 1, fig. 13. Queensland Material UQF75110 from UQL5257, UQF75117 from UQL5317; QMF14746 from UQL5277. OccuURRENCE Givetian, Papilio Formation. near Storm Dam, on Wando Vale Station, north Queensland, DescrirTIoNn Calyx bowl-shaped of medium height with strongly convex base. Basal circlet hexagonal, of 3 equal plates, with moderately large stem attachment area relative to size of plates. Radial plates large, parallel-sided to slightly expanding upwards, with horizontal lower margin and upper margin rising from lateral corners only a DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 371 M Fic. 12A-F, Hexacrinites spinosus Muller 1856. A,B, lateral in C— D interray and tegminal (with A ray in 3 o'clock position) views UQF75110, X 1,1, C, lateral view of incomplete calyx UQF75117, X 1. D-F, lat- eral, basal and lateral views, respectively, of incomplete calyx (orientation uncertain) QMF14746, x 1.8. G-M, Hexacrinites interscapularis Phillips, 1841. G, basal view of weathered calyx showing triangular sec- tion of axial canal towards inner surface of basal plates QMF14755, X 2. H, basal view of unweathered calyx with C ray in 11] o’clock position, showing very small axial canal and prominent rim around stem attachment area QMF14763. X 1.5. I,J, Basal with A ray in 12 o'clock position and lateral (A ray) views respectively, of large calyx with aberrant plate on lower right corner of radial UQF75125, X 0.75 and X 2, respectively. K, length of stem UQF75168, * 1.5, L,M, lateral view of free B ray arm base and lateral view of radial plate to which it is attached, respectively, QMF14834, * 2. 372 short distance to relatively wide arm insertion. First primibrach axillary, low, extending lat- erally to butt against interprimibrach. First secundibrachs (as a pair) of similar dimensions to first. Remainder of arms unknown. Primanal similar in size to radial, but slightly narrower, with broad V-shaped lower margin and irregular upper margin suporting 5 or 6 tegminal plates. A single large interbrachial rests on the radial circ- let in each of the other interradii and is marginal to the two adjacent arms and 5 or 6 smaller tegminal plates. Tegmen convex, equal in height to radial circlet, of numerous relatively large plates, with a central pinnacle and depressed anal opening well posterior not far from margin in oral view. Ornament on plates of irregular tubercles commonly elongate on radials to give a maze pattern. Discussion This material is closely comparable with the German species in distinctive features such as tegminal plating (cf. Schultze, 1867, pl. 8, fig. 2f) (Fig. 12B), basal arm branching, calycal shape, position of anal opening and ornament. No differences have been observed. Suborder Glyptocrinina Superfamily Melocrinitoidea Family Melocrinitidae d’Orbigny, 1852 Melocrinites Goldfuss, 1831 Type SPECIES Melocrinites heiroglyphicus Goldfuss, 1831 by subsequent designation of Roemer, 1855 from the Late Devonian of western Europe. Discussion We follow Kesling (1964) in considering Ctenocrinus Bronn, 1840 to be a synonym of Melocrinites. At the same time we acknowledge that the presence or absence of outer rami on each ray (probably first outer ramule fixed in cup) allows most specimens of this group to be separated into two readily recognizable groups. Such subdivisions may be useful in discussions of evolutionary trends (e.g. Brower, 1976) and at best may be considered subgenera at the pre- sent time. In terms of this subdivision the north Queensland species would be assigned to MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Melocrinites whereas that from Wellington would belong to Ctenocrinus. Melocrinites tempestus sp. nov. (Figs 13A—-H, 14A) ETYMOLOGY From Latin tempestas — a storm; for Storm Dam adjacent to the type locality. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype QMF14844 a complete calyx from UQL5218. Paratypes UQF75108, an incomplete calyx from UQL4443, and QMF14853 and 14854 from UQLS5318/69. OccURRENCE Givetian, Papilio Formation, near Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. DiaGnosis Member of Melocrinites with tall conical calyx having ornament of widely spaced, low tubercles on calical plates; tall radial and primibrach plates; high narrow first secundibrach relative to wide low second secundibrach; flat tegmen and high narrow arms widely separated from each other. DESCRIPTION Calyx tall, conical, with convex base, less than 25mm in greatest diameter and almost 30mm in height; surface of plates flat except for narrow marginal band that descends to suture and smooth except for inconspicuous ornament of large, low, widely spaced tubercles. Basal circlet of 4 plates, with interplate sutures in A, C, D and E rays, of at least 4mm height. Radial circlet of 5, large, contiguous plates, 9mm high and 8mm wide at the widest point 3mm from the top, with 7 sides including horizontal upper margin and broadly chevron shaped basal margin. First primibrach 6-sided, with horizontal upper and lower margins, 7mm high by 6mm at greatest width near midheight. Second primibrach axillary, 7-sided, 4mm high and 4mm wide each at greatest extent of that dimension. First secundibrach high but narrow relative to succeeding secundibrachs which become progressively lower, remain uniserial, but fuse with the other arm of the same ray to DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 373 Fic. 13A-H, Melocrinites tempestus sp. nov. A-C, tegminal view with A ray in |2 o’clock position and two lat- eral views of A-E interray and A ray respectively on paratype UQF75108, * 1, X 1.8and X 1.8, respect- ively. D-G, holotype in basal with A ray in 1 o’clock position, lateral D ray, tegminal with D ray at 10 o’clock and lateral (C-D interray) views, respectively, QMF14844, X 2. H, lateral view of paratype in C-D interray QMF14854, X 2, I-L, Melocrinites solus sp. nov. I-L, tegminal with A ray at 10 o’clock position, lateral C ray, lateral oblique A-B interray and lateral A—B interray views respectively of holotype AMF72519, X 1.2. M,N, lateral C ray and tegminal with D ray at 10 o'clock position views respectively, of paratype AMF72520, x 1.5. 374 Fic. 14. Plate diagrams of A, Melocrinites tenipestus sp. nov. and B, Afelocrinites solus sp. nov. form a single biserial ray trunk. Free arms not preserved but proximal portion high (7mm) and narrow (4mm) compared to other species of the genus. Intersecundibrachs not present. Interprimibrachs of a single large (7mm high by 6mm wide) plate at base, succeeded by 2 plates in the second range, then 3 in the third, and 4 in the fourth. Primanal 7-sided, supporting 3 secundanals then a larger number of irregular plates above. Tegmen almost flat, anal opening oot evident. REMARKS This species resembles Mf. aeguus Schmidt. 1942 from the Middle Devonian of Germany and M. hainbridgensis (Hall & Whitfield, 1875) MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM from the Middle Devonian of New York and Ohio, but differs from the former in ornament on plates, relative height of primibrachs, and number and arrangement of upper interprimibrachs and differs from the latter in the shape of primibrachs. Melocrinites solus sp. nov. (Figs 13I-L. 14B) EtyMoLtoGy From Latin so/us — alone; referring to single large intersecundibrach in each ray. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype AMF72519 and paratype AMF72520 from QML512. OccURRENCE Pragian (sz/caius biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. DitaGnosis Member of Melocriniies with median ray ridges extremely poorly defined as broadly angular corners to calyx; smooth bul convex calical plates: a single large intersecundibrach in each ray; small outer arms in each ray fixed in calyx for their basal part; single large intertertibrach; small number of interprimibrachs (5-7); 3 secundanals;, flat tegmen except for a fairly high anal pyramid situated almost centrally. Description Calyx of medium height, conical, with convex base, 15% higher than wide: surface of plates smooth, gently convex, with median ray ridges poorly developed and evident only as five broadly angular corners to calyx. Basal cirelet of 4 plates, with interplate sutures in A, B,C and E tays, with basals evident laterally and almost vertical. Radials in contact laterally, 7-sided, as high as wide, with two lower sides at extremely large angle to each other and upper margin hori- zontal; first primtbrach hexagonal, slightly wider than high, with greatest width near top; second primibrach pentagonal, axillary, with barely convex sutural margins, Secundibrachs 2 in each arm, hexagonal but somewhat variable in shape from arm to arm, with single, large, hexagonal intersecundibrach between upper axillary ones. Tertibrachs of inner arms low and wide, strongly in contact above intersecundibrach and presumably extending DEVONIAN CRINOIDS through free arm giving a biserial appearance; in outer arms of each ray lertibrachs smaller but more or less equidimensional, 2 or 3 per arm, separated from main inner arm by 1 or 2 relatively large intertertibrachs. Interprimi- brachs fewer than 10 per interray, with single hexagonal plate at bottom of each interray resting on two radials, followed above hy 3 rows of 2 plates each that are 6- or 7-sided, usually a single narrow plate ifany at all between free arm bases. C-D interray with single large 7-sided primanal resting on two radials, with 3 secundanals and succeeding rows decreasing {3,2,1) upwards. Tegmen of relatively large polygonal plates irregularly arranged and only gently convex, with prominent anal tube rising strongly and situated just behind centre, Free arms and stem unknown. REMARKS Almost all taxa previously desenbed as Crenocrinus are distinguished from .M. salus in exhibiting some form of stellate ornament and/or median ray ridges on calical plates, The smooth species C. rhenanus Follmann, 1887 may be distinguished by its lack of intersecundibrachs. Ctenocrinus — /oricatus Schmidt, 1942 has very small intersecundibrachs avid has depressed corners on its calical plates. Another smooth specimen was figured by Wachsmuth & Springer (1897, pl. 23, fig. 5) as Melocrinites bainbridgensis but it was later assigned to Méelocrinites clarkei Goldring, 1923 (Bassler & Moodey, 1943); it may be distinguished by its large iniersecundibrach, Superfamily Eucalyptocrinitoidea Family Eucalyptocrinitidae Roemer, 1855 Eucalyptocrinites Goldtuss, 1831 Tyre Spucips Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Guidluss, 1831 from the Eifelian of Germany by onginal designation. Dtacnosis See Ubaghs (1978, p.493)- Discussion Eucalyptocrinites ts diverse and common m the Silurian of Europe and North America (Bassler & Moody, 1943; Webster. 1973, L977) but only the type species from Germany and a species from USSR have been described from the Northern Hemisphere Devonian. Philip (1961) described the first species from the Southern Hemisphere among the crinoids of the Emsian Toongabbie Limestone of Victoria. The genus seems to be widespread in the early Devonian of eastern Australia despite the smal) number of identifiable specimens which is apparently due to poor preservation and/or lack of collecting effort. For example Griffith's Quarry near Mansfield yields a massive crinoidal limestone which never fractures around the specimen but many very tall crowns are broken through and several specimens in collections of the Museum of Victoria almost certainly belong to £. fonzi sp. nov,; George Sweet's specimen, the holotype, may be taken to be an extremely lucky break perhaps from a part of the quarry being worked at the time, 80 years ago, and subsequently filled in or totally removed. Reduction in the number of primibrachs from 2 1 | (Witzke & Strimple, 1981) occurred during the history of the family. Those authors also suggested that this trend recurred several Limes in allied lineages. Chicagocrinus Weller, 1900 exemplifies one such lineage in the Silurian Racine Dolomite of the Chicago Dis- trict in which the first primibrach ts lost and the second greatly reduced. Interestingly, an associ- ated species of FEucalpptocriniles (ie. E. depressus Miller, 1880) has low first primibrach which might be expected to occur before the plate was lost altogether. A second example of this trend is in Lucalvptocrinites itself where E. schultzei sp. nov. and E. fonzi sp. nov. have both lost the first primibrach, bul the second is in no way diminished. The orginal description of E. rosaceus (Goldfuss, 1831, p. 214, pl 64. fig. 7a-c) involved illustration of only one calyx which exhibits a low first primibrach and an axillary second primibrach. Subsequently, Schultze (1867) assigned specimens wiih a single large axillary primibrach sitting on each radial to the type species, £. rosaceus. One of these speci- mens has now become the standard illustration for the type species and indeed for the genus (see Ubaghs, 1978, fig. 299, la). The collection of specimens from New South Wales, here referred to E. rosaceus consistently exhibits 2 primibrachs with the first being quite low, On the other hand the specimen referred to fy praerasaceus Yakovlev, from north Queensland, although only a single representative, does have 376 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 1SA-C, Eucalyptocrinites fonzi sp. nov. Holotype, NMVP109171, ™ 1.5. A, lateral view. B, basal view showing deep basal cavity and interprimibrach extending well down into basal depression. C, top of crown showing 6 plates centrally surrounded by upper surface of 10 tall columnal plates. D, Eucalyptocrinites praerosaceus Yakovlev, 1940 showing broad basal depression and plate margins difficult to distinguish from cleavage planes UQF75109, * 1.5. E-Q, Eucalyptocrinites rasaceus Goldfuss, 1831, E-G, lateral basal and lateral views respectively. QMF14546, * 1.5, H, lateral view of broad low calyx AMF72550, % 1.5. I,J, lat- eral views of weathered calyx AMF72546, * 1.5. K, lateral view AMF72552, % 1.5. L, basal view showing radials descending into basal depression AMF72553, * 1.5. M, naturally weathered vertical section of calyx showing height of basal depression and thickness of plates QMF14548, * 1.5. N. naturally weathered trans- verse section showing 5 radials on walls of basal depression AMF72549, ™ 1.5. O,P, lateral and basal views of low flaring calyx AMF72554, x1.5. Q, naturally weathered section through whole crown showing elongate vertical alcoves accommodating the free arms QMF14533, & 1.5, DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 377 only the single axillary primibrach. These obser- vations lead us to the conclusion that the loss of the first primibrach is an evolutionary step that involved development of a separate species. The two species were apparently geographically isolated in Australia during the Pragian but sympatric in Germany during the Eifelian. Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss, 1831 (Figs 15SE-Q, 16A) Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss, 1831, p. 214, pl. 64, fig. 7. Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss; Schultze, 1867, p. 202, pl. 11, figs 6, 7 (not figs 1-5). MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype Goldfuss, 1831, pl. 64, fig. 7. Other figured material includes Schultze, 1867, pl. 11. figs 5-7. Australian material assigned includes AMF72543-72550 and 72552-72554 and QMF14533, 14541, 14544, 14546, 14548, from QML512. AUSTRALIAN OCCURRENCE Pragian (su/catus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. DiaGnosis Member of Eucalyptocrinites with most of radial plates in basal depression; upper suture on radial arcuate and concave: first primibrach a low wide rectangular plate; second primibrach large and axillary; single tall intersecundibrach present; arms housed in alcoves separated by pillar-like plates rising above interprimibrachs and intersecundibrachs; upper plates with flat- tened upper surfaces. DESCRUI'TION Calyx of medium height, cone-shaped, with depressed base, approximately 20mm in diam- eter and 12mm high. Basal depression relatively small, of only 6mm diameter; full depth not exposed. On holotype sides of the calyx stand up steeply whereas on AMF72554 the calyx flares out to lowest tertibrachs. Radials with much of plate outside basal depression, with widest point (12mm) relatively high on plate and on side of calyx, with curved concave upper margin. First primibrach 7mm wide by | or 2mm high, with concave lateral and lower margins and horizon- tal upper margin, usually subrectangular but Fic. \6. Plate diagrams of A, Eucalyplocrinites rosaceus, BL E. praerosaceus and C, E. fonzi. 378 often irregular in shape with height on one side often decreasing to almost nothing. Second primibrach axillary, hexagonal, wider than high (6mm by 4mm in holotype), with horizontal upper margin supporting high large intersecundibrach that reaches same height as second row of interprimibrachs, with other two upper sides concave and supporting pentagonal first secundibrachs that are wider than high. Second secundibrach rectangular, axillary and each supporting a pair of quadrate tertibrachs. Interprimibrachs beginning with 10-sided plate of variable size but up to 7mm wide by 6mm high, with some concave sutural edges especially against first secundibrachs, and supporting pair of large high plates above. Second row of interprimibrachs at least 6mm high, 6-sided, with central vertical plane of symmetry between the two, forming a deep alcove with the intersecundibrach for the lower tertibrachs. Higher parts of crown and all stem unknown. Eucalyptocrinites praerosaceus Yakovlev, 1940 (Figs 15D, 16B) Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss; Schultze, 1867, pl. 11, figs 1, 2, 2a (not figs 5-7). Eucalyptocrinites praerosaceus Yakovlev, 1940, p. 193, Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss; Laudon, 1943, p. Eucalyptocrinites rosaceus Goldfuss; Ubaghs, 1978, fig. 299, la-c. Moore & MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype Yakovlev, 1940, fig. 1. One fragment ofa calyx, UQF75109 from UQL3574. AUSTRALIAN OCCURRENCE Pragian (sulcatus biozone), Shield Creek For- mation, near Old Pandanus Creek Homestead, north Queensland. D1aGnosis Member of Eucalyptocrinites resembling type species but with single axillary primibrach. DESCRIPTION Basal depression 5mm deep and 12—14mm in diameter with maximum diameter of calyx at level of top of radial circlet approximately 24mm. Basals not evident. Radials in contact with each other around lower part of calyx; part of radial evident laterally, having six sides, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM supporting first primibrach centrally and lowest interprimibrach in conjunction with adjoining radial; 7.5mm wide at widest point and 2mm high above base. First primibrach 4.2mm high and 5.5mm wide, 7-sided, with broad base, axil- lary, supporting two arms: and large inter- secundibrach; first secundibrach pentagonal, 4mm wide by 3.5mm high, with horizontal upper margin supporting low (1mm high) wide secundibrach nestled between tall large inter- primibrachs and the large intersecundibrach. First interprimibrach 6mm wide and 5mm high, not extending into basal depression, 8-sided, supporting two very thick high plates above. Stem and higher parts of crown not available. REMARKS This one incomplete fragment of a calyx resembles E. praerosaceus in all observable fea- tures including the position of the radial plates extending well into the basal depression, rela- tive sizes and shapes of calical plates and the first primibrach being axillary. However, the depth of the basal depression is proportionally greater in European material (see Schultze, 1867, pl. 11, fig. 2) where the deepest part is higher than the secundibrachs whereas in the Queensland specimen it is much lower; calical plates in previously described material are con- vex with broad low tubercles on most specimens whereas the Queensland specimen has smooth plates that may be so through weathering; and the features of the upper arms etc. are not known on the Queensland specimen. With these reservations and in the belief that the depth of the basal depression may vary within the species we make tentative assignment to the Eurasian species. It should be noted that occurrences of this species are of comparable age. Eucalyptocrinites fonzi sp. nov. (Figs 15A-C, 16C) EtyMoOLoGy For Alphonse H.M. Vandenberg, of the Geo- logical Survey of Victoria, who first guided the senior author to the Loyola Limestone. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype NMVP109171A and B, part and counter- part of a complete crown that is tectonically distorted, fractured and not fully freed from matrix. It was DEVONIAN CRINOIDS collected by George Sweet from Griffith's Quarry near Mansfield, Victoria. OccuRRENCE Pragian (Kindler biozone), Loyola Limestone lens of the Norton Gully Sandstone, southwest of Mansfield, central Victoria. DiaGnosts Member of Bucalyptocrinites with its first interprimibrach extending well into the basal depression, with hexagonal and axillary first primibrach and with five anal plates centrally on the upper surface of the crown and one accessory anal plate inside the circlet of 10 flattened tops to the pillar-like plates between the arms. Description Crown approximately 35-40mm high and 25mm in diameter. Calyx of medium height (8mm), conical with strongly depressed base. Basal depression wide. more than 12mm in diameter, of greater depth than height of calyx. Radials situated almost entirely within basal depression, having horizontal upper sutural margin barely on outer side of basal rim. First primibrach 7mm wide and 6mm high, hexag- onal, axillary. bearing large intersecundibrach centrally and two pentagonal secundibrachs each supporting a curved second secundibrach on the concave upper margin. Second secundibrach axillary, extremely low and wide. set into slightly depressed alcove and broadly arcuate in shape. Arms becoming biserial above first tertibrach, tapering only gently. set into alcoves formed by tall pillar-like plates extend- ing up from intersecundibrach and from interprimibrachs. These tall plates expand again distally to complete alcoves and then are capped by more or less flat plates in a circlet of ten surrounding six anal plates on distal end of crown. Anal plates in circlet of 4 hexagonal and one 7-sided plate surrounding central opening as well as a single pentagonal plate at the outer edge of the central circlet. First interprimibrach extending well into basal depression with its basal tip, hexagonal! and relatively large, sup- porting pair of very high plates in second row which in turn support pillar-like plates extend- ing to the top of the crown. Remarks Size of the basal depression, extension of first interprimibrach into basal depression, axillary first primibrach, single tertibrach and six anal plates, provide a unique combination of features among known species of the genus with none being closely comparable, The general plate ww 4 S arrangement is, however, consistent with that for the rest of the genus particularly the housing for the arms and upper surface of crown. Superfamily Dolatocrinoidea This superfamily. used by Ubaghs (1953, p. 742), includes the group of families that evolved from the Patelliocrinoidea and retained the three basal plates. We suggest that three families are involved and that the Pandanocrinidae gave tise to both the Polypeltidae and the Dolatocrinidae with development of different morphologies. Family Polypeltidae Angelin, [878 Polypeltid indet- (Figs 19P, 20) MATERIAL Examinen NMYP1207849. a badly crushed and weathered calyx from NMVPLL958. OccURRENCE Pragian, Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. Discussion The calyx is apparently bowl-shaped, with 10) free arms and only plates of upper part of calyx and tegmen evident on one side. Base of calyx is not evident upto axillary primibrach and interpretation of higher plates is open to two interpretations. There may be two columns of intersecundibrachs with lowest plate of each resting directly on axillary primibrach. Such an arrangement is rare and hence considered unlikely in this case. The other possibility 1s that the fixed secundibrachs are biserial, except for the first umserial one, and there are no intersecundibrachs. Interprimibrachs are numerous, relatively small, in rows of 3 or 4 and upto 25 per inlerray. The tegmen consists of numerous irregular polygonal plates, apparently flat or slightly depressed. Free arms, stem and anal opening are not evident. APPINITY These features suggest same resemblance 10 the Polypeltidae in respect of the fixed secundibrachs being numerous and going from uniserial to biserial, many interprimibrachs 380 connecting to tegmen and few intersecundibrachs also connecting to tegmen. In particular the Early Devonian Spanish Trybliocrinus Geinitz, 1869 has a_ single uniserial secundibrach then biserial secundibrachs above and has many interprimibrachs. This Australian individual is distinguished from Trybliocrinus by its very few intersecundibrachs and large, apparently 7-sided, axillary primibrach. Although no other affinity is immediately apparent for this indi- vidual, its assignment to the Polypeltidae is speculative given the paucity of its diagnostic features. Family Pandanocrinidae nov. DiaGnosis Large camerate crinoids with arms free from early in secondary or tertiary brachitaxis (i.e. long series of secundibrachs or tertibrachs not fixed in cup), with hexagonal first primibrach, with relatively small numbers of interprimibrachs (i.e. upto 12), with no more than 5 or 6 intersecundibrachs if any at all, with 3 secundanals in C-D interray. Discussion We herein suggest that Pandanocrinus may be ancestral to both the Polypeltidae and Dolatocrinidae and that the combination of fea- tures above sets it apart from each at the family level; a few other crinoids are tentatively assigned to the family. Indicating that these three families might be closely associated are general calical shape and size, 3 unequal basals, biserial arms (numbering 10 in at least some, usually the older, members), somewhat similar plate ornament in at least MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM some members and other features shared by Pandanocrinidae and Dolatocrinidae on the one hand and _ Pandanocrinidae and Polypeltidae on the other. Understanding the origin of this group depends on the concept of the Patelliocrinoidea which is not very clear at present (Witzke & Strimple, 1981; Ausich, 1985). However, we do suggest that the Pandanocrinidae evolved from some member of the Patelliocrinidae probably in the Early or Middle Silurian. From the Pandanocrinidae one lineage leads to the Polypeltidae attended by great increase in the number of fixed calical plates particularly in the brachials and interbrachials, by retention of the hexagonal first primibrach and differen- tiated C-D interray with three secundanals. The second lineage from the Pandanocrinidae leads to the Dolatocrinidae with development of the quadrate first primibrach and undifferentiated C-D interray in the species of Dolatocrinus itself (most other members of the family retain the differentiated anal interray) and retention or slight decrease in the number of calical plates and cup shape. Some species at present assigned to Technocrinus Hall 1859. have 3 rather than 4 basals and are included in the Pandanocrinidae. One such species is 7. niagarensis from the Upper Silurian (Pridolian) Decatur Limestone of Tennessee (Springer, 1921, p. 14, pl. 5, fig. 1). Plate ornament, calical plate shapes and sizes and particularly the 6-sided first primibrach ally this species with Pandanocrinus. Moore & Laudon (1943) suggested the evol- ution of the Dolatocrinidae from the Clonocrinidae accompanied by a reduction in the number of basals from 4 to 3. Although that is a plausible proposal, evolution from the Pandanocrinidae seems more tenable; the num- Fic. 17. Pandanocrinus martinswellensis gen. et sp. nov. A,B, enlargement (A) of part of basal view (B) with A ray in 11 o'clock position of large calyx showing circular borings UQF75174, X 2 and X 1 respectively. C, lateral view of free C ray arm base UQF75178, X 2.5. D,E, large stem sections with one (D) showing bases of large rootlets each with a central canal UQF75175, UQF75176 respectively, X 2. F, basal view of small badly weathered specimen (orientation uncertain) showing 3 basal plates UQF75177, X 1.2. G, tegminal view with A ray in | 1 o’clock position showing numerous small polygonal plates with probable anal aperture situated peripherally near bottom UQF75178, X 1. H, lateral C ray view of holotype UQF75179, X 1.1,K, lateral views of calices (orientations uncertain) showing less common 5-sided second primibrach UQF75180, and 75182, * 1 and X 2, respectively. J, lateral D ray view of calyx weathered in upper part UQF75181, X 0.8. L,M, lateral and tegminal views (orientation uncertain) of weathered calyx with high- domed tegmen and five valleys in tegmen in interrays UQF75183, X 0.8. N, lateral view of fragment of calyx showing unweathered ornament UQF75184, X 0.6. O, basal view with B ray in 12 o’clock position of holotype showing 3 basal plates UQF75179, 1.2. P, basal view with D ray in 2 o’clock position of large calyx showing aberrant development of a small triangular plate between radial and interprimibrach plates UQF75185, * 0.7. Q, lateral oblique view (orientation uncertain) of calyx showing fragment of proximal stem still attached and unweathered ornament UQF75186, X 1. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 381 382 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSELIM ber of basals remains constant, calical shape remains essentially low and flat bottomed, num- ber of plates decreases as they move up out of the cup. Other lineages suggested by Moore & Laudon (1943) out of the Clonocrinidae retained the 4 basal plates and that stock is con- sidered separate from the Dolatocrinoidea for this reason. Pandanocrinus gen. nov. ErymMo.ocy Named for Pandanus Creek, the property on which the type locality occurs in north Queensland. Tyre Species Pandanocrinus martinswellensis sp. nov. from the Pragian Martins Well Limestone Member, Shield Creek Formation, east of Pandanus Creek Homestead. DiaGnosis Large crinoid with bowl- to globe-shaped calyx of medium height and having a subhorizontal base. Basal circlet pentagonal, of three unequal plates, dividing sutures in A, E and C rays. Five hexagonal radials in lateral contact. First primibrach hexagonal, supporting large 5- or 7-sided axillary second primibrach. Arms biserial, 10 in number. Inter- secundibrachs present. Inierprimibrachs numerous (more than 10 in each interray), with 2 in second row except in posterior interray where large primanal supports 3 secundanals and usually a greater number of anals than there are interbrachials in other interrays. Tegmen of irregular polygonal plates, variable in height from slightly depressed to high domed: anal opening sub-central or peripheral posteriorly. Discussion This genus has been distinguished and its relationships discussed in the family discussion above. It is the only certain member of the fam- ily at present. Fic. 18. Plate diagrams of A, Pandanocrinus martinswellensis gen. et sp. noy. (including tegmen) drawn from hololype with more typical 7-sided second primibrach; B, P. wellingtonensis ge. el sp. nov. and C, P. sp. cf. P. wellingtonensis (drawn from Fig. 20A as far as revealed). DEVONIAN CRINOIDS Pandanocrinus martinswellensis sp. nov. (Figs 17, 18A, 19A-F) Crinoid gen. et sp. nov. Hill, Playford & Woods, 1967, pl. D14, figs 9,10. EtyMoLocy The species is named for Martins Well where it occurs in very large numbers (more than 300 calices have been collected there). MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype UQF75179 from UQL3579. Paratypes UQF75174-75178, 75180-75191 from UQL3579. A further 200 specimens, from UQL3579, in the collec- tions of University of Queensland, Queensland Museum and Museum of Victoria have been examined. OccuRRENCE Pragian (sulcatus biozone), Martins Well Limestone Member of the Shield Creek Forma- tion, at Martins Well on Pandanus Creek Station, north Queensland. DiaGnosis Member of Pandanocrinus with free arms originating from the calyx at the second secundibrach; intersection of the subradial ornament on each plate producing a central, pit- ted, depressed area; five rays strongly defined by four or five ridges normal to the plate margin. Calyx averaging 30—40mm diameter with only a single individual attaining 60mm diameter. DEscRIPTION Calyx of medium height, globe-shaped, with subhorizontal base, of average size 40mm diam- eter with a range from 20-60mm diameter in available collections; variable height depending on whether tegmen is flat (Fig.17H) or inflated (Fig.17L); range in height 17-50mm. Ornament on calical plates up to first secundibrachs con- sisting of sets of 4-6 sharp ridges normal to each sutural margin, longer ridges medially on each suture, shorter ones lat- erally as they merge with adjacent sets; ridges forming triangular shapes around three way sutural intersections; central area with six sets of ridges intersecting expressed as area of small rounded pits and pitted area strongly depressed as whole with prominent crests (usually 6) at the high corners between sets of ridges. 383 Basal circlet pentagonal, of 3 unequal plates, with sutures in A, C and E rays with circular depressed stem attachment area occupying most of circlet and defined by a raised annulus. Radials hexagonal, with straight margins and in contact laterally along vertical sutures; each plate larger than entire basal circlet. First primibrach same size and shape as radial. Sec- ond axillary, 7-sided rarely 6-sided, only slightly smaller than first. First secundibrach hexagonal, usually rather low but variable in height between individuals. Second secundibrach also variable in height, often irregular in shape against interbrachials but generally irregularly hexagonal. Free arm originating from second secundibrach and apparently biserial from base as wedge-shaped plates evident at broken base. Intersecundibrachs usually 3 or 4 with one hex- agonal plate in first range then two in next and one in third; although usually fairly symmetrical a few individuals show irregularly shaped intersecundibrachs. Interprimibrachs numer- ous, upto 16 in most interrays with a minimum of one extra in C-D interray; in all except C-D interray a large hexagonal plate is at the base supporting a second row of two large plates, with successive rows of 3 plates gradually decreasing in size up the calyx. C-D interray has a single large 7-sided plate at base supporting 3 plates in next row, then rows of 3 or 4 plates higher up. Tegmen of smaller polygonal plates, usually in the range 2-Smm in average sized individuals; may be flat, gently depressed or inflated to the extent of being half calical height in at least one specimen; often with broad shal- low depressions radiating to the five interrays; with anal opening a discrete circular aperture in posterior interray about halfway from middle to circumference, may be recessed within radial depression, Free arms not known. Stem circular, with ossicles of uniform height. REMARKS This species differs from P. geuriensis sp. nov. in its smaller size, number of secundibrachs and plate ornament. A number of specimens exhibit numerous small circular pits in the calical plates at random positions (Fig. 17A,B); some are on sutures others are in the centre of plates while others are irregularly placed entirely within the plate boundaries. These pits may be attributed to the ichnogenus Tremichnus paraboloides Brett, 1985 formed by some epizoan organism that either inhibited stereom growth or actively 384 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 19. A-F, Pandanocrinus martinswellensis gen. et sp. nov. A,B,D,E, lateral views in E-D, C-B, E-D and C-B interrays respectively of variously weathered calices showing unweathered ornament in parts and plate arrangement (E with C-D interray on extreme left of print), UQF75187, 75188, 75178, and 75190, respect- ively, X 1.C, lateral oblique view (orientation uncertain) of calyx showing base of free arm and boring exca- vating two plates UQF75189, X L. F, basal view with A ray in 11 o'clock position of incomplete calyx with C-D interray at lower edge of print UQF75191, * 1. G-O, Pandanocrinus geuriensis gen. et sp. nov. (orientations uncertain) G,H, basal and lateral views of paratype calyx NMVP120771, X 0.6. I-K, tegminal, lateral oblique and lateral views of holotype calyx AMF50693, X 0.8. L,M, lateral oblique and tegminal views of weathered paratype calyx showing slightly depressed tegmen and base of central anal tube NMVP120770, X 0.6. N,O, lateral views of badly weathered paratype calices (N showing C-D interray on extreme right) NMVP120782 and 120777, respectively, X 0.6. P, Polypeltid indet. lateral view of incomplete, tectonically distorted calyx showing plating of upper parts only, NMVP120789, X 0.8. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS bored into it either mechanically or chemically. This Australian example adds no more to the understanding of this ichnofossil but extends its distribution considerably. Pandanocrinus geuriensis sp. nov. (Fig. 19G-O) ETYMOLOGY For the town of Geurie, New South Wales near the type locality. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype AMFS0693 an incomplete calyx from NMVPL1957, presented by Mr A, Graham of Dubbo in 1963, Paratypes NMYP120770-120786 from NMVPLI957, a series of rather poorly preserved calices in various degrees of weathering and a few stem fragmenis, OCCURRENCE Pragian or early Emsian, Garra Formation. near Geurie north of Wellington. central New South Wales. DIAGNosis Member of Pandanocrinus with free arms emanating from the calyx at the third or fourth secundibrach; radial ornament on each plate in sets of fine ridges normal to bounding sutures: centre of each plate strongly convex; attaining size of 70-80mm diameter with an average of 50-60mm., Descriprion This species is described only where it differs from P. martinswellensis. Calical shape is essentially the same but the legmen is subhorizontal. On the basal circlet the raised annulus around the stem attachment area is closer to the outer margin of that circlet. There are a minimum of 3 fixed secundibrachs in each halfray: the 10 free arms originate from the third or fourth secundibrach. The intersecundibrachs are organized into two vertical columns above the pentagonal plate at the base of the series. The ornament on each calical plate involves the 5 sets of ridges normal to the sutures but the central area where they intersect is convex. It is larger, averaging 60mm in diameter as opposed to 40mm. On the stem are numerous strong cirral attachment areas. REMARKS It is generally poorly preserved due to weath- ering and adhereing matrix. The convex centres of calical plates are commonly smoothed off by weathering. 385 Fic. 20. Plate diagram of central part of Polypeltid indet. showing inferred double column of intersecundibrachs (shaded) (drawn from Fig, 19P). Pandanocrinus wellingtonensis sp. nov. (Figs 18B, 21C-K) ETyYMoLoGy For the town of Wellington, New South Wales, adjacent to the type locality. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype AMF72539, paratypes AMF72529- 72532, 72540, 7254! and QMF14532, 14537-14539, 14542 all from QMLS512. All are poorly preserved, incomplete and tectonically damaged calices. OccurRENCE Pragian (su/earus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. DIAGNosis Member of Pandanacrinus with low bowl- shaped calyx having sub-horizontal to gently depressed base; second primibrach pentagonal; two fixed secundibrachs; 10 biserial arms, with large intersecundibrachs; interprimibrachs rela- tively few in rows of two each after lowest larger plate. Tegmen of large polygonal plates; anal opening in C-D interray between arm bases; smooth broadly convex plates having low but distinct ridges normal to sutures in slight sutural depressions, 386 DESCRIPTION Calyx of medium height, bowl-shaped, with sub-horizonial ia slightly depressed base. ranging from 15-70mm in diameter; plates smooth and broadly convex, with depressed sutural margins, with discrete close spaced (1 per mm) ridges normal to sutures running from one plate to next. Basal circlet pentagonal, of three unequal plates, with sutures in A, E and C rays, occupied almost entirely by circular gently concave slem attachment area haying pentaJobate axial canal centrally: stem attach- ment with well-developed very fine crenularium. Radials hexagonal, wider than high, not quite as large as first primibrach, in contact laterally with each olher. First primibrachs hexagonal, approximately same size as lowest interprimibrach and largest plates in calyx, just wider than high, with widest point above midheight. Second primibrach pentag- onal, axillary, with similar maximum height and width. First secundibrach hexagonal, with longest sides on primibrach and parallel to it above. Second secundibrach much lower, wider, with concave upper margin. Third secundibrach low, fixed, becoming arcuate, with broad deep articulatory basins and becoming biserial. {nterprimibrachs beginning with single large hexagonal plate, followed above by up to five rows of two hexagonal plates each. Intersecundibrachs resting on first secundibrachs, consisting of one large plate fol- lowed above by two smaller but taller plates. then a third row of two plates between free arm bases. C-D interray with 7-sided primanal; 3 secundanals with central tall one extending to top of tertanals which it separates; fourth row of anals above tall secundanal and immediately below deeply depressed anal opening between free arm bases. Tegmen of large convex polyg- onal plates, without clear differentiation of orals, Free arms and stem not available. Remarks This species 18 simply distinguished from P. martinswellensis and P. geuriensis by its pentag- onal second primibrach, plate ornament, and organization of the interprimibrachs. There is some variation in calical shape but most of this may be atiributed to tectonic distortion; smaller specimens tend to be higher relative to diameter than larger specimens. Pandanocrinus sp. cf P. wellingtonensis sp, nov, (Figs 18C, 2174,B) MEMDIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM MAleRIAL ExXamMiNeb UQF75170 and UQF75L71 from UQL3522. These two calices are preserved as calcium carbonate embedded in a relatively clean. massive limestone: preparation to free them has not been attempted. Only a few plates are evident on each specimen OccURRENCE Lochkovian or Pragian, Mount Holly Beds, Mt Etna near Rockhampton, central Queensland. Desc rierign UQF75170 shows the bases of two free arms of the one ray with low wedge-shaped arm plates evident and with a_ single large intersecundibrach below the free arm bases supporting a pair of tall intersecundibrachs at the level of the free arm bases. The pentagonal axillary primibrach resting on an hexagonal primibrach is evident in the adjacent ray with 2 interprimibrachs between the axillary primibrachs. follawed above by another row of iwo plates. In the next adjacent interray the two interprimibrachs between the — aaillary primibrachs rest on an apparently hexagonal interprimibrach that is presumably the lowest. UQF75171 suggests the low bowl-shaped calyx and also exhibits the pentagonal axillary primibrach, two interprimibrachs between them, the bottom of the large intersecundibrach and a weathered but apparently stellate plate ornament. Discussion These features are consistent with Pandanocrinus Wwelliigtokensis except for the ornament which could possibly be the result of weathering although this seems unlikely. Among the species of Pandunacrinus the pentag- onal axillary primibrach is distinctive of wellingronensis. However, in the absence of information on several important features this assignment must remain speculative. Family Dolatocrinidae Miller,1890 Dolatocrinus Lyon, 1857 Tyre Seecies Dolatocrinus lacus Lyon, 1857 from the Lower Deyonian Jeffersonville Limestone in Kentucky, U.S.A. by original designation. Discussion As far as we are aware this genus has not pre- viously been recorded outside North Amer- DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 387 Fic. 21. A.B. Pandanacrinus sp. cf. P. wellingtonensis sp. nov. A, composite lateral view of only partly preserved and partly exposed calyx UQF75170, * 1.5, B. lateral yiew of incomplete calyx, UQF75171, X 1.'C-K, Pandanocrinus wellingtonensis gen. et sp. nov. C-E, tegminal with D ray at 2 o'clock position, lateral B ray and lateral in C—D interray views of small paratype calyx AMF72540, 2. F-H, lateral, lateral oblique and basal views (orientations uncertain) of holotype calyx AMF72539, X 0.7. I,J, lateral D ray and basal with D ray in 1 o'clock position views of large damaged paratype calyx AMF72541, X 0.7. K, basal view of incomplete paratype calyx showing 3 basal plates AMF72530, X 1.2. ica. Its expanded distribution and the occur- rence of its inferred ancestors and close relative, Shimantocrinus, in Australia are surprising when considered in terms of the rest of the Aus- tralian fauna. Dolatocrinus peregrinus sp. nov. (Figs 22, 23) ErymMo.ocy From Latin peregrinus — foreign, exotic; referring to this first record outside North America. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype QMF14818 from UQL5277. Paratypes QMF14866 and 14867 from UQL5320 and QMF14872 from UQL5321. 388 DCCURRENCE Givetian, Papilio Formation. near Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. Disaonosis Member of Dolatocrinus with 10 arms; first secundibrach relatively large, extending as high as aperture for arm canal laterally and suppon- ing second secundibrach from which free arm arises; with one or two pinnule apertures per arm, with one on interradial side always present and second on radial side when present in larger individuals; tegmen bigh domed: ornament on calical plates of raised reticulate ridges outlining a pattern of broad circular and elongate pits. Deserieion Calyx ranging in size from 20-40mm diam- eter, low, bowl-shaped, with shallow basal depression. Calical ornament of raised reticu- late ridges arranged randomly to define a pat- tern of broad circular and elongate pits, degenerating higher up the calyx between the free arm bases and on the tegmen. Basal circlet pentagonal, almost completely concealed by large circular stem attachment area characterized by distinct fine crenularium, remainder of basal circlet occupied by promi- nent raised tim around attachment area; arrangement of basal plates concealed by stem attachment. Radial circlet of five 6-sided plates with concave upper margin supporting first primibrach, with widest point well above midheight and height to width ratio of nearly 1:2. First primibrach quadrate. with convex margins and height to width ratio of 1:2. Second primibrach pentagonal, axillary, with straight margins except for weakly concave lower mar- gin on some specimens, with low lateral margins and height to width ratio of 1:2. Fixed secundibrachs two per arm; first rather large, as wide as base of second primibrach, L-shaped and extending well up the interradial side of the arm base; second secundibrach narrower, not extending as far interradially as first, and bear- ing the entire free arm base. Articulation on sec- ond secundibrach an immovable symplexy: 5 or 6 plates (3 or 4 tegminal plates) surround the central canal of each arm as il emerges from the calyx, central canal slightly elongate upwards in cross section: two large plates beneath axial canal quite thick, with concave articulating sur- face and bearing fine radiating crenellae; MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM smaller plates above axial canal much smaller and thinner. Interprimibrachs arranged simi- larly in wach interray with one large 9-sided plate resting on radials and supporting smaller 5 or 6-sided interprimibrach above, with this in turn supporting 2 or 3 plates in the third row and then the tegminal plates. Tegmen strongly domed, consisting of relatively large polygonal plates, irregularly arranged. with anal opening directly through tegmen situated asymmetri- cally. Pree arms and stem unknown. Remarks This species resembles D. lacus in many respects but is distinguished hy the high tegmen, plate ornament and shape of first secundibrach. Dolatocrinus grandis Miller & Gurley, 1894 has similar calical ornament although radial nature of the ornament is generally more apparent in that species than in D. peregrinus; moreover, D. grandis has numerous pinnule apertures, usually has median ray ridges, has more than two fixed secundibrachs and a deep basal depression. Other 10-armed species are readily distinguished by their plate ornament and secundibrach arrangement. All four specimens have suffered lateral com- pression to differing degrees and the holotype has been dorsoventrally compressed as well. Preservation of the material is not good enough to compare the specimens in all features and yariations observed are probably due to growth rather than variation. The smallest indi- vidual (Fig.22F.G) has a pinnule aperture only on the interradial side of each arm base; relative height of the tegmen decreases with growth; the size of the second secundibrach increases rela- tive to size of the first secundibrach: and the relative size of the third row of interprimibrachs decreases. Shimantocrinas gen. nov. EtymMoiocy An anagram from McIntosh plus the usual termination for crinoid genera. For Dr George C. McIntosh of the Rochester Museum and Sci- ence Center whose assistance in this study has been considerable. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 389 E D Fic. 22. Dolatocrinus peregrinus sp. nov, A-D, two lateral, basal and tegminal views, respectively, of holotype calyx QMF14818, X 1. E, lateral view of large paratype calyx showing pinnular apertures either side of free arm bases, QMF14866, X 1.5. F,G, lateral views of small incomplete paratype calyx showing pinnular aper- ture only on outer side of each free arm base, QMF14867, * 1.8. H, tegminal view of badly damaged paratype calyx QMF14872, X 1. Tyre Species Shimantocrinus distinctodorsus sp. nov. Pragian (su/catus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. Diacnosis Member of Dolatocrinidae with low, globe- shaped, strongly lobate calyx wider than high, having concave base. Primibrachs 2 per ray, first one rectangular with convex margins except in C and D rays where it is pentagonal. Secundibrachs 3 or 4 fixed in each arm, becoming low and wedge-shaped after first. Intersecundibrachs not present. Arms 10 in number, biserial. Except in C-D_ interray interprimibrachs few, approximately 8 per interray; lowest in each interray a single, large, 10-sided plate supporting 2 interprimibrachs in second row. In C-D interray primanal 7-sided, supporting 3 large plates in second row, then — Fjq, 23, Plate diagram of Dolatocrinus peregrinus sp. numerous (upto 20) smaller plates above. nov. Tegmen flat but strongly lobate, with steep, wide 390 grooves running down between rays; with subcentral anal opening directly through flat- plated surface. Discussion This genus is closely related to Dolatocrinus Lyon 1857 from the Early and Middle Devonian of North America but differs most significantly in having a strongly differentiated C-D interray. Springer (1921), Kesling & Mintz (1963) and Ubaghs (1978) all diagnosed Dolatocrinus as having an undifferentiated C-—D interray. The monotypic patelliocrinid Centriocrinus is also closely similar in general form, number of arms, size and shape of radials and relatively few interprimibrachs but particularly if the C- D interray has 3 secundanals as quoted by Ubaghs (1978) contrary to the opinion of Wachsmuth & Springer (1897). It is distinguished by the apparently invariably hexagonal _first primibrach which is more reminiscent of Pandanocrinus. Shimantocrinus distinctodorsus sp. nov. (Figs 24, 25) EtyMOLoGy From Latin distinctus — different and dorsum n. — back; referring to differentiated posterior interray. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype AMF72537 from QML512. Paratypes AMF72533-72536, 72538 and QMF14536 and 14540 from QMLS12. OccuRRENCE Pragian (su/catus biozone), Garra Formation, near Wellington, central New South Wales. DiaGnosis As for genus. DEscriPTION Calyx low, globe-shaped, with depressed base: ornament of irregular anastamosing ridges nor- mal to sutures in distinct furrows around each plate. Basal circlet pentagonal, of 3 unequal plates, with azygous plate in A-E interray and interplate sutures in A, C and E rays; depressed circular stem attachment area occupying almost all of this circlet, with central pentalobate axial canal evident (Fig. 24C), and marked annular rim becoming less prominent with growth; depth of basal depression increasing with growth, calyx of 20mm diameter with flat base, those of more than 40mm diameter with marked depression. Radials hexagonal, in lateral contact MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM with each other, distinctively shaped with narrow base against basals, widest point high up above midheight and upper suture concave against first primibrach. A,B and E rays. First primibrach quadrate, wider than high, with convex sutural margins. Second primibrach pentagonal, relatively low, axillary, with convex sutural margins laterally, but gently concave above and below. First secundibrach variable in shape, usually 5-sided but may be 6-sided, with sutural margin directly against large first interprimibrach and horizon- tal upper margin.Second secundibrach usually lower than first but distinctly higher than succeeding arm plates, usually axillary and of highly variable shape. One arm on one specimen (AMF72536) with an axillary first secundibrach. Above the second secundibrach arms becoming biserial, composed of low wide irregularly shaped tertibrachs of which no more than 10 are evident in any one series on the material available. Articulation between brachials near base of tertibrach series (Fig. 24O) appears as an immovable symplexy, with four separate plates surrounding an elongate axial canal that is quite close to the surface on inner side of arm but separated from outside by thick plates; with a low wide transverse ridge evident just below outer end of axial canal; articular faces of brachials with fine well-developed radiating crenellae. Cand D rays. Only differences between these and A, B, and E rays are described in these two rays. First primibrach pentagonal, with extra angle against C-D interray; first secundibrach against C-D interray not abutting primanal but instead having sutural margin against large lateral secundanals. Some asymmetry usually evident with rays curving from C-D interray to some degree. Interprimibrachs. Single interprimibrach at base 10-sided, as high as wide, with greatest width near top; having sutural margins of different lengths with basals, first and second primibrachs and first secundibrachs and sup- porting 2 interprimibrachs separated by a vertical suture in the second range, with one or three small plates in third range. C-D interray. Large primanal 7-sided, in contact with basals and first primibrach and supporting 3 secundanals; tertanals 3 in number then successive rows of smaller less regularly arranged plates. Second primibrachs and first secundibrachs of C and D rays contacting secundanals rather than primanal. Stem and free arms not available. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS REMARKS This species, represented by 6 calices in vari- able states of preservation, shows some vari- ation between the small calyx (Fig. 24A- D) of 20mm diameter and the larger ones of over 40mm diameter; this variation has been expressed in the description above but also applies to the general shape which becomes more globular, to the tertibrachs which become less regular, to the upper interprimibrachs which become less numerous and to the basal depression which becomes more depressed. Affinities have been discussed under the gen- eric discussion above. Subclass Inadunata Order Disparida Family Pisocrinidae Angelin, 1878 Parapisocrinus Mu, 1954 Type SPECIES Pisocrinus ollula Angelin, 1878 from the Upper Silurian of Europe by original designation. Parapisocrinus sp. (Fig. 27K-—M) MATERIAL EXAMINED QMF14842, a _ badly eroded calyx from UQL3579. OccuURRENCE Pragian, (sulcatus biozone), Martins Well Limestone Member of the Shield Creek Forma- tion, near Martins Well, Pandanus Creek Station, north Queensland. DESCRIPTION Calyx small (7mm diameter), low, bowl- shaped, with wide deep basal depression; thick lateral walls spreading very gently upwards. Basal circlet of tiny plates situated entirely within the deeper part of the basal depression. Parts of three large plates (A and D radials and B inferradial) and three smaller plates (B, C and E radials) all defined clearly by typical pisocrinid suture pattern, but upper margin of cup badly eroded so that it is only evident on the B inferradial. Lumen of calyx occupying less than half its diameter. REMARKS This specimen is assigned on the basis of its pisocrinid suture pattern and the basal circlet 391 being entirely confined to the basal depression. The incomplete nature of the calyx and gener- ally poor state of preservation prevent specific assignment and useful comparison with other species. Bouska (1956) in _ discussing Ollulocrinus Bouska, 1956 (= Parapisocrinus) stated the generic features and alluded to the difficulty of identifying the sutures of the basal circlet. He assigned Pisocrinus yassensis Etheridge, 1904 from Yass, New South Wales to Ollulocrinus but that Late Silurian species is readily distinguished from the north Queens- land Early Devonian specimen by the sharper rim to the basal depression and greater height to width ratio. Order Cladida Suborder Cyathocrinia Family Gasterocomidae Roemer, 1854 Gasterocomid indet. (Fig. 27A-H) MATERIAL EXAMINED QMF15152 and 15153, two badly weathered calices too poorly preserved for illustration or for definite identification. QMF14840 eight separate axillary brachial plates. All are from UQL3579. OccuRRENCE Pragian (sulcatus biozone), Martins Well Limestone Member of the Shield Creek Forma- tion, near Martins Well, Pandanus Creek Station, north Queensland. REMARKS The calices are poorly preserved but QMF15152 does show one radial with a large but weathered articulatory surface pierced by a central canal and a circlet of 6 unequal plates at this level; unfortunately weathering has removed the base of the calyx and upper parts of the radials but what is preserved is consistent with Arachnocrinus Meek & Worthen, 1866 (see illustrations of Springer, 1911, pl. 2). The axil- lary brachials are close to those of A. bulbosus (Hall) (see Springer, 1911, pl. 2, figs 8,9) with Y-shaped canal on inner surface and isolated axial canal. Although this similarity is quite striking there is no guarantee that it is truely diagnostic. For the moment we prefer to leave the material in open nomenclature until better material is available to make a more positive identification. Suborder Poteriocrinina Family Cupressocrinitidae Roemer, 1854 392 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 24, Shimantocrinus distinctodorsus gen. st sp. nov. A-D, lateral in C-D interray, lateral in B—C interray, basal with C-B interray in 12 o'clock position and tegminal with A ray in 10 o’clock position views of small paratype calyx AMF72538, X 1.5,D X 1. E-H, lateral in B ray, basal with A ray at 3 o'clock, lateral in C-D interray and lateral in A-B interray views, respectively, of holotype calyx AMF72537, X 1. 1-L, lateral in D ray, lateral oblique in D ray, lateral in C-D interray and tegminal with A ray at 4 o’clock views of large paratype calyx AMF72536, 1. M,N, lateral views of natural section through paratype calyx and of D ray QMF14536, X 1.O, enlargement of articulatory face near base of free arm in B ray AMF72537, X 3.5. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS Cupressocrinites Goldfuss, | 831 Tyee Svecies Cupressocrinives crassus Goldfuss, 1831 from the Late Devonian of Germany; by subsequent designation of Wachsmuth & Springer (1886, p. 105). Disc ussite Cupressocrinites 1s a most distinctive genus (Moore, Strnmple and Lane, 1978, p. 657) so that the Queensland material may be included with complete certainty. Distribution of the genus was restricted to Germany. Spain, Bel- gium and England (Moore, Strimple & Lane, 1978) until its recognition in Yunnan, China (Wang et al, 1956), the Kuznetz Basin. and Urals, US.S.R. (Militsina, 1977) and now Queensland, Australia, Cupressocrinites abbreviatus Goldfuss, 1839 (Fig. 26) MATERISL EXAMINER Holotype by monotypy the specimen figured hy Goldfuss (1839, pl. 30, fig, 4), by Schultze (1867. pl. 2. fig. le) and by Moore, Strimple & Lane (1978, fig. 430, 2e), QUEENSLAND MAreRriAl UQF75139 from UQL4440; UQF75140 and 75141 from UQL4443; UQF75142 fram UQL5352,; UQF75143-75148 from UQLS252; UQF75149-75151 from UQL5318; UQF751 52 from UQL5364; UQF75153 from UQLS5360; UQF75154 from UQL5285: UQF75155 fram UQL4445. UQF75156 from UQL5220; UQF75157 from UQLS267; UQF75158 from UQL444]; UQF75159 and 75160 from UQL4442, UQF75161 from UQLS241: UQF75162 and 75163 from UQL4437: UQF75164 from UQL5372; QMF14582 from UQL5293; QMFI14585 from UQL5348;: QMF14586 from UQL5229; QMF)4587- 14589 from UQL5277; QMFI14598, 14599, 14601, 14603 from UQL5356; QMF14868, 14873, 14875 from UQLS321. QMFI4788 from float in the Burdekin River near Big Bend north of Charters Towers, north Queensland, probably derived from the Burdekin Formation. OCeuRRENCE Givetian, Papilio Formation, near Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland; Burdekin Formation, Burdekin River north of Charters Towers, north Queensland. 393 Descriptions oF QUEENSLAND MATERIAL Fused infrabasals pentagonal to subrounded, appearing circular in more weathered speci- mens, with stem attachment including most of surface and exhibiting cruciform canal structure in stem. Five pentagonal basals each as high as wide, with gentle central convex bulge. Five low tadials, twice as wide as high al maximum dimensions and these relative dimensions appear to be variable (e.g. the smaller specimens appear to have higher radials) Arms unbranched and highly modified to enclose a high conical space over the oral surface of the cup. First primibrach as wide as the radial but extremely low; subsequent primibrachs numbering three in the smallest individual (Fig, 26D,£) but up to nine on larger complete specimens. Primibrachs 2-4 each bear a broad central tubercle and display the vertical linear ornament near their lateral margins. On one specimen a brachial series 18 displaced laterally showing the con- siderable thickness of each plate and exposing a series af horizontal ridges and grooves on the sides of the brachials that would be in contact with adjacent brachials (Fig. 26C). Adoral sur- face poorly preserved; four similar flat almost petaloid orals, and one bifurcate posterior oral present; apertures clearly defined by them. Shiptantoertnus diagran) of distinctodorsus gen. et sp. nay. Fis. 23. Plate Ww 394 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM DEVONIAN CRINOIDS Discussion All specimens available from Queensland are weathered 10 some extent and most are incomplete, but collectively all the features of C. ahbreviatus are displayed. A certain amount of yariation in radial plate shape and in cup shape (from high cup-shaped to lower more bowl- shaped with increasing size) 1s evident in line with that exhibited by published illustrations of C. abbreviaius (Schultze, 1867, pl. 2). The largest specimen available bears a cemented radial holdfast structure on one of its basal plates with part of the holdfast extending across an interplate boundary suggesting that the attachment was made after the death of the host or at least after growth had ceased. Cupressocrinites sp. cf. C. gracilis Goldfuss, 1831 (Fig, 2715) MATERIAL EXAMINED QMF14841. a weathered calyx from UQL3579, OCCURRENCE Pragian (su/catus biozone), Martins Well Limestone Member of the Shield Creek Forma- tion, near Martins Well on Pandanus Creek Station, north Queensland. DescripTion Calyx small (approximately 8mm in diameter and 5mm high), low, with gently flaring sides; surface ornament unknown but apparently smooth. Infrabasal circlet not clearly exposed but low and evident in Jateral view. Basals 5, as high as wide, with broadly convex lower margin. Radials much wider than high in lateral view, 5-sided, with radial canal aperture obvious on upper surface. REMARKS Although its radials are lower and squatter than those in C. gracilis this individual is well within the range of variation in calical shape exhibited by this species (Schultze, 1867. pl. 3, fig. 2, 2a-g). As far as observed, the plate arrangement is identical and the upper surface of the calyx with conspicuous openings situated centrally in each radial plate 1s identical. Small columnals (e.g. QMF14841b) with four lateral canals around a larger central canal and charac- teristic of Cupressocrinites are found at this locality. The fact that some of the cup is not observable makes certain specific assignment impossible. It should be noted in passing that C. assimilis Dubatolova, 1964 is almost certainly a synonym of C. gracilis. Inadunate indet. (Fig. 27R) MATERIAL EXAMINED AMP72551, aslightly disarticulated calyx, silicified and naturally weathered from a dark bioclastic lime- stone horizon GCR283 (see Mawson ef al. (1988). OccURRENCE Pragian (su/catus biozone),, Garra Formation. near Wellington, central New South Wales. DescrypTion Calyx small, 5mm high, flaring only very gently upwards. Infrabasals extremely low, but visible laterally. Basals hexagonal but base almost horizontal. five in number. Radials largest plates in cup, 5-sided, as high as wide, with broadly concave upper margin. First primibrach quadrangular, convex below, trans- verse above, wider than high, as wide as radial. Second primibrach axillary, 5-sided, wider than Fig. 26. Cupressocrinites abbreviaius Goldfuss, 1839. A.B, adoral views of damaged calices withoul arms, UQF75162, * Land QMFI4873, % 1.5, respectively. C, lateral view of arm of a small crown showing hori- zontal grooves, IQF75150, * 1.5. D,E, adoral and lateral views of small crown QMF14868, X 2. F, lateral view of small crown UOF75149, * 1.G, end view of section of stem showing central canal and 4 peripheral canals QMF14856, * 4. H- lateral view of small crown QMF14740, ™ 2, 1,L. lateral and aboral views of calyx , UQF75159, % 1.5, J,K, lateral oblique and aboral views of smali calyx UQFI4588, * 2. M,N. adoral and oblique views of damaged crawn UQF75164, * 1.5. O, aboral view of large calyx UQP75145, » 0.6. P,Q, lateral and aboral views of large calyx showing a weathered attachment base of another crinoid on radial plate UQF75143, * 0.75. R, oblique view of upper part of large crown QMF14589, * 1. S, Adoral view of incomplete crown found ag Moat in bed of Burdekin River just north of Charters Towers in vicinity of Big Bend, QMFI4788. & 2. 396 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. 27. A-H, Gasterocomid axillary brachials, A, lateral view QMF14840A, ™ 3. B-E, lower, lateral, adoral oblique and adoral views of plaie QMFI4840B, X 5. F,G, adoral and inner lateral views of plate QMG14840C, X 4. Huinner lateral view of plate QMF14840D, * 4.1), Cupressocrinites sp. cf. C. gracilis Goldfuss, 1831, lateral and adoral views of small poorly preserved calyx QMF14841. x 3. K-M, Parapisocrinus sp. lateral oblique, aboral and lateral views of small damaged calyx QMF14842. X 3. N,O, Crinoid indet. 2 JCF11361. X 0.8and * 1.7, respectively. P,Q, crinoid attachment bases on heliolitid coral colonies from UQL5318, QMF14858 and 14859, K 2. R. Crinoid indet, 1. AMF72551, X 2.2. DEVONIAN CRINOIDS high, as wide as first primibrach. Secundibrachs 3 in number, 3rd axillary, uniserial. Subsequent brachials indistinct but apparently uniserial. Anal plates nol evident, Stem circular, of simple low discs each approximaiely 0.5mm high. ReMmakKS This specimen may be identified as an inadunate by the lack of interbrachials and lack of fixed brachials. Crinoid [ndet.. | (Fig. 7A-F) MATERIAL EXAMINED QMF14591 a large, poorly preserved calyx, Associ- ated large stem fragments QMF14592-14594 are con- sistent in size although this may not always be the best guide (Franzen-Bengison, 1982). All are from QML547 (=UQL5209). OccuRRENCE Late Emsian or Eifelian, Burges Formation, just west of Broken River Gorge, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. REMARKS The large calyx (60mm diameter X 25mm high) has a wide deep basal depression and although some plates are evident in several areas we were unable to determine any regular pattern to allow identification. Its inclusion here 1s because of the structure exhibited by associated stem fragments and its association with the indeterminate carpocrinid (Fig.7G-J, 8). Individual ossicles in the stem are pierced by canals that aré expressed at the lateral surface by prominent tubercles which are seen to be aligned in vertical columns, The axial canal 1s relatively small being similar in proportion to that of the large stem figured by Franzen- Bengtson (1982, fig. 1B) bul the radial canals in the Australian specimen are straight, unbranched and fewer. Crinoid indet_ 2 (Fig. 27N,Q) MATERIAL EXaAMINit? JICF11361, a weathered individual from the Hervey Range. OccuRRENCE Givetian, Burdekin Formation at 441558 on the Townsville 1:250000 Geological Sheet in the Hervey Range. 497 Remarks This individual with a crown some 30mm high and 60mm of stem attached is exposed on the surface of a coarse bioclastic limestone and has weathered ai the same rate as the matrix so ihat virtually only a section of the animal temains. However, several arms are evident so that the plane exposed must fortuitously be close to one side of the crown. Unfortunately the calyx is not well enough exposed for identification. The calyx is 4 or 5 plates high but their ident- ity is uncertain. The arms appear to be unbranched, biserial and highly pinnulate. The stem consists of a large number of very low columnals apparently alternating in height in some sections between higher and lower columnals. The significance of this specimen ts that it demonstrates an as yet unknown crinoid fauna in sediments of the Burdekin Shelf. Together with the partial crown of Cupressocrinites abbreviatus found as float in the Burdekin River (Fig. 26S) this specimen rep- resents all that is known to the authors at pre- sent of the crinoid fauna from the Burdekin Basin. Crinoid attachment bases (Fig. 27P,Q) MATERIAL EXAMINED QMF14859, 14860 and numerous unregistered specimens from numerous localities. Occ URRENCE Late Eifelian and Givetian, Papilio Forma- tion in the vicinity of Storm Dam, Wando Vale Station, north Queensland. REMARKS These holdfasts may be classified on the scheme of Brett (1980) as Simple Discoidal Holdfasts in different stages of weathering and one (Fig. 27P) shows peripheral canals running down into the holdfast. Breit (1980, p. 356, fig. 6A) pointed out that Cupressocrinites abbreviatus has this type of terminal holdfast. As that species Is very common in the same localities these holdfasts probably belong to it. A variety of other holfasts are known through this formation but a detailed study is outside the scope of this paper. Similarly, numerous differ- ent stem types are present at these Jocalitics but we have not studied them in detail, 398 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are grateful to Dr George Mcintosh, Rochester Museum and Science Center, Rochester for a conlinued correspondence that has greatly assisted with the crinoid taxonomy. We are thankful to Greg McNamara, James Cook University, to Zhen Yong Yi and Aye Ko Aung, University of Queensland and to Helen Ashton, Macquarie University who each col- lected a specimen of importance to this paper: the student parties of Macquarie University and University of Queensland that have been involved in collecting at both the Broken River Embayment and Wellington localities made a significant contribution to assembling the material for this work. This paper results from work Supported by an ARGS grant to J.S.J, R.M. and J.A,T. LITERATURE CITED ANOELIN, N.P, 1878. ‘Tconographia crinoideorum in stratis Sueciae Siluricis fossilium’. (Samson and Wallm: Holmiae). 62 pp. ARNOLD, G.O. awp Fawcxner, J.F. 1980. The Broken River and Hodgkinson Provinces. p. 175-190. Jn Henderson, R.A. and Stephenson, P.J. (Eds), “The geology and geophysics of nombeastern Australia’, (Geol. Soc. Aust., Qld Div.: Brisbane), AuisicuH, W.T, 1985. Brassfield Compsocrinina (Lower Siluman Crinoids) from Ohio. J. Paleont. 61; 552-342. Bassier, RS. AND Moopey, M,W. 1943. Biblio- graphic and faunal index of Paleozoic pelmatozoan echinoderms. Spec. Pap. geal. Soc. Ani. 45; |~734, BATHER, F.A. 1897, Hapalocrinius victoriae, n. 5)., Silurian, Melbourne, and its relation to the Platyerinidae. Geol. Mag. 44: 337-345. 1899, Wachsmuth and Springer’s monograph on crinoids, 6th notice, Geol, Mag. (4)6: 117-127, Bates, D.E.B. 1972. A new Devonian ennoid from Australia, Palaeontology 1$; 326-335. Boucdr, AJL, JOuMson, JG. and Tatewr, A. 1969. Early Devonian brachiopod zoogeography. Sper. Pap. geo), Soc. Am, 119: 1-106, Bouska, J. 1956. Pisocrinidae Angelin éesk¢ho siluru na devonu (Crinoidea). Ustred. Ustavu Geel. Rozpravy 20; 1-137, BreiMer, A, 1960, On the structure and systematic position of the genus Rhipidocrinus Beyrich, 1879. Letdse Geol. Mededel, 23: 247-260. 1962, A monograph on Spanish Palaeozoic crinoids. Leidse Geol. Mededed. 27: 1-189, Brett, C.E. 1981. Terminology and functional mor- phology of attachment structures in pelmatozoan echinoderms. Lei/iaia I4: 343- 370. 1985, Tremichnus: a new ichnogenus of circular parabolic pits in fossil echinoderms. J. Paleant. 59: 625-635 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Bronn, HG, 1840. Crenoerimes, gin neues Krinoiden- Geschleeht der Graumacke. Neves Jb, Min, Geol Palaant. 1840); §42-548. Browse, F.C, 19647. The actinvermitid genera dbacnnocrmus, dacacrinus and Blairocrinuy. J. Paleont. 41. 675-705, 1976, Evolution of the Melocrinitidac. Whalassta Jugoslavica 12; 41-49. Canina. KS.W. aN Davoren, PP. 1972. Biogeography of Australian Early-Middle Devouian trilobites. J. Geol Soc, dust 19; 88-93, Crarman, F. 1903. New or little known Victoman fossils in the National Museum, Melbourne, Part |, Some Palaeozoie species. Prac. R. Sue. Vict. US: 104-122. 1925. New or little-known fossils in the National Muscum, Part 28— Some Silurian rugose corals. Proc. R. Soc. Wier. 31: 104— 118. CHATTERTON, B.D.E.. JonmsoN, B.D. amp CAMPBELL, K.S.W, 1979, Silicificd Lower Devonian trilobites from New South Wales, Palaeontology 22: 199-837, Cooper, B.J.. 1973. Lower Devonan conodonts from Loyola, Victoria. Proc. R. Sve. Viet. 86: 88-93. Deacuctr, EC. 1970a, Lower Devonian conodonts from the northern Yarrol Basin, Queensland, Bull. Bur. Miner Resour Geol. Geophys. dust. 108; 43-73. 1970. Conodonts of the Garra Formation (Lower Devonian), N.S.W, Bull, Bur. Miner, Resour. Geol. Geaphys, Aust, WG; 29-52, Dursvrorovs, Yu. A, 1964. ‘Morskii Wlit devona Kuzbassa’ (Devonian crinoids of the Kuznetz Basin). (Akad. Nauk SSSR Sib. Otd. Inst. Geol. Geofiz.: Moscow). 154 pp, ErHeripge, R. Jr, 1904. The occurrence of Pisoerinis, or an allied genus, in the Upper Silurian rocks of the Yass district. Rec. Aust, Mus. 5: 287-292 FottMany, ©, 1887, Unterdevonische Crinoiden, Verh, naturh. Ver. preass Rheint, ($)4: 113-138. FRANZEN-BENOTSON, C. 1983. Radial perforations in crinoid stems from) the Silurian of Gotland. Lethaia 16: 291-302. GEINITZ, H.B. 1867. Uber organische Uberreste aus der Steinkohlengrube Arnao bei Aviles in Asturien, Neves Jb. Min. Geol. Palaont. 1867; 283-286. Govoruss. GA. 1826-1844, ‘Petrefacta Germaniae, tam ea, Quae in Museo Universitatis Regiae Borussicae Fredericiae Wilhelmiac Rhenanac, seventur, quam ali quaccunque in Museis Hoeninghusiano Muensierianiy aliisque, extant. iconibus et descriptions illustrata, volume "(List and Francke: Leipzig). 242 pp. 1839. Reitrage zur Petrefaktenkunde. A. Leopold. Carolin, Akad. Natur, Verhandl, WY: 329-364, (GOLORING, W_ 1933, The Devonian crinoids of the state of New York. Mem. N.Y Si. Afus. 16: 1-670. Hat, J. 1858. Report of the Geological Survey of Iowa, embracing the resulls oF investigalions made during portions of the years 1855, 1856, and 1857, In ‘Palaeontology of Lowa’. Vol. 1, pt2,p.473-724. (Geol. Sury. lows), DEVONIAN CRINOIDS 1859. Descriptions and figures of the organic remains of the Lower Helderberg group and the Oriskany Sandstone. New York Geol. Surv. 3: 1-532. Hatt, J, AND Wuireretp, R-P. 1875. Descriptions of invertebrate fossils. mainly from the Silunan Sys- tem, crinoids of the Genesse¢ Slate and Chemung Group. Ohio geal. Surv. Rept, 2(2): 158-161. Hesperson, R.A. 1980. Structural outline and sum- mary geological history of northeastern Australia. p. 1-26. Jy Henderson, R.A. and Stephenson, PJ. (Eds), "The geology and geophysics of northeastern Australia’. (Geol. Soc, Aust, Qld Div. Brisbane). Hitt, D. 1939. The Devonian rugose corals of Lilydale and Loyola, Victoria. Prov, R. Soc. Wien 51; 2(9-256. Hitt, D, amp Jexi, 3.8, 1970. The tabulate coral famil- ies Syringolitidge Hinde, Roemeriidae Pocta, Neoroemenidae Radugin and Chonostegitidae Lecompte, and Australian species of Roemeripora Kraiez. Proc, R, Soc, Viet. 83: 171-190. Hitt, D., PLAvFoRD, G. AND Woops, I.T. (Eds). 1967. ‘Devonian fossils of Queensland’. (Qd Palaeontogr. Soc.; Brisbane). 32 pp. Houitoway, DJ, anp Jeri, PA. 1983. Silurian and Devonian edrioasteroids from DPD DP BD mz 1-9, 11-22, 24 ee OOOO aes OO Pam > ®P DD A 2-6, 8-24 A 2-6, 9-10, 12-24 R6 Gymnothorax undulatus F. MURAENESCOC- IDAE Muraenesox bagio F. NETTASTOMA- TIDAE Nettastomatidae sp. | O. SILURIFORMES F. PLOTOSIDAE Euristhmus lepturus Euristhmus nudiceps Plotosus anguillaris O. MYCTOPHIFORMES F. SYNODONTIDAE Saurida micropectoralis Saurida tumbil Saurida undosquamis Saurida sp. 1 (juvenile) Synodus sageneus Synodus similis Synodus sp. 1 Trachinocephalus myops O. BATRACHOIDI- FORMES F. BATRACHOIDIDAE Batrachomoeus trispinosus O. LOPHIIFORMES F. ANTENNARIIDAE Antennarius commersoni Antennarius hispidus Antennarius mummifer Antennarius striatus Tathicarpus butleri F. TETRABRACHIIDAE Tetrabrachium ocellatus O. OPHIDITFORMES F. OPHIDIIDAE Sirembo jerdoni Sirembo imberbis F. CARAPIDAE Carapus c.f. homei Jordanicus gracilis O. GADIFORMES F. BREGMACEROT- IDAE Bregmaceros c.f nectabanus O. BELONIFORMES F. BELONIDAE ?Ablennes hians (juv.) F. EXOCOETIDAE Cypselurus sp. 1 411 R3 Rl R 13 Rl C 2, 4, 5, 15, 22, 23 R 2, 3, 9, 20 A 2-14,16-21, 23, 24 C4, 12, 14, 17-20, 24 R24 R18 412 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Erosa erosa C 3-10, 12-14, 16-24 F. SERRANIDAE F. HEMIRAMPHIDAE Papilloculiceps Euleptoramphus viridis R 10 (Cymbacephalus) O. BERYCIFORMES nematophthalmus R2, 14 F. HOLOCENTRIDAE Platycephalus Sargocentron rubrum R 6, 9, 15, 22 endractensis yan eee 3 O. SYNGNATHIFORMES Rogadius asper C 2-6, 8, 9, 14, F. SOLENICHTHYIDAE 19-24 Solenostomus sp. | R9 Sorsogonia tuberculata A 3-24 F. SYNGNATHIDAE Sugerundus Halicampus grayi R 3, 14, 19, 20 macracanthus C1,2,15 Hippocampus whitei R 10, 19 Suggrundus sp. 1 C 3-5, 10, 18 Solegnathus lettiensis R 5, 6, 12, 13, 20 Suggrundus sp. 2 C 3-14, 16-24 F, FISTULARIIDAE O. DACTYLOPTERI- Fistularia commersoni —_C_ I-3, 5, 6, 8-11, FORMES 13, 14, 20-24 a F. CENTRISCIDAE ree ee Centriscus scutatus A_ 1-17, 20 - F is O. SCORPAENIFORMES Dactyloptena orientalis cee . = ie F. SCORFAENIDAE Dactyloptena papilio A 1-24 Cottapistus cottoides R 3, 13, 20 O. PEGASIFORMES Dendrochirus fc PEGASIDAE brachypierus oh - 4 U4, 12, Zalises draconis R 4, 8, 18, 20 Dendrochirus zebra R 3, 10, 17 O. FERCIPORMES ; Centrogenys vaigiensis R15 r 2-24 . tei y os 7.24 Cephalopholis boenack = R 2, 16 Tiocraniim Cromileptes altivelis R24 praepositum R2 Epinephalus areolatus R 21, 22 Minous trachycephalus —_C 3-9, 11, 12, 14-16, Epinephalus quCyanus RS 19-24 Epinephalus Minous versicolor C 3-6, 8, 9, 12, 14, sexfasciatus C 13, 5, 15 15, 24 Epinephalus tauvina R2 Paracentropogon P Sia ain R2 longispinus A 2-4, 8, 13-15 Parascorpaena pictus R15 F, PSEUDOCHRO- Peristrominous dolosus_ _ C 4, 7, 10, 12, MIDAE : 16-19, 23 Pseudochromis Pterois volitans C 2-6, 9, 12, 14-17 quinquedentatus R I, 4, 24 Scorpaenopsis cirrhosa R 2, 3, 13, 14 F. PLESIOPIDAE — Scorpaenopsis sp. 1 R14 Fraudella carasiops R 16, 20 Tetraroge leucogaster C 3-5, 7-9, 11-13, F, TERAPONIDAE 16-22, 24 Pelates quadrilineatus C I, 2, 14, 15, 21 F. TRIGILIDAE Pelates sexlineatus R2, 3: 15 Lepidotrigla Terapon jarbua RJ, 15 calodactyla A 2-24 Terapon puta R15 F, APLOACTINIDAE Terapon theraps C 1-4, 14, 15 Aploactis aspera C 2-4, 6, 9-13, F. PRIACANTHIDAE 16-18, 20, 24 Priacanthus Adventor elongatus R2 macracanthus C 2-10, 12-20, 22 Kanekonia Priacanthus tayenus C 1-5, 8, 15, 21 c.f queenslandica R 6, 16 F. APOGONIDAE Paraploactis c.f. obbesi R 16, 17, 20 Apogon aureus R22 Paraploactis sp. 1 R3 Apogon brevicaudatus R2 F, PLATYCEPHALIDAE Apogon ellioti A_ 1-10, 12-24 Elates ransonneti C 1, 2, 15 Apogon c.f. fasciata C1, 2, 14, 15 Inegocia isacanthus A 1-6, 9, 11, 13-15, Apogon nigripinnis C 1-4, 6, 7, 12, 13, 17, 19-21, 24 16-20 Onigocia macrolepis RY, 15 Apogon poecilopterus A_ 1-6, 8-10, 13, Onigocia spinosus R 2,17 15-20, 24 Onigocia sp. 1 R3 Apogon quadrifasciatus AI, 2, 5-11, 13, 15, Onigocia sp. 2 RY, 18 17-24 Apogon semilineatus Apogon septemstriatus Apogon sp. 1 Apogon sp. 2 (juvenile) Apogon sp. 3 Apogonichthys sp. 1 Archamia fucata Pristiapogon exostigma Siphamia fuscolineata Siphamia sp. 1 (juvenile) F, SILLAGANIDAE Sillago maculata burrus Sillago sp. 1 F. RACHYCENTRIDAE Rachycentron canadus F. ECHENEIDIDAE Echeneis naucrates F. CARANGIDAE Alectis indica Alepes apercna Carangoides hedlandensis Carangoides humerosus Carangoides uii Carangoides c.f. uii Caranx bucculentus Decapterus macrosoma Decapterus russelli Gnathanodon speciosus Parastromateus niger Selar boops Selaroides leptolepis Seriolina nigrofasciata Ulua aurochs Uraspis uraspis F. LEIOGNATHIDAE Gazza minuta Leiognathus bindus Leiognathus decorus Leiognathus elongatus Leiognathus equulus Leiognathus moretoniensis Leiognathus splendens Secutor ruconius F. GERREIDAE Gerres filamentosus Gerres sp. 1 Gerres sp. 2 Pentaprion longimanus F. LUTJANIDAE Lutjanus c.f. amabilis Lutjanus carponotatus Lutjanus erythropterus Lutjanus malabaricus SAMPLING DEMERSAL FAUNA R 5, 8, 10, 16 C I-11, 13, 14, 16-20, 22, 24 R 9, 16 R 2,5, 14, 21 C 3-5, 8-13, 16-20, 22, 24 C 2, 8, 12-14, 16, 17, 20, 22 R 16, 22 R 10, 22 R 2, 4-6, 11, 12, 16, 17, 19, 20 R5 C 1-4, 15 Cl, 34 R3 R 2, 3, 5, 14 R 1, 15, 19 R15 R5 C 1-3, 5, 6, 10, 11 4, 19, 23 9, 10 15 2 1 1, 2, 10, 15, 21 0-12 D Cpa RRR DDD oe ~™ ew ~ an Lutjanus russelli Lutjanus sebae Lutjanus vittus . CAESIONIDAE Pterocaesio sp. | Pterocaesio sp. 2 . NEMIPTERIDAE Nemipterus furcosus Nemipterus hexodon Nemipterus c.f. marginatus Nemipterus metopias Nemipterus tolu Nemipterus sp. 1 Pentapodus paradiseus Pentapodus sp. 1 Pentapodus sp. 2 Scolopsis monogramma Scolopsis taeniopterus . HAEMULIDAE Diagramma pictum Pomadasys maculatus Pomadasys trifasciata . LETHRINIDAE Gymnocranius bitorquatus Lethrinus haemopterus Lethrinus nematacanthus . SPARIDAE Argyrops spinifer . SCIAENIDAE Johnius amblycephalus Johnius vogleri . MULLIDAE Parupeneus cinnabarberinus Upeneus sulphureus Upeneus sundiacus Upeneus c.f. tragula Upeneus sp. | . PEMPHERIDIDAE Parapriacanthus ransonneti . EPHIPPIDAE Drepane punctata Platax teira Zabidius novemaculeatus . CHAETODONTIDAE Heniochus acuminatus Parachaetodon ocellatus 413 R 2, 22 R 2, 6, 8, 14, 15 Re 58,9 21 R 21, 22 R 19, 22 A 2, 3, 5-9, 12-24 C 1-3, 15 A 2-24 R 2, 8-10 A_ 1-5, 8 11, 16, 20-24 R8 C 2, 3,5, 8 12-15, 20-22 Rll R8,9 R2l C2..3, 13 C24 7-9) 10,15, 18, 19, 21, 23 C 1-3, 15 Cd, 2019 R12 R 1, 2, 12 A 2-5, 8, 9, 12-22 15 15,15, 07, A 1-6, 8, 12-14, 17-20, 24 A 3-24 C 5, 7-10, 16, 18, 21-23 RJ, 15 C 2, 5, 9, 12-15, 20-22, 24 RL, Bld R22 R 2, 14, 15, 21 414 F. POMACANTHIDAE Chaetodontoplus duboulayi F. POMACENTRIDAE Pristotis jerdoni F, CIRRHITIDAE Cirrhitichthys aprinus F. CEPOLIDAE Acanthocepala abbreviata Acanthocepola krusensterni F. SPHYRAENIDAE Sphyraena flavicauda F, POLYNEMIDAE Polydactylus heptadactylus F, LABRIDAE Choerodon cephalotes Choerodon monistigma Choerodon vyitta Choerodon sp. | Choerodon sp. 2 F, OPISTOGNATHIDAE Opistognathus latitabunda F, MUGILOIDIDAE Parapercis diplospilus Parapercis nebulosa F. URANOSCOPIDAE Tehthyoscapus fasciatus Uranoscopus sp. 1 F. BLENNIDAE Meiacanthus germinatus Xiphasia setifer F. CALLIONYMIDAE Calliurichthys grossi Calliurichthys Japonicus Dactylopus dactylopus Orbonymus rameus Repomuscenus belcheri Repomuscenus limiceps F. GOBIIDAE Gobiidae sp. | Yongeichthys criniger F. SIGANIDAE Siganus fuscescens F. TRICHTURIDAE Trichiurus lepturus QO. PLEURONECTI- FORMES F. PSETTODIDAE Psettodes eurumei F. PARALICHTHYIDAE Pseudorhombus argus R2 R 10 R 12, 15 R11, 2,15 C 1-3, 13-15 R 2, 5, 8-10, 15, 22 A 3-22, 24 R 2, 4, 10, 18, 20 R15 R 5-7, 11, 17 R 6, 8, 14, 15, 18 R 19, 22 A 124 Ri7 A 2-4, 6-9, 11-14, 16-20, 22, 23 A 35, 8,9, 12-21, 24 A 1-4, 13, 15, 16 R10 Ril R12 C 1-4, 13-15, 19-21 Ril C 1-3, 5, 6, 15, 20-24 C 2, 3, 5-8, 12, 16, 17, 23 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Pseudarhombus arsius Pseudorhombus diplospilus Pseudorhombus dupliciocellatus Pseudorhombus elevatus Pseudoarhombus Spinasus Pseudorhombus sp. 1 F. BOTHIDAE Arnoglossus intermedius Arnoglossus waitei Bothus sp. 1 Engyprosopon grandisquama Engyprosapon sp. | Grammatobothus pennatus Grammatobothus polyophthalmus F. PLEURONECTIDAE Samaris cristatus F. SOLEIDAE Aesopia cornuta Dexillichthys muelleri Pardachirus pavoninus Soleichthys sp. | Strabozebrias cancellatus Zebrias craticula F. CYNOGLOSSIDAE Cynoglossus sp. 1 Cynaglossus sp. 2 O. TETRAODONTI- FORMES F. TETRAOQDONTIDAE Amblyrhynchotes Spinosissinus Anchiasomus multistriatus Arothron immaculatus Aroathron stellatus Canthigaster rivulata Chelonodon pataca Lagocephalus scleratus Lagocephalus wheeleri Torquigener brevipinnis Torquigener parcuspinus R 1,2, 15 C 1-10, 12, 13, 16-24 A 2, 414, 16-18, 20-24 A 4-3,5, 7, 10, 15, 23 A 124 R 5, 20 A 2-6, 8, 12-24 A 48, 10, 11, 21, 23, 24 R10 A 2-24 A 3, 5-12, 14, 17, 18, 21 C 2-13, 16-24 C 1-3, 5-7, 9, 10, 12-15, 21, 23 C 1, 3-9, 11-14, 16, 18-2], 24 R 2-4, 13, 14, 20 C 3, 4, 7, 912, 14, 16-20, 22, 24 A 1-21, 23, 24 R1,2,5 , Pie : mw toe * hin, s o = > DR BRRAABD 10 SAMPLING DEMERSAL FAUNA Torquigener tuberculiferus A 1-24 Torquigener whitelyi F. TRIACANTHIDAE Triacanthus biaculeatus R Trixiphichthys weberi R . BALISTIDAE Abalistes stellaris 23, 24 . MONACANTHIDAE Aluterus monoceros R Anacanthus barbatus R Brachaluteres taylori R Chaetoderma penicilligera Paramonacanthus Japonicus A 1-24 Paramonacanthus filicauda R2 Paramonacanthus sp. | R 1, 2, 14, 15 R R 3-5, 13, 14, 20 Pseudomonacanthus peroni 2, 3, 14, 19 F. DIODONTIDAE Tragulichthys C 2, 3, 9, 13-15, 17, Jaculiferus 18, 20 F, OSTRACIIDAE Lactoria cornuta C 2, 6-8, 10-13, 15-17, 19 Rhyncostracion nasus Tetrosomus gibbosus C. REPTILIA SC. LEPIDOSAURIA O. SQUAMATA F. HYDROPHIIDAE Acalyptophis peronti Aipysurus duboisii Aipysurus laevis Hydrophis ornatus Hydrophiidae spp. P. PORIFERA several spp. P. CNIDARIA Dendronephthia sp. 1 Dendronephthia sp. 2 Cnidaria spp. P. SIPUNCULA several spp. P. ANNELIDA Chloea sp. Annelid spp. P. BRYOZOA several spp. 415 C 2-5, 9, 11, 13-20, 24 C 8-12, 16, 17, 19-2] ) ) )2-12, 14-19, )21-24 ) ) aa DAD C 2-7, 8, 10, 12-14, 16, 18-22, 24 R 4, 12, 17 R 4, 6, 12, 23 R 12, 14, 16, 18-20, 22 R 14, 21 A NEW SPECIES OF POLYRHACHIS (POLYRHACHIS) FROM PAPUA NEW GUINEA WITH A REVIEW OF THE NEW GUINEAN AND AUSTRALIAN SPECIES (HYMENOPTERA: FORMICIDAE: FORMICINAE) Rupotr J. Konout Kohout, R. J. 1988 11 7: A new species of Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) from Papua New Guinea with a review of the New Guinean and Australian species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae). Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 417-427. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. New Guinea and Australian species of the subgenus Polyrhachis of the genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith are reviewed. P. erosispina Emery is reinstated from synonymy, raised to specific status, and compared with P. bellicosa Fr. Smith. An apparent case of a character displacement observed in these species is discussed. P. taylori sp. nov. is described from the Torricelli Mountains, Papua New Guinea. Workers and females of all three species are illustrated. Observations on nesting habits and distribution within Papua New Guinea are included. O) Formicidae, Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis), New Guinea, Australia, new species, biology, distribution. Rudolf J. Kohout, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Australia; 6 August, 1987. Subgenus Polyrhachis of the genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith was revised by Hung (1970). He noted high levels of variability in some species, especially in P. bellicosa Fr. Smith, and considered this evidence of a chaotic conglomerate of individual and local variants “without any stable type to be followed”. Hung synonymised all but one of the previously described infraspecific taxa, and recognised seven species as bona fide members of the subgenus. His system recognised P. bellicosa Fr. Smith as the only valid species present in Papua New Guinea. I visited mainland Papua New Guinea and various adjacent islands in July, August and September, 1984 (with permission of the Conservator of Fauna, Department of Physical Planning and Environment, Port Moresby), to collect and observe Polyrhachis species in their natural environments. Special attention was given to nesting habits and distribution, and because much effort was made to locate nests, many previously unknown associations of workers with queens were established. This study is presented as the first in a series of papers dealing with the results of this trip. The illustrations were drawn with the use of a Zeiss (Oberkochen) SR Steromicroscope and camera lucida. Where possible type material was used for this purpose. Because the holotype of P. bellicosa and the syntypes of P. erosispina are damaged on their mesosomal dorsa by mount- ing pins, details of their illustrations are based partly on additional, confidently identified specimens which resembled the types in all relevant details. The females illustrated for both species were chosen from colonies with workers confidently identified by type-comparison. The figures of P. taylori sp. nov. depict the holotype and a nidoparatype female, which has been appropriately labelled. The micrographs were prepared with a Hitachi S-530 Scanning Elec- tron Microscope using uncoated specimens. The following conventions for measurements and indices are used: TL — Total length (the necessarily composite measurement of the entire ant). HL — Head length (the maximum measurable length of the head in perfect full face view, measured from the anteriormost point of the clypeal border or teeth, to the posteriormost point of the occipital margin). HW — Head width (the width of the head in perfect full face view, measured immediately in front of eyes). CI — Cephalic index (HW X 100/ HL). SL — Scape length (the length of the antennal scape, excluding the condyla). SI— Scape index (SL X 100/ HW). PW — Pronotal width (the width of the pronotal dorsum measured at the bases of the pronotal spines, or across the humeri in species without spines). MTL — Metathoracic tibial length (the maximum measurable length of the tibia of the hind leg). PeH — Petiolar height (measured from the petiolar spiracle to the tangent point of the petiolar hook, in lateral view). Pel— Petiolar index (PeH < 100/ HL). ale Abbreviations for institutions and depositories are those of Taylor and Brown (1985), with the following additions: ZIK — Zoological Insitute of the Academy of Sciences. Ukrainian SSR, Kiey. RJK — R.J. Kohout, Brisbane (accessions and private collection data). Polyrhachis bellicosa Fr. Smith (Fig. | A,B,C.D,E,F. Fig. 2 A,B,C; Fig. 3 A,B.D,E} Polvhachis bellicozus Fr. Smith. 1859: 142. Holotype Worker. INDONESIA: Aru Is. (A.R. Wallace), OLIM (Examined). Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) bellicosa Fr. Soith: Hung 1970: 5 (in part), Dimenstows oF Hoiory er TL 8.98: HL 2.06; HW 1.75; Cl 85; (antennae missing}, PW 1.03; MTL 3.65; PeH 1,78; Pel 86. Aporionat Materia. Examinep Parus New Guinea, Norruren Prov. Owen Stanley Ra, 500m. Mamba c. 7 km WNW of Kokoda. 08.31 8 & 147.41E. 3) Aug.-1 Sept. 1984, RIK ace, 84.403. CENTRAL Prov.; 25 km NE of Sogert, Musgrave Riv., 25.x.1984, 'T. Mala; Tapini. 1000- 1100m, 18.17.1961, .L. & M. Gressilt. MOROBE PROV. nr. Wampit, c 50m, c. 35 km W of Lac, 06.455 & 146,40E, 24, & 27. Aug. 1984, RIK acc. $4.345, 365, 377; Lae, < 50m, 17 June 1972, R.W. Taylor acc. 72.371; Mindik, 1200-1600m, ix.1968, N.L.H. Krauss, CHa Prov. Kegisugl, 2600 mm, V3.x01.1969, JL, Gressitt Manpana Prov; Wanuma, vill l968, NLA. Krauss, Easr Serix Prov.: Angoram, 10m, 13.viit.1969, J.L. Gressitt; Dreikikir, 350-400m, 23.vi.1961, J.L. & M. Gressitt. West Sepik Prov,: Torricelli Mts., Lumi, 400-530m, 03.28 S & 142.02E, 4-13 Aug. 1984, RIK acc. 84.243, 260, 284: ditto, Oct. 1984, D. Waisi:, Pes Mission, < 50m. c.12 km WSW of Aitape. 03.11 8 142.15 E, 31 July —3 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 206, New Brizain: Prov.. Gazelle Penins.. Baining Mts., ne. Gaulim,c, 150 m, 04.28 S * 152,07 E. 13 July 1984, RJK ace. $4.52, 58, 59; c. 12 km SW of Vudal Agric. College, c. 200 m, 04.258 & 151,57 E, 15 July 1984, RJK ace. 84.83. Inponesia, West IRtAN: Nabire, S of Geelvink Bay, 1-20m, 2-9 July 1962, J-L. Gressitt. PHituveives, Minpanao: Agusan. 10 km SES, Fran- cisco, 12 Noy. 1959, Quate & Yoshimoto. AUSTRALIA, QUEENSLAND; Cape York Penins,, lron Range, 12.435 * (43.18 E, 26-31 July 1981, RIK acc. 81/138. 216; ditte, 1-3 July 1976, P. Filewood; West Claudie River, Jron Range. 3-10 Dec. 1985, G.B. Monteith & D, Cook; Bamaga, nr. tip of Cape York, 10.538 142.23 E, 18 March 1987. RIK acc. 87.3. Dimensions Workers: TL 7,30-8. 1,56-1.96; CI 83-97; SL .80-2.12; HW 52; HL 1 L 2.27-2.72; ST 132-154; MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM PW (1.86-1.01; MTL 3.07-3.68; PeH |.64-2.07; Pel 87-98 (50 workers measured), Females: TL 9.77-10.08: HL 2.12-2.22; HW 1,56-1.66; CI 74-76; SL 2.95-3.02; S1 181-189; PW 1.41-1.51; MTL3.93-4.03; PeH 1.1 1-1.21; Pel 51-57 (10 females measured). There are two forms of the petiolar column in workers of P. bellicosa, as indicated in the accompanying illustrations. The holotype exhibits the least common of these, in which the anterior section at the immediate base of the spines is swollen (Fig. 1 A,C). Petiolar segments of such structure are rare among other speci- mens (e.g. Fig. 3 B,E). Only a small percentage of workers in any particular population show this remarkable configuration, and specimens intermediate to the more usual unswollen con- dition (Fig. 3 A.D) are uncommon. The swollen condition has been observed in populations of P. bellicosa from various parts of Papua New Guinea, but only where this species is sympatric with its closely related counterpart, P. erosispina. The preceding was first perceived during field studies, and has been subsequently confirmed for other areas using previously collected material. [1 is obviously repeated under the same circumstances of contact with erosispina in populations of P. bellicosa in eastern Indo- nesia and in the Philippines. A worker of P- bellicosa with a swollen petiole was, for example, discovered in material containing both species from Nabire, Irian Jaya. Presence of the phenomenon on Aru Island is confirmed by the holotype itself, and documentation of the presence of P_ erosispina by Karawajew (1927). The Philippine record is from Mindanao, where a worker with swollen node was collected with ‘normal’ specimens at the same locality as another undescribed species of the subgenus — a species closely related both to Aellicosa and erosispina. On the other hand, | have never observed the swollen petiolar condition in Australian popu- lations of P. hellicasa despite careful examin- ation of many hundreds of specimens. I believe this to be significantly correlated with the absence of any other closely related species in Australia. Indeed, no other species of subgenus (Polyrhachis), whether related to bellicosa or mot, is known from that continent. It is untortu- nate, from the taxonomic point of view, that this remarkable feature is relatively rare, for itis the most constant and reliable character identifying A NEW POLYRHACHIS P. bellicosa, even when other characters fail to distinguish the species from sympatric erosispina specimens (see, for example, fig. 3 A,B,C,D,E,F). P. bellicosa was redescribed at length by Hung (1970) and details are not repeated here. The principal characters separating it from P. erosispina are given in the erosispina discussion below. Polyrhachis erosispina Emery, 1900 Stat. nov. (Fig. 1 G,H,I; Fig. 2 D,E,F; Fig. 3 C.F) Polyrhachis bellicosa var. erosispina Emery, 1900: 713 (footnote). Syntype workers. NEW GUINEA: Ramoi (Beccari), INDONESIA: Celebes, Kandari (Beccari), MCG (Examined). Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) bellicosa Fr. Smith; Hung, 1970: 5 (in part). LecToTyPE SELECTION I have examined three syntypes from the Emery Collection, kindly loaned by Dr R. Poggi of the Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa. Two of these bear identical locality labels read- ing “N. Guinea, Ramoi, II.1875, Beccari”. One of them is here designated the /ectotype. The specimen is in fair condition and bears three additional labels as follows: “P. bellicosa var. erosispina Emery” (in Emery’s handwriting), “Syntypus” (printed on a red tag) and “Collezione Emery” (on a yellow tag). The sec- ond specimen, and a third, which bears the locality label “Celebes, Kandari, HI.74., O. Beccari”, are here designated as paralectotypes. DIMENSIONS Lectotype cited first: TL 9.07, 8.01-9.37; HL 2.18, 2.02-2.39; HW 1.93, 1.69-2.09; CI 89, 82-91; SL 2.81, 2.52-3.02; SI 146, 135-150; PW 1.15, 0,93-1.16; MTL 3.69, 3.43-4.08; PeH 2.09, 1.81-2.17; Pel 96, 84-97 (3 measured). ADDITIONAL. MATERIAL EXAMINED PapuA New GuINEA, NORTHERN PRrov.: Owen Stanley Ra., 500m, Mamba c. 7 km WNW of Kokoda, 08.51 S X 147.41 E, 31 Aug.-1 Sept. 1984, RJK acc. 84.403; Pongani River, c. 500m, Boikiki Plant., c. 8 km NNE of Afore, 09.06 S * 148.25 E, 29-30 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84,382, 386; Kokoda, 400 m, 22.iii.1956, J.L. Gressitt; Keparra-Sengi, nr. Kokoda, 500m, 26.iii.1956, J.L. Gressitt; Cape Killerton, 0-5m, 6-13.v.1965, W.A. Steffan. CENTRAL PRov,: Mamai Estate, 60m, 17.11.1965, P. Shanahan; longai, 419 1450m, 9 Nov, 1965, J. Sedlacek; Nunumai via Ama- zon Bay, July 1969, R. Pullen. GULF Prov.: Murua River, 0-3m, 17-18 Dec. 1964, J. Sedlacek. WESTERN Prov.: Oriomo Govt. Station, 26-28.x.1960, J.L. Gressitt. MorosBe Prov.: nr. Wampit, c. 50m, c. 35 km W of Lae, 06.458 X 146.40 E, 24 & 27 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84.345, 348, 349, 350, 353, 365; Sarawaget Ra., 1000-1200m, 3 km E of Gain, 06.25S X 146.46 E, 26 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84.363; Etep, 600-700m, ix.1968, N.L.H. Krauss; Kalalo, 750m, 20-30 Aug. 1966, G.A. Samuelson; Bulolo, March 1935, F.H. Taylor. MADANG Prov.: Wanuma, viii.1968, N.L.H. Krauss; Karkar I., Kurum, 100 m, viii,1968, N.L.H. Krauss. East SePiK Prov.: c. 2-3 km § of Wirui, 8 of Wewak, 50-100m, 03.36S X 143.37 E, 8 Aug, 1984, RJK acc. 84.256; Bainyik, nr. Maprik, 225m, 20-21.vi.1961, J.L. Gressitt; Angoram, 10 m, 13 Aug. 1969, J.L, Gressitt. West SEPIK PRov.: Torricelli Mts., Lumi, 400-550m, 03.28 S X 142.02 E, 4-13 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84.223, 228, 243, 248, 249, 267, 279, 284, 286; ditto, Oct. 1984, D. Waisi; Pes Mission, < 50m, c. 12 km WSW of Aitape, 03.11 S X 142.15 E, 31 July-3 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84.160; Oenake Range, 200-300m, c. 10 km WNW of Vanimo, 03.40 S X 141.12 E, 15 Aug. 1984, RJK acc. 84.288. New Brit- AIN Prov.: Gazelle Penins., Baining Mts., c. 600 m, c. 3 km N of Malasait, 04.26 S X 151.53 E, 11 July 1984, RJK acc. 84.22. INDONESIA, WEST IRIAN: Nabire, S of Geelvink Bay, 1-20 m, 1-9 July 1962, J.L. Gressitt; Vogelkop, Fakfak, S coast of Bomberai, 10-100m, 10.vi.1959, T.C. Maa; Nabire, 10-40m, S of Geelvink Bay, 2.x.1962, H. Holtmann; Ifar, 400- 450 m, 27 June 1962, J.L. Gressitt; Ifar, Cyclops Mts., 300-500m, 28-30.vi.1962, J.L. Gressitt. DIMENSIONS Workers: TL 8.01-9.39; HL 2.02-2.39; HW 1.69-2.09; CI 82-90; SL 2.52-3.02; SI 135-150; PW 0.93-1.16; MTL 3.43-4.08; PeH 1.81-2.07; Pel 84-95 (50 workers measured). Females: TL 10,98-12.14; HL 2,52-2.72; HW 2.07-2.32; CI 80-85; SL 3.38-3:78; SI 156-176; PW 1.56-1.79; MTL 4.23-4.69; PeH 1.16-1.41; Pel 43-51 (20 females measured). P. erosispina is closely similar to P. bellicosa and it seems likely that both have been derived from the same ancestral species. At localities where they are sympatric, morphological and ecological differences are somewhat accentu- ated and more distinct than those observed in allopatric situations, in which distinctions can become very tenuous. This seems to represent a case of character displacement (Brown and Wilson, 1956). The females of both species are easily recog- nisable by their relative size and the shape of the head and petiole (Fig. 2 A-F). The workers, as indicated, are very variable, and, while they are 4 0 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM A NEW POLYRHACHIS 42] Fic. | A-C P. bellicosa (holotype): A — lateral view (legs omitted); B — head in full face view; C — petiole (anterior). Fic. 1 D-F P. bellicosa (compared): D — antenna; E, F — petiole, common form (anterior and lateral). Fic. 1 G-I P. erostspina (lectotype): G — lateral view (legs and antennae omitted); H — head in full face view (right antenna omitted); I — petiole (anterior). Fic. 2 A-C P. bellicosa (female): A, B — petiole (lateral and anterior); C — head in full face view (right antenna omitted). Fic. 2 D-F P. erosispina (female): D, E— petiole (lateral and anterior); F — head in full face view (right antenna omitted). usually separable, no single diagnostic character both species successfully, and occasionally they applies without reservation. A combination of must be identified with less than complete characters has to be considered to differentiate confidence. 422 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM The more reliable diagnostic characters are as follows: P. bellicosa Fr. Smith generally smaller (HL 1.79- 2.12) in full face view, the eyes clearly break the outline of the head (Fig. | B). pronotal dorsum distinctly narrowed anteriorly and more or less broadly rounded posteriorly. mesonotal dorsum in profile deeply and broadly impressed at the promesonotal suture (Fig. 1 A). mesonotal spines at their bases almost pyramidal, with the apical portions more or less horizontal and the dorsal edges entire (unless character displacement has occurred (see Fig. 3 A-F). microsculpture very fine, especially on the head and pronotal dorsum; the latter with a glossy, almost polished, appearance. short or medium-long hairs very sparse on mandibles, anterior clypeal margin, posterior face of anterior coxae, subpetiolar process and gastral sternites (pilosity is thus virtually absent from the whole dorsal surface of the body). Polyrhachis taylori, sp. nov. (Fig. 4 A,B,C,D,E,F) MATERIAL EXAMINED HoLotyPe: PAPUA NEw GUINEA, WEST SEPIK PROV.: Torricelli Mts., Lumi, 400-550m, 03.28 S X 142.02 E, 4-13 August 1984, RJK acc. 84.247. PARATYPES: data as for holotype (638 nidoparatype workers, 16 nidoparatype dealate females and imma- P. erosispina Emery generally larger (HL 2.02- 2.39). in full face view, the eyes at most only marginally exceed the outline of the head, but usually do not (Fig. 1 H). pronotal dorsum only very slightly narrowed anteriorly, with the sides almost parallel. promesonotal suture only very narrowly impressed, the profile flat (Fig. 1 G). mesonotal spines from their bases lanceolate, with the apical portions usually recurved, and the dorsal edges frequently eroded (unless character displacement has occurred (see Fig. 3 A-F). microsculpture coarser, notably on the head, which is opaque; pronotal dorsum sub-opaque or only feebly shining, without a glossy, polished appearance. short to long hairs usually abundant over the entire body, especially on the head, lateral portions of pronotum, and petiole. ture stages — eggs, larvae in various stages of develop- ment and pupae of workers and females); ditto, RJK acc. 84.249 (8 paratype workers). Type Deposition Holotype, most nidoparatypes, 4 paratypes and immature stages in ANIC (Type no. 7731); 10 nidoparatypes (8 workers, 2 females) and 4 paratypes in RJK; 4 nidoparatypes (3 workers, | A NEW POLYRHACHIS 423 Fic. 3 A-F Scanning electron micrographs of mesonotal spines and petiole of P. bellicosa and P. erosispina from two different areas of sympatry showing apparent character displacement: A—C, Owen Stanley Range: A, B — bellicosa; C — erosispina. D-F, Torricelli Mountains: D, E — bellicosa; F — erosispina. female) in BMNH; 2 nidoparatype workerseach = 1.29—1.50; CI 85, 82-87; SL 2.21, 1.93-2.34; SI to BPBM, CAS, GMNH, KONE, MCG, MCZ, 152, 146-159; PW 0.76, 0.67-0.78; MTL 2.93, NHMW, QM, USNM, ZMB, ZSM, ZIK. 2.56-3.06; PeH 1.40, 1.15-1.50; Pel 82, 77-8 (50 measured). WORKER Mandibles with 5 teeth progressively shorter Dimensions (holotype cited first): TL 7.08, towards the base. Clypeus convex in profile, not 6.18-7.36; HL 1.70, 1.50-1.75; HW 1,45, carinate. Sides of head in front of eyes almost straight, converging anteriorly, rounded behind the eyes. Antennal carinae sinuate, the area between them rather flat, with a weakly defined median longitudinal carina. Antennal scapes exceeding occipital border by approximately half their length. Eyes moderately convex, in full face view breaking the outline of the head. Median ocellus present: lateral ccelli obscure, sometimes lacking. Pronolal dorsum slightly conven in side view; the spines long and acute, projecting antero-laterally, with whe tips gently downeurved; outer borders of spines each con- jintious basally with the rather ill-defined pronotal margin, which terminates at a distinct pasteriolateral angle near the promesonotal suture. The latter clearly impressed on the mesosomal dorsum. Mesonotum convex, bear- ing a pair of pyramidal, rather compressed, posterodorsally projecting spines, with laterally curved tips. Metanotal groove indistinct. Propodeal dorsum weakly margined on cach side, the margins terminaling posteriorly as medially directed short transverse ridges which partially separate the basal and declivitous faces. Declivity abrupt, shorter than the dorsal face, Petiole columnar, bearing a patr of hook- shaped, transversally flattened spines, more or less divergent from (heir bases, Gaster eliptical, with first tergite covering less than half the dorsum. Mandibles shining. finely longitudinally stnate-punctate. Head feebly shining, closely reliculate-punctate, with sides less densely sculptured than dorsum. Mesosoma and petiole generally reticulate-punctate, somewhat irregu- larly retuculate-strate laterally; sculptural inten- sity reduced on the pronota! disc, which ts fairly smooth and shining. Gaster moderately shining, very finely shagreened. Mandibles, anterior clypeal margin. coxae, subpehiolar process and gaster with sparse, mod- erately long, sub-erect yellowish hairs. Eyes with numerous short erect hairs. Appressed to sub- erect, short, off-white pubescence abundant on entire body and appendages, without obscuring the underlying sculpturation- Mandibles, head, antennae. tips of spines, tibiae and tarsi black. Body of mesosoma, peti- ole, coxae and femora (save for their apical portions) light reddish-brown. Gaster dark reddish-brown, with the base widely diffused with medium reddish-brown colouration. Pos- terior margins of tergites narrowly black, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM FEMALE Dimensions: TL §,92-9.47; HL 1,92-1,96; HW 1.43-1.48; Cl 73-76; SL 2.71-2.82; SI 185-196; PW 1.18-1,.26; MTL 3.43-3.65; PeH 0.94-1] 06: Pel 49-54 (14 measured). Very different from the worker: and with the characters identifying full sexuality — complete thoracic structure and ocelli. Mandibles with four teeth; the apical tooth 3x longer than those following, which are subequal in length. Clypeus convex in profile, the median portion strongly produced, anterior margin entire. posterior suture distinct, impressed medially, slightly elevated laterally and lermin- ating as a short ridge at the base of the mandible. Sides of the head in front of eyes feebly to dis- tinctly concave, virtually parallel; the cephalic outline strongly converging behind the eyes. Antennal carinae well elevated, more so than in worker; area between them gently concave, with a median longitudinal carina. Antennal scapes extending beyond occipital border by half their length. Eyes relatively large, convex. Pronotum with a pair of short, antero-laterally projecting spines. Mesoscutum quite high anteriorly, with @ flat dorsal surface; median line terminating dorsally in a shallow depression: parapsides slightly elevated posteriorly. Mesoscutellum convex, transverse. Propodeal dorsum not mar- ginate, sloping posteriorly to the declivity in an even, medially unbroken curve; posterior angles produced into upturned, medially separated transverse ridges, which do not meet at the midline. Petiole with antero-dorsal face con- cave, bearing a pair of slender, relatively long, widely diverging spines. Gaster clongated, elliptical, Mandibles finely longitudinally Siriate-punctate, with numerous piliferous pits. Clypeus finely punclale. Head reticulate-punctate, the sculptural intensity increasing lo coarse on vertex and occiput; mod- erately shining. Mesosoma and petiole reticulate-punctate, sculptural intensity increas- ing dorsally, with mesoscutum subopaque. Gaster microscopically reticulate-punctaie, moderately shining. Pilosity very sparse, consisting of short to medium long, sub-erect yellow hairs on mandibles, anterior clypeal margin, posterior faces of anterior coxae, subpetiolar process and posterior margins of terminal gastric tergites and sternites. Very short, fine, appressed yellow A NEW POLYRHACHIS 42 un 1mm Fic. 4 A-F P. taylori (holotype worker and nidoparatype female). Lateral view (legs and antennae omitted); A — worker; B — female. Petiole (anterior): C — worker; D — female. Head in full face view (right antennae omitted): E — worker: F — female. pubescence abundant all over the body and appendages. Mandibles reddish-brown, bordered with black. Head and body largely black, with a reddish-brown cast on the neck, lateral portions of pronotum and on sides of petiole below stigma, except subpetiolar process, which is black, Antennal scapes, coxae, femora and tibia medium reddish-brown, somewhat infuscated dark brown, with femora a shade lighter; tarsi black. Gaster black with lateral margins of tergites and sternites infuscated dark reddish-brown. MALE Unknown 426 Iumarure Staces Eges off-white, elongate-elliptical. 0.31-0.34 * 0.81-0.87 mm_. Larvae with long, hook- terminated hairs. Pupae enclosed in cocoons. P, taylori is easily recognisable by its small stature (AL < 1.75), which ts well below the size of the smallest known Sel/icosa and erasispina specimens (HL > 1.80). The petiolar index in taylori is relatively low (Pel < 85) and the spines are more or less divergent from their bases. In bellicosa and vrosispina the petiolar index is always higher (Pel > 8S) and the spines are par- allel for most of their length. These two species. are common and widespread throughout Papua New Guinea. but FP. tavlori is known only from its type locality. BIOLOGY AND OBSERVATIONS Workers of P_aylori were first recognised far- aging over felled trees in a native garden estab- lished in a clearing of primary forest. They were immediately conspicuous because of their small size. By tracking returning foragers the colony was located in a dry bamboo stick serving as a land marker, topped with a piece of black plastic sheeting. The nest occupied three adjoining internodes of the bamboo, and the only silk employed in its construction formed an ultra- thin lining oa the walls of the cavities, and a small opening surrounded by the thickened bamboo node at the top, beneath the plastic cover. The colony was collected entire and com- prised 639 workers (many of them callows}, 16 dealate females and numerous immature stages, including eggs, small and large larvae and pupae of workers and females. A few additional speci- mens were collected from a second nest located under much the same circumstances in a nearby bamboo marker. Besides FP. fay/ori, the most common foragers in the surrounding area were the workers of P. erosispina. A nest of the latter was located on the edge of the primary forest, some 1.5m above the ground, It measured approximately 20cm in diameter, and was constructed between twisting multi-stems of a woody liana and the adjacent tree trunk. Its walls incorporated the foliage and shoots of an abundant tendril climber. This nest followed the basic structural design observed in erosispina throughout Papua New Guinea. and was typical in its situation in the lower arboreal zone. In areas with abundant bamboo growth erosisping, together with many other MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Polyrhachis species (of subgenera other than Polvrhachis).. normally nests in bamboo internodes, much as was the case with the P. taylor type colony. The nests of P. bellicosa are somewhat similar to those of PF. erosispina. They are, however. always situated relatively high in the vegetation, often some 3 to Sm above the ground. A few have been observed between clumped leaves of bamboo, but the great majority are constructed between lianas and other climbers pressing against tree trunks. The walls of these nests are normally supported by a strong network of ten- drils from surrounding climbing vines, and incorporate other vegetation debris bounded with yellowish-brown silk. Some of the nests observed were quile huge. One in particular measured close to 50cm across and must have contained thousands, if not tens of thousands, of ants. The surrounding vegetation and forest floor was virtually covered by a network of trails with numerous foraging workers. Regardless of colony size, dissected nests of P. hellicosa and P. erosispina always contained only one queen. The FP. faylort type-colony on the other hand contained sixteen apparently reproductive females. Unfortunately field con- ditions did not allow for dissection and study of ovarian condition in these individuals. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 1 would Ike to express my gratitude to Dr Robert W. Taylor, Division of Entomalogy. CSIRO, Canberta. tor assistance with the prep aration of this paper and for access to the hold- ings of the ANIC. My thanks are also due to Dr George C. MeGavin, University Museum, Oxford, United Kingdom, to Dr Roberto Poggi, Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa, Italy and to Dr Gordon Nishida, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawai. for loan of the types and other material in their care, Finally I would like to thank 10 Dr E.J. Brough, formerly of the University of Papua New Guinea, Port Moresby, Dr J.E. Moxon of the Lowlands Agri- cultural Experimental Station, Kerevat, Mr J.A. Sutherland, formerly of the Agricultural Research Station, Bubia, Dr J. Ismay, formerly of the Deparment of Primary Industries, Konedobu, and to the personnel of DPI Stations throughoul ibe Papua New Guinea, who helped my study iour there to be a success. A NEW POLYRHACHIS LITERATURE CITED Brown, W.J., Jr, AND WILSON, E.O. 1956. Character Displacement. Systematic Zoology 5: 49-64. Emery, C. 1900. Formiche raccolte da _ Elio Modigliani in Sumatra, Engano e Mentawei. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria 20: 661-722. 1925. Hymenoptera. Fam. Formicidae. Subfam. Formicinae, in Wytsman Genera Insect., fasc. 183: 302 pp., 4 pls. Brussells. Huna, A.C.F. 1970. A revision of ants of the subgenus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith. Oriental Insects 4(1): 1-36. 427 KarawaJew, W. 1927. Ameisen aus dem Indo- Australischen Gebiet. Trav. Mus. Zool. Kiev 3: 3-52, 21 figs. SmiTH, Fr., 1859. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects collected by Mr A.R. Wallace at the islands of Aru and Key. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 3: 132-178. TAYLOR, R.W. AND Brown, D.R. 1985. Hymenoptera: Formicoidea in Zoological Catalogue of Australia 2: 1-149, 306-348. WILSON, E.O. 1959. Some ecological characteristics of ants in New Guinea Rain forests. Ecology 40(3): 437-447. NOMENCLATURAL CHANGES AND NEW AUSTRALIAN RECORDS IN THEANT GENUS POLYRHACHIS FR. SMITH (HYMENOPTERA; FORMICIDAE; FORMICINAE) Rupotr J. Kowour Kohout, R. J. 1988 1! 7: Nomenclatural changes and new Australian records in the ant genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae). Mem. Od Mus. 25(2): 429-438. Brisbane. ISSN (079-8835. Six former subspecies are elevated to specific rank: P. ummmon angusia Forel. P. davmeli argentosa Forel, P. ammonoeides crawleyi Forel, P. hermione cupreata Emery, P. schenkii lydiae Forel and P. terpsichore rufifemur Forel. P- andramache Roger is removed from the synonymy of P. ithona Fr. Smith and reinstated as a valid species. Fourteen synonyms of species-group names are proposed: P. amon (Fabr.) = P. antinen angustata Forel, P. andromache Roger = P. connectens qustraliae Emery, P. dives Fr. Smuth =P. exulans Clark, P. erato Forel =P. aeschyle Forel, P. jervens Fr. Smith = P. valerws Fr. Smith = P. indacilis Santschi= P. kershawi Clark. P, cupreata Emery =P. daenieli exlex Forel, P. mjchergi Forel= P. anguliceps Viehmeyer, P. ornaia Mayr = P, humerosa Emery = P. chrysolhorax Viehmeyer, PF. paxilla Fr. Smith = P. fachests maeandrifera Emery, P. sokelova Fore) = P- sokolova degener Foreland P. riujfifemur Forel = P. terpsichore elegans Forel. Two species, P. consimilis Fr. Smith and P. pavilla Fr. Smith, are recorded for the first time from Australia, O Formicidae, Polrhachis, Australia, synanym), distribution. Ridol/ J. Kohaut, Queensland Museum, PO Bux 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Australia; 18 August, 1987. Polyrhachis is a large formicine ant genus presently containing well over 800 spevies-group names, of which over 125 have been listed from Australia (Taylor, 1987). My studies on the systematics of the genus clearly indicate that this number will increase. Examination of type material has revealed a number of unsuspected synonyms, and that many currently infraspecific names should in fact be assigned specific rank. Also, 4 number of species previously known from elsewhere (New Guinea, Indonesia, etc.) are yet to be reported from localities along the oorthern fringe of the Australian continent, The most significant developments result from recent collecting activities. Particularly Important are the surveys conducted by Dr G.B. Monteith, of the Queensland Museum. on Cape York Peninsula and the mountain ranges along the eastern Queensland coast. My collecting in the open forests and lowland rainforests of northern Australia, including the Gulf of Carpentaria area, has also been productive. These activities have brought to light some of the most interesting Polyrhachis species known to science. A decline in the number of valid species, versus available names of Ethiopian Polyrhachis was reported by Bolton (1973, 1974) when he reviewed that fauna. The Australian fauna shows the reverse relationship. It can confidently be predicted that. when the necess- ary changes are implimented and new species described. the characteristically Australian subgenera, such as P. (Hagiomyrmia) and P. (Hedomyrma), will include probably three times as Many species as there are names currently available. Considering the known undescribed Species in other subgenera, and also species described from elsewhere but not yet reported from Australia, the overall total of continental Polyrhachis species must exceed the available names by a factor of at least two. This study is the first in a projected series dealing with the Australian fauna of the genus, paving the way to more detailed revisionary studies now in prep- aration, The available names have been set oul by Taylor and Brown (1985) and Taylor(1987). The illustrations were drawn using a Zeiss (Oberkochen) SR Stereomicroscope and camera lucida. The scanning electron micrographs were prepared with a Hitachi 8-530 SEM, using gold coated specimens. Conventions for measurements and indices are those of Bolton (1973) and Kohout (1988). Distnbution data are given as ‘short’ coardi- nates based on the !-degree grid cell system initiated by Taylor (1987). The distribution ranges reported here take account also of specimens in the Australian National Insect Collection (ANIC), CSIRO, Canberra, another 430 major source of recently collected Polyrhachis material. The words “New Guinea” used alone indicate the whole island of that name in the geographic sense. The abbreviations used for institutions and depositories are identical to those of Taylor and Brown (1985), with the following addition: ZIK — Zoological Institute of the Academy of Sciences, Ukrainian SSR, Kiev. Polyrhachis ammon (Fabricius, 1775) Formica ammon Fabricius, 1775: 394. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA, BMNH. Palyrhachis ammen var. angustata Forel, 1902: 525. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA? GMNH (Examined). Syn. nov. The unique holotype of P. ammon angustata is damaged. It consists of the mesosoma, petiole MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM and gaster, with the head and most appendages missing. Direct comparison shows _ the promesonotal dorsum to be rather more narrowed posteriorly that is usual in specimens of P. ammon, but not to a degree considered of taxonomic importance, No other significant features distinguishing angustata could be found — I therefore consider it to be a junior synonym of P. ammon. Polyrhachis andromache Roger, 1863 (Fig. 1 A,C; Fig. 3 A) Polyrhachis hector Fr. Smith, 1859: 142. Holotype worker. INDONESIA: Aru Is., OUM (Examined). Nom. preocc. (Junior homonym of Polyrhachis hector Fr. Smith, 1857). Polyrhachis andromache Roger, (Replacement name). Polyrhachis connectens Emery, 1887: 230. Syntype workers. INDONESIA, New Guinea: Pulo 1863: 8, 46. Fic. 1 A, B Head in full face view (right antenna omitted): A — P. andromache (holotype); B — ithona (syntype). C, D Mesosomal dorsum and petiole: C — P. andromache (holotype); D — ithona (syntype). ANT GENUS POLYRHACHIS Faor, Fly River, Tangion Bair, Mansinam, Ramoi, Isole Aru. Wokan, MCG (Examined), Syn, by Emery (1897), Polyrhachis connectens var. australiae Emery, 1887! 231. Syntype workers, female. AUstrActa: Cape York, Somerset, MCG (Examined). Syn. nov. Polyrhachis relucens ssp. decipiens var. australiae Emery, !$97; 580; 1925: 202. Polyrhachis relucens australiae Taylor and Brown. 1985: 140; Taylor, 1987: 62. (Polyrhachis ithona Fr, Smith; Bolton, 1974: 177, Erroneous synonymy). Bolton (1974) considered P. andromache to be conspecific with P. ithona (Fig. | B.D), and gave a synonymy which I believe to be erroneous. I have examined all the relevani types and have seen a substantial number of specimens from Australia, Papua New Guinea and Indonesia. As a result I consider both names to be those of valid species. P. i/hona is easily separable in having numerous short hairs projecting from the sides of the head behind the eyes. Such hairs are never present in P, andromache. The head of P. ithona is much broader behind than in front and the antennal scapes relatively short (SI < 140) compared to those of P. andromache (SI > 145). P. andromache is also more slender and delicate than ithona, which is a relatively large and stoutly built species. P. andromache usually nests in tree cavities (surface splits, hollow branches etc,), but occasionally builds pocket-like nests of silk and vegetation debris against tree trunks (Fig. 3 A). In Australia it inhabits the lowland rainforests of northern Cape York Peninsula, from the Torres Strait islands south to Iron Range (Gnd cells 9/142, 10/142, 12/143). Polyrhachis angusta Forel, 1902 Stat. nov. (Fig, 2 A) Palyrhachis amnion rt. angusta Forel, |902: 524 Syntype workers, females, males. AUSTRALIA Queensland. Mackay, GMNH (Examined). This species siands close to P. ammon, but is consistently separable by its distinctly slender, more gracile stature. The pronotum in dorsal view is almost quadrate, 0.7-0.8 times as wide as the head, with narrowly rounded shoulders, and the lateral margins distinctly sinuate behind. The propodeal spines are oblique to the main axis of the mesosoma in side view and 431 slightly divergent from above. In P. anton the pronotum ts more or less. transverse with the shoulders broadly rounded and the lateral mar- gins narrowed posteriorly and almost straight in outline. The propodeal spines project horizon- tally, and are subparallel The appressed pubescence in P. angusta is shorter and more dilute. and the pilosity distinctly longer. than in P. aman. This species nests in soil and appears to be much less common than P. aninen. Lis patchy distributed from Eungetla in nomhern Queens- land to central New South Wales (Grid cells 31/148, 27/152, 28/152, 31/152). Polyrhachis argentosa Forel. 1902 Stat. nov. (Fig. 2 G) Polyrhachis daemeli t. argentosa Forel, (902: 315. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Queensland. Mackay, G3MNH (Examined). Direct comparison of syntypes of P. daemeli argentosa with original material of P. daenieli from the Nalurhistorisches Museum, Vienna (Mayr collection) shows that they represent dis- tinct species. P. argentosa is consistently smaller and more slender than P. daemeli, with the pronotal sculpiuration less coarse, and the mesonotal/propodeal dorsum convex in profile, whereas it is almost straight in P, daemteli. P. argentasa lacks pubescence on the gastral dor- sum and has virtually no pilosity on the dorsal surfaces of the body, which are abundantly pilose in P. daemeli. This is a relatively common species, ‘nesting in plant cavities, usually in smal! hollow branches. Distribution is restricted to central and northern Queensland, where P. argentosa has been taken from Proserpime. south to Rundle Range. northwest of Gladstone (Grid cells 20/148, 20/149, 21/148, 23/150). Polyrhachis consimilis Fr. Smith, 1858 Polyrhachis consimilis Fr, Smith, L858; 73, Pl, 4, figs 30, 31. Holotype worker, Arric4: Sierra Leone, BMNH (Examined). The type locality of this species, as given jn the original description, is highly questionable. Bolton (1973) suggests that Smith was in error when he listed Sierra Leone as the provenence of the type specimen, and this opinion is now 432 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ANT GENUS POLYRHACHIS supported by the discovery of a single specimen in the Kimberley region of North Western Aus- tralia (near Kalamburu Mission, August 1967, collected by W. Leutert, Grid cell 14/126). I have directly compared this individual with the unique holotype of P. consimilis and am satis- fied that they are conspecific. The occurrence of this species in Australia represents an unexpected addition to the conti- nental Polyrhachis fauna. Polyrhachis crawleyi Forel, 1916 Stat. nov. (Fig. 2 D) Polyrhachis (Hagiomyrma) ammonoeides — var. crawleyi Forel, 1916: 447. Syntype workers. NortH AUSTRALIA, GMNH (Examined). The unique holotype of P. ammonoeides Roger has apparently been lost. I have com- pared syntypes (Forel coll.) of P. ammonoeides crawleyi with specimens identified as ammonoeides in the BMNH and ZMB collec- tions (one of which, ZMB, bears an identifi- cation label in Forel’s handwriting). The two taxa are consistently separable, and I am confi- dent that they are separate, valid species. P. crawleyi is smaller (HL <1.80), has longer antennal scapes (SI > 155) and the body is cov- ered by very fine, somewhat dilute silvery pubescence. P. ammonoeides, on the other hand, is always larger (HL > 1.90), with much shorter antennal scapes (SI < 148), a generally more glossy appearance, and with pubescence virtually absent from all body surfaces except the gaster. The widely divergent propodeal spines are almost straight in P. craw/leyi, while in P. ammonoeides their tips are distinctly turned outwards. P. crawleyi is a ground nesting species found in North Queensland and the Northern Terri- tory. It is known from Lakefield on Cape York Peninsula south to Rockhampton, areas to the south of the Gulf of Carpentaria, and the Dar- win district (Grid cells 12/130, 12/131. 13/130, 13/131, 14/144, 18/139, 19/146, 20/148, 23/150). Fic. 2 A — I Scanning electron micrographs of the mesosomal dorsum: A — P. angusta, B — lydiae, C — schenkii: D — crawleyi, E — rufifemur, F — terpsichore, G — argentosa; H — daemeli, 1 — cupreata. (Not to scale). 433 Polyrhachis cupreata Emery, 1895 Stat. nov. (Fig. 2 I) Polyrhachis hermione var. cupreata Emery, 1895: 357. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Cairns, MCG (Examined). Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) daemeli var. exlex Forel, 1915: 110. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA: Queens- land, Yarrabah, SMNH (Examined). Syn. nov. I have examined the types of hermione, hermione cupreata, daemeli and daemeli exlex and I am confident that the separate status of P. cupreata is justified, that ex/ex is its junior syn- onym, and that P. daemeli and P. hermione are separate species. In P. cupreata the whole dor- sum of the body is covered with a pale golden pubescence. In contrast, the pubescence in P. daemeli is always silvery and is virtually absent from its pronotal dorsum, while in P. hermione it is of a rich golden hue and covers most of the body, except the gaster. The mesonotum of hermione is strongly transverse, while it is only slightly wider than long in the other two species. I have seen only one nest of P. cupreata, situ- ated at the base of clumped Pandanus leaves and constructed of vegetation debris bonded with brownish silk. Distribution is seemingly confined to the coastal wetlands of North Queensland, with records from the Torres Strait islands south to Townsville, and the Northern Territory, where it has been taken on Cobourg Peninsula and near Darwin (Grid cells 9/142, 10/142, 11/132, 12/130, 12/143, 16/145, 17/145, 17/146, 18/145, 18/146, 19/146). Polyrhachis dives Fr. Smith, 1859 (Fig. 3 B) Polyrhachis dives Fr. Smith, 1857: 64. Holotype worker. SINGAPORE, BMNH (Examined). Polyrhachis (Myrmhopla) exulans Clark, 1941: 91, pl. 13, fig. 24. Syntype (?) workers. AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory, Koolpinyah, NMV (Exam- ined). Syn. nov. Direct comparison of types and subsequent examination of numerous specimens has shown this synonymy to be quite straightforward. The distribution of P. dives in Australia is apparently confined to two widely separated areas, one in the Northern Territory (Koolpinyah), and the other in North Queensland (Yarrabah south to Mission Beach) (Grid cells 12/131, 16/145, 17/146). P. dives is very common in suitable asa habitaisin Papua New Guinea, but | have never seen material collected in the Torres Strait islands, on Cape York Peninsula, or south of the Gulf of Carpentana. The species is only moder- ately variable, and, although the Australian populations are each apparently well isolated from others, Australian specimens are closely comparable to those from elsewhere. Nesting habits seem io be identical through- out the range. PF dives is found in open woodlands and swampy coastal plains, where it builds a characteristic carton structure on the lower branches of trees and shrubs, joining the foliage and twigs with silk to form the nest (Fig. 3 B). Polyrhachis erato Forel, 1902 Polyrhachis crato Forel, 1902: 512, Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Mackay, GMNH, ANIC (Examined). Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) aeschyle Forel, 1915; 111. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA! Queensland, Cedar Creek, SMNH (Examined). Syn. nov, The only. difference between P. erato and P. aeschyle appears to be the densely pubescent gastral dorsum of the former. However, a few patches of hairs on the gaster of the unique holo- type of P. aeschyle seem obviously to be the rem- nants of pubescence now largely lost from the specimen, possibly by abrasion. I believe that when the specimen was fresh, its gaster would have been just as densely pubescent as those of the P. erato syntypes. These names are confi- dently considered 10 be synonyms. P. erato nests in tree cavities or under bark on tree trunks, and is distributed from north to south Queensland on the eastern side of the Great Dividing Range. It occurs in a wide var- iety of habitats, ranging fram open Eucalyptus forests to the coastal wallum communities (Grid cells 17/145, 21/148, 25/153, 26/153, 27/152, 27/153). Polyrhachis fervens Fr. Smith, !860 Polyrhachis ferwens Pr. Sniith, 1860: 101, pl. 1, fig. 26. Holotype worker. INDONESIA: Amboyna, OLIM (Examined). Polvrhachis valerus Fr. Smith, 1861: 40, pl. 1. fig. 10. Holotype worker. INDONesia: Celebes (Tondano}, OUM (Examined). Syn. nov. Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) tivolor Karawajew, 1927: 21. fig, Ji. Holotype worker, INDONESIA: Amboina, ZIK (type presumed lost), Nom. preoce. (Junior homonym of Polyrhachis bicalor Fr. Smith. 1858). MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Polvrhachis (Hedomyrma) indoctlis Santsehi, 1928: 139. (Replacement name for Polyrhachis bicolor Karawajyew). Syn. nov. Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) kershawi Clark, 1930: 12, fig. |. nos. 10, 10a. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA; North Queensland. Claudie River, NMV (Exam- ined). Syn. nov. Prof. Radchenko of the Zoological Institute. Kiey, informs me that the unique holotype of Karawajew’s homonym P. hicolor cannot be found io the Karawajew collection, and ts pre- sumed lost. However, the original description and illustration are sufficient to establish its synonymy beyond reasonable doubt. The comparison of syntypes of P. kershawi with the holotypes of P. fervens and P. valerus shows all three taxa are essentially identical and that they undoubtedly represent various popu- lations of a single species. This species is distributed from Sulawesi to New Guinea and northern Australia. It is known from lowland rainforests al Bamaga neat the tip of Cape York Peninsula and at Iron Range, where it usually nests in the dry hollow stems of bamboo (Grid cells 10/142, 12/143). Polyrhachis Iydiae Forel, 1902 Stat. nov. (Fig. 2 Bi Polyrhachis schenkii rt. lydiae Forel, 1902: 523, Syniype workers, female. AUSTRALIA; Queens- land, Mackay, GMNH (Examined). Direct comparison of the schenkii holotype with /vdiae syntypes (Forel coll.) shows /vdiae to he a distinct and valid species. The most obvi- ous difference is the colour, which in /vdiae ranges from light metallic green to greenish or bluish black. save for ihe anterior part of the pronotum, which is always more or less reddish brown. P. schenkii is uniformly light reddish brown. Also, the lateral margins of the pronotal and mesonotal dorsa are more strongly converg- ing posteriorly in sehenkii than in /ydiae. Both species nest in the ground, but they dif- fer markedly in distribution, P. /ydiae is known from Charters Towers in north Queensland, south to Raymond Terrace in central New South Wales (Grid cells 19/146, 20/145, 20/148, 21/148, 22/149, 23/150, 26/153, 27/152. 27/153, 28/151, 28/152, 28/153, 32/151). P. schenkti ranges from Papua New Guinea across the Torres Strait islands. to Australia, where it occurs on Cape York Peninsula, and in the ANT GENUS POLYRHACHIS Northern Territory (Grid cells 10/142, 11/132, 12/132, 12/136, 12/142, 12/143, 13/136, 14/136, 17/145). Polyrhachis mjobergi Forel, 1915 Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) mjobergi Forel, 1915: 112. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Glen Lamington, SMNH, GMNH (Examined). Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) anguliceps Viehmeyer, 1925: 148. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Trial Bay, ZMB (Examined). Syn. nov. Viehmeyer seems to have been unaware of Forel’s P. mijobergi when he _ described anguliceps. | have examined the types of both names indicated above and am confident in declaring them conspecific. This species is distributed from Eungella in northern Queenland to Batemans Bay in southern New South Wales, and is found at vari- ous elevations, mostly in open Eucalyptus forest (Grid cells 21/148, 23/149, 25/153, 26/152, 26/153, 27/153, 28/153, 30/152, 30/153, 32/151, 33/151, 35/150). It nests in any suitable cavities on trees, usually in dry hollow twigs or small branches. Polyrhachis ornata Mayr, 1876 Polyrhachis ornata Mayr, 1876: 73. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Rockhampton, NHMW (Examined). Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) humerosa Emery, 1921: 18. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Adelaide (?), MCG (Examined). Syn. nov. Polyrhachis (Hedomyrma) chrysothorax Viehmeyer, 1925: 148. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Trial Bay, ZMB (Examined). Syn. noy. Direct comparison of the types has shown P. humerosa and P. chrysothorax to be obvious synonyms of P. ornata, representing the same, rather variable species. The differences between them are mostly trivial, based on such charac- ters as the elevation and direction of spines, colour and density of pubescence and, to a lesser degree, on the shape of the petiolar dorsum and convexity of the clypeus. These characters appear at first to be geographically variable. Thus specimens from north and central Queens- land are characterised by the pronotal teeth being produced and acute, the propodeal spines strongly divergent and elevated, and the anterior and posterior borders of the petiolar 435 dorsum gently curved. The pubescence of the mesosoma is almost invariably of a rich copper hue, and completely obscures the underlying sculpturation, except for that on the spines and a small patch in the centre of pronotum, where the pubescence is diluted. In contrast, speci- mens from New South Wales and Victoria have the pronotum only angulate, the propodeal spines much shorter and subparallel, and the petiolar dorsum transverse and narrow, with the anterior and posterior borders parallel. The pubescence is brassy and much diluted, especially on the pronotal dorsum. However, these forms intergrade and in South East Queensland the variation is very marked, with the extreme conditions being represented in single series. When specimens from the whole range of distribution are considered together, no apparently taxonomically significant variability is evident, and the above synonymy follows naturally. Nests of P. ornata can be very numerous, with the colonies usually occuping large hollow branches high in trees. The known distribution ranges from north Queensland to Victoria, where P. ornata has been recorded as far south as Bemm River. The original locality of P. humerosa was given as Adelaide, but I have never seen specimens collected in South Aus- tralia. I believe that the locality given by Emery is questionable, more so as the label under a syntype from the MCG reads ‘Adelaide M’, with the edge cut just through the letter ‘M’. There apparently is no Adelaide M(ountain) in Aus- tralia, but Mount Adelaide is located in the Conondale Range in South East Queensland, where P. ornata is a common species. I suggest that this was the true source of the humerosa types. This is supported by the close similarity between recent Conondale Range collections and the syntype. (Summary distribution: 19/146, 20/149, 21/148, 23/150, 23/151; 26/152, 26/153, 27/152, 27/153, 30/153, 33/150, 33/151, 35/150, 37/148). Polyrhachis paxilla Fr. Smith, 1863 Polyrhachis paxillus Fr. Smith, 1863: 17. Holotype worker. INDONESIA: Martabello [., OUM (Examined). Polyrhachis lachesis ssp. maeandrifera Emery, 1897: 582. Holotype worker. NEw GUINEA: Paumomu River. MCG (Examined), Syn. nov. It is obvious that Emery (1925) did not have a clear conception of P. paxilla, since he placed it 436 in the subgenus P. (Chariomyrma), while listing P. lachesis maeandrifera properly as a P. (Hagiomyrma). This is a very distinct and relatively invariable member of that subgenus. Examination of specimens from Indonesia, Papua New Guinea and Australia reveals almost negligible variability, and the relevant types, when compared, prove to be almost identical, justifying the above synonymy. P. paxilla represents a new record for the Australian Polyrhachis fauna, and was first collected very recently near the tip of Cape York Peninsula (Bamaga, 10.53 S X_ 142.23E, 18.ii1.1987, rainforest, RJK acc. 87.8), (Grid cell 10/142). I collected a nest on 27.viii.1984, near Wampit (06.45 S X 146.40 E), Morobe Prov., Papua New Guinea. It occupied the hollow interior of a small dry bamboo stem. Polyrhachis rufifemur Forel, 1907 Stat. nov. (Fig. 2 E) Polyrhachis terpsichore var. rufifemur Forel, 1907: 41. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA: New South Wales, Springwood, MNH (Examined). Polyrhachis terpsichore r. elegans Forel, 1910: 84. Syntype workers. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Kuranda, GMNH (Examined). Syn. nov. Comparison of the unique alate female holotype of P. terpsichore with confidently identified females of rufifemur has proved beyond doubt that they represent separate species. Further examination also indicates that the light colour of the appendages of the terpsichore holotype, a character mentioned by Forel (1893, 1907), is probably due to that specimen being callow. Direct comparison of the holotype of rufifemur with a syntype of P. terpsichore elegans indicates that they represent geographically varying populations of a single species. They were distinguished by Forel using characters now known to vary infraspecifically, such as the average size of individuals, the length and elevation of propodeal spines, and the colour and density of pubescence. The representatives of southern populations are generally smaller, with relatively short propodeal spines and more coppery golden pubescence, which almost obscures the underlying sculpturation. Those of northern populations (and some from _ southern mountains e.g. McPherson Range, Bunya Mountains) tend to be larger, with distinctly MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM longer propodeal spines. The pubescence is pale brassy and more dilute. This variability applies only to the workers as females vary only in size, and not in the other features discussed above. In spite of these differences I believe that these ants represent a single, albeit rather variable, species. I have found nests of P. rufifemur only occasionally, always inside the cavity of a tree trunk, usually that of a Melaleuca. This species is relatively uncommon, with known records restricted to three widely separated areas, one in central New South Wales and the other two in the southern and northern Queensland (Grid cells 16/145; 26/151, 26/152, 26/153, 27/152, 27/153; 33/150). Polyrhachis sokolova Forel, 1902 (Fig. 3 C — F) Polyrhachis sokolova Forel, workers. AUSTRALIA: GMNH (Examined). Polyrhachis sokolova var. degener Forel, 1910: 84. Holotype worker. AUSTRALIA: Queensland, Mackay, GMNH (Examined), Syn. nov. 1902: 522. Syntype Queensland, Mackay, I consider this to be a_ straightforward synonymy, since the holotype of degener is obviously simply a small worker of P. sokolova. This is the only species of Polyrhachis known to nest in marine and estuarine mud of the intertidal zone (Fig. 3 C — F). Its nests are mound-like, with a small opening at the top, and are completely submerged at each high tide. Distribution is limited to the tidal mudflats of coastal mangrove forests. P. sokolova has been taken along the coastline from Torres Strait to as far south as Gladstone in central Queensland (Grid cells 9/141, 9/142, 9/143, 9/147, 16/145; 18/146, 20/148, 21/149, 23/150, 23/151). Ihave also collected sokolova in southern Papua New Guinea. A closely related, undescribed species with similar nesting habits, was recently collected by members of the Australian Littoral Society, from tidal mangrove flats on the north coast of the Northern Territory. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I wish to thank to Dr Robert W. Taylor for assistance with the preparation of the paper, and for access to the holdings of the ANIC, a visit to which was partly supported by funds from CSIRO, Division of Entomology, Canberra. I ANT GENUS POLYRHACHIS 437 Fic. 3 A—F Nests of Polyrhachis ants. A P. andromache — pocket-like nest of silk and various debris against tree trunk (Lockerbie Scrub, near tip of Cape York). B P. dives — characteristic carton nest incorporating the fohage and twigs (Sth. Mission Beach, North Queensland). C P. sekolava — mound nest of excavated mud and sand particles. D ditto — close-up of a single entrance at the top of the nest, E ditto — same nest inundated, F intertidal mangrove zone (at high tide) where the nests of P. sokolova were observed and above photographs taken (Town Beach, Mackay, North Queensland). 438 also extend my gratitude to the following indi- viduals and institutions for the loan of types and other original material in their care: Dr Cl. Besuchet (Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, Geneva), Dr Barry Bolton (British Museum Natural History, London), Dr Max Fisher (Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna), Dr Karl- Johan Hedqvist (Naturhistoriska Riksmuseet, Stockholm), Dr Frank Koch (Museum fir Naturkunde, Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin, DDR), Dr George C. McGavin (University Museum, Oxford), Dr A. Neboiss (Museum of Victoria, Melbourne), Dr Jeno Papp (Termeszettudomanyi Muzeum, Budapest), Dr Roberto Poggi (Museo Civico di Storia Naturale, Genoa) and Dr A.G. Radchenko (Zoological Institute, Academy of Sciences Ukrainian SSR, Kiev). LITERATURE CITED Botton, B. 1973. The ant genus Polyrhachis in the Ethiopian Region. Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. (Ent.) 28(5): 283-369, 63 figs. 1974, New synonymy and a new name in the ant genus Polyrhachis F. Smith (Hym., Formicidae). Entomol. Mon. Mag. 109; 172-180. Ciark, J. 1930. New Formicidae, with notes on some little-known species. Proc. R. Soc. Vict. 43: 2-25. 1941. Australian Formicidae. Notes and new species. Mem. natn. Mus. Vict. 12: 71-94, pl. 13. Emery, C, 1887. Catalogo delle formiche esistenti nelle collezioni del Museo Civico di Genova. Parte terza. Formiche della regione Indo-Malese e dell’Australia. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria 25: 209-258, Pls 3-4. 1895. Descriptions de quelques fourmis nouvelles d’Australie. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 39: 345-358. 1897. Viaggio do Lamberto Loria nella Papuasia orientale 18. Formiche raccolte nelle Nuova Guinea. Ann. Mus. civ. Stor. nat. Giacomo Doria 38: 546-594. 1921. Le genre Polyrhachis. Classification; especes nouvelles ou critiques. Bull. Soc. vaud. Sci. nat. 54: 17-25. 1925. Hymenoptera. Fam. Formicidae. Subfam. Formicinae, in Wytsman Genera Insect,, fasc. 183: 302 pp., 4 pls. Brussells. Fasricius, J.C. 1775. Systema Entomologiae, sistens insectorum classes, ordines, genera, species, adiectis synonymis, locis, descriptionibus, observationibus. Flensburgi et Lipsiae. ForeL, A. 1886. Etudes myrmécologiques en 1886. Annls Soc. ent. Belg. 30: 131-215. 1893. Nouvelles fourmis d’Australiae et des Canaries. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 37: 454-466. 1895. Nouvelles fourmis de diverses provenances, surtout d’Australie. Annis Soc. ent. Belg. 39: 41-49, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1902. Fourmis nouvelles d’Australie. Rev. Suisse Zool. 10: 405-548. 1907, Formicides du Musée National Hongrois. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. nat. hung. 5: 1-42. 1910. Formicides australiens recus de MM, Froggatt et Rowland Turner. Rey. Suisse Zool. 18: 1-94, 1915. Results of Dr E. Mjébergs Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Australia 1910-1913. 2. Ameisen, Ark, Zool. 9: 1-119, pls 1-3. 1916. Fourmis du Congo et d’autres provenances récoltées par MM. Hermann, Kohl, Luja, Mayné, etc. Rev. Suisse Zool. 24: 397-460. Karawasew, W. 1927. Ameisen aus dem Indo- Australischen Gebiet. Trav, Mus. Zool. Kiev 3: 3-52, 21 figs. KououT, RJ. 1988. A new species of Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) from Papua New Guinea, with a ee of the New Guinean and Australian pecies. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 417-427. MAYR. G.L. 1876. Die australischen Formiciden. J. Mus. Godeffroy 5: 56-115. Rocer, J. 1863. Die neu aufgefiihrten Gattungen und Arten meines Formiciden-Verzeichnisses. Berl. ent. Z. 7: 129-214. 1863. Verzeichniss der Formiciden-Gattungen und Arten. Berl. ent. Z. 7 (appendix to vol.): 1-65. SANTSCHI, F. 1928. Fourmis de Sumatra, récoltées par Mr J.B. Corporaal et décrites par le Dr F. Santschi, Appendice. Tijdschr. Ent. 17: 119-140, SmitH, F, 1857. Catalogue of the hymenopterous insects collected at Sarawak, Borneo, Mount Ophir, Malacca; and at Singapore by A.R. Wallace. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 2: 42-130. 1858. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects in the col- lection of the British Museum. Part 6. Formicidae. 216 pp, 14 pls. 1859. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects collected by Mr A.R. Wallace at the islands of Aru and Key. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 3: 132-178. 1860. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects collected by Mr A.R. Wallace in the islands of Bachian, Kaisaa, Amboyna, Gilolo, and at Dory in New Guinea. J, Linn, Soc. Zool. 4 Suppl: 93-143, pl. 1. 1861. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects collected by Mr A.R. Wallace in the islands of Ceram, Celebes, Ternate, and Gilolo. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 6: 36-66, pl. 1. 1863. Catalogue of hymenopterous insects collected by Mr A.R. Wallace in the islands of Mysol, Ceram, Nie i Bouru and Timor. J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 7 TAYLOR, z ww 1987. A Checklist of the Ants of Aus- tralia, New Caledonia and New Zealand (Hym.: Formicidae). CS7RO Aust. Div. Entomol. Rep. No. 41: 1-92. TayYLor, R.W. and Brown, D.R. 1985. Hymenoptera: Formicoidea. Zoological Catalogue of Australia 2: 1-149, 306-348. VIEHMEYER, H. 1925. Formiciden der australischen Faunenregion. Ent. Mitt. 14: 139-149. AN AUSTRALIAN SPECIES OF THE GENUS BITTACUS LATREILLE (MECOPTERA : BITTACIDAE) Kevin J. Lamakin Lambkin, K. J, 1988 11 7. An Australian species of the genus Bittacws Latreille (Mecoptera : Bittacidae). Mem. Od Mus. 25(2): 439-444. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Biitacus eremius sp. nov, has been found at Kroombit Tops in central Queensland. This is the first record of the genus from the Australian region. The species is assigned to Bitracus Latreille as presently defined. but a reassessment of this large genus, which is now cosmo- politan, may be necessary. C) Birtacidae, Bitracus, Mecoptera, taxonomy, Kroambit Tops, Australta, Kevin ¢. Lambkin, 75 Alexandra Street. Bardon, Queensland 4065, Australta; | May 1986 Bittacus Latreille is the largest and most wide- spread genus of the Bittacidae. [1 includes 102 valid described species and has been recorded from all zoogeographical regions, with the notable exception of the Australian region. Details of its distribution are as follows: Africa south of the Sahara (54 species), Europe (2 species), North America (10 species), South America (2 species), eastern and southern Asia (34 species) (Penny and Byers. 1979; Byers. 1979; Mickoleit, 1979: Londt, 1981; Willmann, 1983; Plutenko, 1985). In the present context, it is of interest that it has not been recorded from the Philippines, Malaysia or Indonesia. In February 1984, Geoff Monteith of the Queensland Museum collected one male and one female specimen of a species of bittacid unlike any previously known from Australia. The specimens were taken at Kroombit Tops. a high (800-900 m) sandstone plateau approxi- mately 65 km SSW of Gladstone, a town on the central Queensland coast. This remarkable species, with maculate wings. does not fit into any of the endemic Australian genera of the family (Ausirobittacus Riek, Edriobitiacus Byers, Harpobittacus Gerstaecker, Symtbittacus Byers. Tytthobittacus Smithers) but, surprisingly, exhibits a suite of characters com- pletely compatible with its placement in Bittacus, The species is described and illustrated herein, and its assignment to the genus Bittacus is briefly discussed. All measurements are in millimetres. The interpretation of the thoracic sclerites follows that of Storch and Chadwick (1968), Bittacus eremus sp. nov. (Figs 1-8) Materia Examine Hocorype: ¢ (Queensland Museum T.10,202, in alcohol). above (NW) Beauty Spot 98, Kroombit Tops, central Queensland, 24°22°08"S, 150°59'33"E (Queensland Department of Forestry 1:50.000 map 90492 (Kroombit); 962 034). 4.i1.1984, G.B. Monteith, ‘at light’. Pararyre: ¥ (Queensland Museum T.10,203, in alcohol), as for holotype, but ‘on grass at night’. No other specimens known. DESCRIPTION Body length, 20.2 (holotype 2), 18.6 (paratype 2) Head. Ocelli large, projecting above head Margin in anterior view: in both sexes median ocellus noticeably smaller than lateral ones (Fig. 2), Antenna with 17 (d) or 18 (9) flagellomeres. Width of ocellar triangle: 0.55; width between eyes: 0,43; length of flagellum: 7.3 (3), 6.9 (9): length of subterminal (4th) segment of maxillary palp: 0.29: length of terminal segment of maxil- lary palp: 0.26. Thorax. Pronotum with 4 long, thick, black setae on anterior margin. Pterothorax with long. thick, black setae on mesoscutellum (2), metascutellum (2), anterodorsal region of mesanepisternum (1), and posterior margin of mesepimeron (1), these setae more prominent in 3 than in 2. Legs generally more robust in 3 than in 9%, with hind legs more noticeably so: hind femur of d very much broader and more spinose than that of 2, with a dense covering of long, fine setae not present in 2; hind coxa with | or 2 long. thick. black setae, more prominent ind than in 9: tibial spurs of fore, mid and hind legs of similar size, each pair with lateral spur longer than medial one; comparative lengths of tarsomeres (Fig. 5): see Table I. 440 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fics 1-4. Bittacus eremus, paratype female: 1, right wings; 2, head, anterior; 3, 4, apex of abdomen: 3, right lat- eral, 4, ventral. Abbreviations: c, cercus; $7, 8, 11, sterna 7, 8, 11; T7-11, terga 7-11. AN AUSTRALIAN BITTACUS TABLE IL. Tarsomere Lengih Measurements Holotype 4 Tarsomere Paratype Fore larsomere 4.0 1,7 iO U9 0.6 Mid larsomere 3.7 16 1.0 49 0.6 Hind larsomere Wings (Fig. 1): fore wing length: 20.5 (¢), 19.5 (9); distal costal space without cross-veins: Sv joining costal margin distinctly distal to level of first fork of Ry (joining further distally in dthan in 2): J apical subcostal cross-vein at (#) or just beyond (c) level of first fork of Rs in fore wing, al Jevel of 4 to 2 length of basal section of Rs (i.e., section between origin and first fork of Rs) in hind wing: 2 pterostigmal cross-veins in fore wing, | or 2 (3) or 2 (2?) in hind wing: Ri , divergent from R,.; at an acute angle; apical cross-vein between Ciid and CP just before (2) or just after (¢) level of apex of 4; /4 joining hind margin at level of ¥3 to 4 length of basal section of Ry, and well before level of first fork of M, upical cross-vein between CuP and /4 not present; basal cross-vein between 14 and 24 of fore wing about 2/3 length along 2. Abdomen. Lateral margins of anterior terga without long, thick, black setae. Male (Figs 6-8): lerga 3-8 with black antecostae. A pair of single-lobed eversible sacs between terga 6-7 and 7-8. Each epiandrial lobe long and prong- like, in lateral view (Fig. 6), in dorsal view (Fig. 7) lapering apically with apex curved mesad; mesal margin with 4 or 6 short spines apically, a hump just before 2 length with numerous long setae along anterior margin and 2 short apical spines, and a posteroventrally directed prong- like projection at o. % length with 2 short apical spines. Fused basistyles in lateral view with veniro-posterior margin evenly curved; distisivle-bearing lobes distinctly dorsally pro- 44) duced (Fig. 6). Dististyle small, with quite long dorsal setae; shape as in Fig. & Aedeagus of moderate length, recurved (not coiled), without a terminal filamentous extension. Tergum 10a simple transverse dorsal plate (not visible in Fig, 6) with each posterior corner narrowly extended posteroventrally and thence curved dorsad around base of cercus to form a large roughly oval area mesal to cercus (Fig. 6): without setae. Cercus c. 6 times as long as wide, reaching nearly 1o dististyle. Tergum 1! small, but well devel- oped and covered with selae; apical margin strongly convex in perpendicular view. Sternum {1 much shorter than tergum {1 and weakly developed, with only lateral and posterior Margins sclerotized and setose: truncate, pos- terlor margin in perpendicular view nearly straight with a small median projection. Female (Figs 3, 4): Terga 3-6 and 9 with black antecostac. Stermum 8 transverse, apparently nol medially divided: tn lateral view (Fig. 3) notched anterodorsally (to accommodate spiracle) and with a large emargination anteriorly: in ventral view (Fig. 4) with anterior margin strongly indented medially and posterior margin broadly convex; strongly pigmented except for anterodorsal corners, a narrow ventromedial strip and a broad ventral posterior marginal area; vestiture: lightly pigmented areas without setae, otherwise clothed with short, fine setae, with numerous longer thicker ones yentrally. Cercus c. 4 times as long as wide. reaching just beyond sternum !1. Sternum 1! slightly longer than tergum 1!1, each truncate with posterior margin nearly straight in perpen- dicular view. Spermatheca not examined. Coloration. Head: head capsule yellow-brown with area of ocellar tangle black-brown, area between ocellar triangle and inner eye margin more brownish, clypeus paler, subgena dark brown to black-brown: scape and pedicel yellow- brown; flagellum dark brown: rostrum (of Hepburn !|969), labial palp and apical segments of maxillary palp brown, proximal segments of maxillary palp dark brown. Prothorax; notum cream-brown suffused with dark brown; pleural and cervical sclerites dark brown. Pterothorax: sculella, postnola, kalepisterna, epimera and a broad median longitudinal stripe on scuta faintly brownish cream: anepisterna, preepisterna, lateropostnotum and rest of scuta dark brown to black-brown; ventral comers of preepisterna and posteroventral corner of mesepimeron each with a small black mark. Legs: coxae faintly brownish cream to pale 442 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Til Fics 5-8. Bittacus eremus, holotype male: 5, right hind tarsus and apex of tibia, mesal (setae omitted); 6, apex of abdomen, right lateral; 7 right epiandrial lobe. dorsal: 8, right dististyle, posterior, slightly ventrolateral. Abbreviations: aed, aedeagus; bs, basistyles; c, cercus; epi, epiandrial lobe; S8, 9, sterna 8, 9; T8, 10, 11, terga 8, 10, IL. AN AUSTRALIAN BITTACUS brown with anterior face of tore coxa dark brown; mid meron faintly brownish cream dorsally, dark brown venirally, posterodorsal and ventral comers each with a smal! black mark: hind meron faintly brownish cream suffused with brown over ventral %, posterodorsal margin with an elongate black mark; trochanters cream-brown; femora, bbiae and fore and mid tars! yellow-brown, with femora paler basally and apices of tibiae black- brown (¢) or dark brown (2) hind tarsus with apex of segmen} 1, segments 2-5 and claw dark orange-brown {d) or orange-brown (5), rest of segment | yellow-brown. Wings: venation brown to dark brown with base of W; in each wing and cross-veins near apex of cach wing entirely or partly hyaline: a white thyridium at fiest fork of 4% in each wing, pterostigmata brown; membrane with a faint brownish tinge and patterned with pale brown to brown as indi- cated in Fig, |, Abdomen of 3: terga 1-3 yellow- brown: tergum 6 brown to dark brawn with a broad median area tapering anteriorly and ter- minating at c. 1/6 length yellow-brown; tergum 7 similar to 6, but dark brown shading to black- brown laterally and anteriorly, and with median yellow-brown area a little shorter, tergum 6 black-brown with a large spot on posterior mar- gin yellow-brown; pleura white with some dil- fuse dull purple blotches; sterna \-5 gradually shading from very pale yellow-brown (sternum 1) lo yellow-brown [sternum 5) sternum 6 brown shading to dark brown posteriorly: stemna 7-9 hlack-brown; epiandrium pale brown with ventral margins of lobes brown to dark brown; tergum 10 with narrow extensions dark brown to black-brown and oval shaped areas pale brown to brown; basistyles black-brown with dorsal margins pale brown; cercus pale brown to brown: lergum 11, sternum 11 and dististyle pale brown. Abdomen of 2: terga 1-6, sterna 1-5 and pleura as in 3; lerga 7 and 8 as ind, but with Lateral and anterior regions brown to dark brown, tergum 9 dark brown with some diffuse pale brown areas on posterior margin; sterna 6 and 7 dark brown, with 6 paler anteriorly: ster- num 8 mostly black-brown: tergum 10 pale brown to dark brown; lergum 11, sjernuta I 1 and cereus pale brown, Notes 8, evenius is the only Australian bittacid with the combination of hind tarsomere | consider- ably longer than tarsomere 4, and /.47n the hind 443 wing extended beyond jhe level of the origin of Rs. The specific name ts from the Greek adjective eremos (lonely) and alludes te the isolation of this species of Bitracus. lis nearest congeners live to China, Taiwan and Thailand. Beauty Spot 98 is a small area (c- 40 ha) of rainforest on an upper tributary of Kroombit Creek. The specimens of B. erenuis were col- lected on the ridge to the NW of Beauty Spot 98 in tall open eucalypt forest with dominant Luca- (ypius andrewsi Maiden. Access is by a side road running NE from the main Department of For- estry road across Kroambit Tops at Forestry marker TA54. DISCUSSION Justification of the generic assignment of B, eremus requires an examination of the history of generic categories in the Bittacidae and hence the present status of the genus Biitacus. Until early this century the numerous newly described bittacid species from various parts of the world were all assigned to Aiviacus Latreille, 1805, the type-species of which is the European 8, ilalicus (Miller). Beginning late last century species have been gradually excised from thal genus to become the bases of several new genera. Thus in 1885 Gerstaecker extracted two Australian species with hind tarsomere | of similar length to hind tarsomere 4 to form Harpobittacus, in 1893 McLachlan established Apterobittacus for an apterous Californian species; in 1913 Navas established Pazius to accommodate a Peruvian species with narrow subpetiolate wings and a yery slender abdomen; in 1914 Esben-Petersen assigned a Brazilian species with four or five costal cross-veins and strongly banded wings to Neobittacus, in 1974 Byers established Edriobittacus 1o teceive an Australian species with, /nter alia, 1A very short in the fore wing and almost entirely fused with CwP in the hind wing, and in 1979 he separated a long-described North American species with a unique combi- nation of characters as Hy/obittacus. Thyridates Navas, 1908, established to receive an old Chilean species, was long considered a trivial synonym of Bitracus until Willmann (1983) res- urrected it to accommodaie a group of 12 American Bittacus species with R; _, diverging from R45 at 90° in both wings. The diversity of the family has been further demonstrated this century by the discovery of additional species with ‘special’ features. These 444 newly discovered species led Lo the establish- ment of the following new genera: Kalohitiacus Esben-Petersen, 1914, Nannobitiacus Kimmuns, 1927, Anomalohitiacus Kimmins, 1928, Anabittacus Kimmins, 1929, Ausrrebittacus Riek, 1954, Jssikiella Byers, 1972, Tytthobittacus Smithers, 1973, Orobittacus Villegas and Byers, 1981, and Symdlttracus Byers, 1986. The major distinguishing features of these genera, except Anomalobittacus. are summarised in the keys presented by Villegas and Byers (1981) and Byers (1986). These keys also include Edriobittacus and Hvlohittacus, and as well, augment the major distinguishing features of Harpobittacus, Apterobittacus, Pazius and Neobittacus. Anomalobittacus is unique in being brachypterous (see Byers, 1971). As well as the above new genera, a large number of additional &. italicus-like species have been newly described this century, especially from Africa and Asia, and assigned to the old genus Bitiacus. Bittacus, the oldest genus of the family, has thus come to be a repository for the very many ‘non-outstanding’ species of the famuly, basi- cally similar to the genotype &. ffalicus, with the following set of characters; eyes of moderate size, not converging or touching below antennal bases; antennae less than half as long as body: hind iarsomere | considerably longer than tarsomere 4; wings fully developed, nol exten- sively colour banded or conspicuously narrowed basally; distal costal space without cross-veins or with only one; R;.; diverging from Ry, 45 at an acute angle in both wings: one or two pterostigmal cross-veins: /4 long and well developed, in fore wing extending far beyond level of ongin of AZ. in hind wing extending well beyond level of origin of Rs: male with tergum 9 and sternum 9 not fused into a continous ring, tergum 9 developed as paired epiandrial lobes, dististyles nearly always small and simple, cerc? short, not extending beyond tergum 9. B, eremus is such a species and there- fore must be included in Bitiacus. It can be dis- tinguished from other species of the genus by the combination of strongly patterned wings and slender, prong-like epiandria! lobes. East- ern Asian species with similarly patterned wings (e.g. B. maculatus Issiki, B. striatus Issiki) have much boarder and quite differently shaped epiandrial lobes (Issiki, 1927; Cheng, 1957). The determination of whether or not Bitfacns is a monophyletic (sensu Hennig) category must MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM awail a thorough cladistic analysis of the species of the family, Is taxonomic history as well as its very wide distribution. which now includes Aus- tralia, suggest that it may be paraphyletic. Until such an analysis, however, further discussion of its distribution, including the presence of an iso- laled species in Australia_ts both premaiure and pointicss. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Tam very grateful ta Geoff Monteith for his help and encouragement and to the Trustees of the Queensland Museum for the use of that institution's facilities. LITERATURE CITED Byers, G.W. 1971. An illustrated, annotated cata- logue of African Mecoptera. Kans. Univ. Sct Bull. 49: 389-436. 1979, Hvlobiltacus, a new genus of North American Bittacidae (Mecoptera), J. Kans, ent. Soc, 52: 402-4. 1986. A new Australian genus of Bitlacidac (Mecoptera). Mem. Qd Mus. 22: 165-8. CHENG. FLY, 1957. Revision of the Chinese Mecoptera. Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. Harv. 118: 1~118. HEPBURN, H.R. 1969, The skeleto-muscular system of Mecoptera: the head, Kans. Univ. Set. Bull. 48: 721-65. Issikt, S. 1927. New and rare species of Mecoptera from Corea, Formosa and Japan. /msecta matsum 2: J-12. Lonpt, J,G,H. 1981. Siitacus liyingstanei. a new species from Malawi (Mecoptera: Bittacidae). dan. Natal Mus, 24: 621-4. Micko elt, G, 1979, Emme neue Sittacus-Art aus dem sudlichen Sudan. Spixiana 2: 269-72. Penwy, ND. 4p Byers. G.W. 1979, A check-list of the Mecoptera of the world. Acta amazon. 9: 365-88. PLUTENKO, A.V. 1985. New and little known species of Mecoptera from the Soviet Far East. Eni. Obozr. 64(1): 171-6. Storcu, RH. anp CHapwick, LE. 1968. Thoracic simicture of the adult mecopteron, @ittacuy strigosus Hagen (Mecoptera : Bittacidac). J. Morph, 126; 199-210. Viitress, Bo awD Byers. GW. 1981. Orolittacns pbscurus, A new genus and species of Billacidae (Mecoptera) from California. Pan-Pacif, Ent. 57: 385-96. Wittmans, RK. 1983. Die — phylogenetischen Beziehungen unter den sidamerikanischen Bittacidae (Insecta ; Mecoptera). Zool. Beitr. 28: 47-65. A RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA RIEK FROM THE TRIASSIC OF QUEENSLAND WITH NOTES ON MESOZOIC ‘OSMYLID-LIKE’ FOSSIL NEUROPTERA (INSECTA : NEUROPTERA) Kevin J. Lampkin Lambkin, K.J. 1988 11 7. A re-examination of Lithosmylidia Riek from the Triassic of Queensland with notes on Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ fossil Neuroptera (Insecta : Neuroptera). Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 445-458. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Lithosmylidia Riek, a genus of fossil Neuroptera from the Triassic of Queensland, is redescribed. Its three species L. /ineata Riek, L. parvula Riek and L. baronne sp. nov., have affinities with the Osmylidae and/or Polystoechotidae. Similar ‘osmylid-like’ species from elsewhere in the Mesozoic are briefly discussed. DO Lithosmylidia, Neuroptera osmylid-like, Triassic, Mesozoic, Queensland. Kevin J. Lambkin, 75 Alexandra Street, Bardon, Queensland 4065, Australia; 14 September, 1987. Lithosmylidia Riek is a genus of fossil Neuroptera established for two species from the Triassic of Mount Crosby in south-eastern Queensland (27°32’S, 152°48’E) (Riek, 1955). Two new fairly well-preserved specimens of Lithosmylidia, one from Mount Crosby, and the other from Triassic beds near Gayndah in cen- tral Queensland (25°37’S, 151°37°E), have prompted this revision and reassessment of Lithosmylidia, as well as a brief review of simi- lar Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ species. The Mount Crosby fossil insects occur in green shales of the Late Triassic (Karnian) (De Jersey, 1971) Mount Crosby Formation and have been collected at five separate exposures designated as Fossil Insect Localities, A,B,C,D, and E (details in Allen, 1961). Riek (1955) has recorded eight species of Neuroptera in six gen- era, one of which, Lithosmylidia, is the subject of the present study. The specimen from near Gayndah was col- lected in grey shales of the Middle Triassic (de Jersey, 1979) Gayndah Beds in a road cutting approximately 3 km ENE of Gayndah. Fossil insects were discovered there in 1962 and recorded in an unpublished Geological Survey of Queensland report (Woods, 1962) which was referred to by Ellis (1968). The following museum abbreviations are used: QM, Queensland Museum; UQDG, Uni- versity of Queensland, Department of Geology. Genus Lithosmylidia Riek Lithosmylidia Riek, 1955, p. 678. Type species, by original Lithosmylidia lineata Riek, 1955. designation, DEscrIPTION Neuroptera from the Triassic of Queensland, Australia. Forewing: medium to large, over 2 x as long as wide; trichosors present; subcostal space apparently without crossveins; Sc and R, fused apically and thence curved posteriad to enter margin well before wing apex; apparently without r;-rs, or with very few (1 only detected in | specimen of L. parvula Riek); Rs originating close to base of wing, with at least 10 pectinate branches; basal stem of 4A apparently absent; crossveins of Rs—MA field not well preserved in most material, but apparently of limited extent (in the most clearly preserved specimen (QM F14359) restricted to a few random ones proximally and 2 irregular gradate series distally); MP forked near the base; CuA pectinately forked, with branches oblique; CuP dichotomously forked; anal field well devel- oped, extending a considerable distance along posterior margin; 14 long and multibranched. Hindwing and other body parts not known. Notes On the basis of venational variation in recent Neuroptera, the three species here included in Lithosmylidia are probably generically distinct. However, the available incomplete and often indistinctly preserved material does not offer enough information to justify and diagnose sep- arate genera for each. Lithosmylidia, as presently defined, should thus be considered as a fairly broadly embracing ‘holding’ genus until 446 additional material permits futher clarification. Because of the probable composite nature of the genus, the affinities of the three species of Lithosmylidia are considered separately. It can be said, however, that the genus has a combi- nation of characters suggesiive of the Polystoechotidae and/or the Osymlidae, viz. wing medium to large and over 2% as long as wide, Se fused with R, and thence curved posteriad, Rs extensively pectinate, MP forked near the base, anal region extensive. However, it also has certain features (which may be preser- vation artifacts) which do not occur in either family, viz. the apparent absence of subcostal crossveins and, with the exception noted in the generic description above, of r;-rs. The genus was originally ascribed by Rick to the Osmylidae Kempyninae, but the analyses which follow show that such a placement is not justi- fied. The basal stem of MA figured by Riek (1955, fig. 22), and given by him as one of the generic characters, is not present in any of the forewing material examined herein. Lithosmylidia lineata Rick (Figs 1,2 (partim non) Lithosmylidia lineata Rick, 1955, p. 678-9, fig. 22, pl. 3, figs 7-9. [Specimen C1642-3 (pl. 3, fig. 8) = Lithosmylidia sp. A.] Description Forewing. Width (between Sc and posterior margin at Cud): 7.7 mm (C2189-90), 5.7 mm (C867-8); branches of Sc+R, long, many deeply forked; Rs with 14 branches (data from C2189-90 only), each forked apically; WA forked apically, similarly to Rs branches; MP, and MP, deeply forked, each with 3 main branches: Cid deeply forked with 4 (C867-8) or 6 (C2189-90) main branches (in C2189-90 the distal branch is fused for a short length with the proximal branch of MP2); CuP deeply forked, with 3 main branches; 14 (based on C867-8 — see Fig. 2) ? obliquely pectinate; crossveins not well preserved, but apparently few in number, those detected illustrated in Figs 1,2: nygmata not detected; trichosors not preserved. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype UQDG C2189-90 (incomplete forewing), UQDG C867-8 (incomplete forewing), both ‘Mount Crosby Insect Bed’. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Notes L. lineata must be considered as belonging in, or near to, the Polystoechotidae, based on the following combination of characters (see Table 3): basal stem of MA absent; crossveins of Rs-MA field apparently restricted to two irregu- lar gradate series; Cu obliquely pectinate; CuP deeply dichotomous. If L. lineata is considered a polystoechotid. then the position of the primary fork of //P does not necessarily indicate that the two specimens are forewings (one of the unique features of the hindwings of two of the three polystoechotid genera, Polpstoechotes Burmeister and Platystoechotes Carpenter, is the lateness of the primary forking of WP — see Carpenter. 1940, figs 69, 71). The very long apical branches of MP, and Cu in the two specimens do, however, provide additional evidence thai they are indeed forewings (these are much shorter in polystoechotid hindwings). Specimen C867-8 is considerably smaller than the holotype, but has basically the same vein branching pattern. The fact that CwA4 has Fics 1. 2, Lithosmylidia lineata: }, UQDG C2189-90 (holotype); 2, UQDG C8&67-8. Fig. 3. Lithosmylidia baronne, QM F14358 (holotype) (Se and R are contiguous basally, not fused). RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA two fewer main branches can be attributed to the smaller wing size. Similar intraspecific variation in size and absolute numbers of vein branches occurs in recent Polystoechotidae. The apparent difference in the number of crossveins cannot be considered significant, as crossveins are so poorly preserved in the material examined. Lithosmylidia baronne sp. nov. (Fig. 3) DEscRIPTION Forewing. Width (between Sc and posterior margin at CuA): 5.4 mm; costal margin broadly emarginate proximally; costal space quite broad, with crossveins widely spaced, apparently mostly simple, but a few deeply forked; humeral vein upright, simple; Rs with more than 6 branches, the 3rd one forked not far from its base; MP, and MP; deeply forked, MP, with 4 main branches; CuA deeply forked, with 5 main branches, the proximal one extensively subdivided; CuP deeply forked, with 3 main branches, CuP, simple; anals widely spaced basally; 14 appearing deeply dichotomously forked (the wing is, however, broken between CuP and 1A and it is possible that 14 is indeed pectinate); 24 forked close to base, the anterior fork with 5 short, simple, obliquely pectinate apical branches, the posterior fork with 4 such branches; 24 and 34 forming a loop basally enclosing 2a-3a; 3A apparently simple; crossveins not well preserved, but apparently few in number, those detected illustrated in Fig. 3; nygmata not detected; trichosors preserved as in Fig. 3. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype QM F14358 (incomplete forewing), Gayndah Beds, road cutting c. 3 km ENE Gayndah, central Queensland (collected by K.J. Lambkin, 1975). Notes This species differs from L. /ineata in the deep forking of the third Rs branch, the extensively subdivided proximal branch of Cud and the simple CuP3. The affinities of the species are problematical. It has the following features which suggest the Polystoechotidae: basal stem M4 _ absent; crossveins of Rs-MA field very limited; CuA obliquely pectinate; CuP deeply dichotomously forked. On the other hand, the humeral vein is simple and not strongly recurrent, 24 is exten- sively pectinate with the apical branches short 447 and simple, and 3A is simple (see Table 3). Indeed the pectinate form of 24, the simple nature of 3A, and the fact that these veins forma basal loop enclosing 2a-3a, are somewhat characteristic of the Osmylidae (see Table 2). If these features were considered apomorphous, and those listed above as suggestive of the Polystoechotidae to be generally plesiomorphous, then the species would necessarily be placed closer to the Osmylidae. In summary it may be said that L. baronne is an enigmatic osmylid-like species with a mix of osmylid and polystoechotid characters, as well as some features not occurring in either family (i.e. absence of a subcostal crossvein and r,-rs). Baronne is the name of the road near Gayndah where the insect bearing shales of the Gayndah Beds are exposed. Lithosmylidia parvula Riek (Figs 4, 5) Lithosmylidia parvula Riek, 1955, p. 679. DESCRIPTION Forewing. Width (between Sc and posterior margin at CuA) c. 4.4 mm (QM F14359); posteroapical margin slightly emarginate; costal space quite narrow, with crossveins widely spaced, apparently mostly simple proximally and mostly forked distally; humeral vein slightly recurved, simple; Sc + R, field similar to that of L. lineata; specimen C1991-2 with 1 oblique r|-rs near 3rd Rs branch, r, -rs not detected in other material; Rs with 10 or 12 branches, each forked apically; crossveins of Rs—MA_ field restricted to a few random ones proximally and 2 irregular gradate series distally; 1m-cu oblique; apical branching of MA and MP not preserved; branches of CuA and CuP markedly shorter and CuA apparently more transversely pectinate than in the 2 preceding species; proximal branch only of CuA clearly preserved; CuP with 3 main branches; anals widely spaced basally; 14 long, with 6 short, mostly simple, obliquely pectinate branches; 24 long and extensively pectinately forked, with 8 branches, some of these with small marginal forks; 34 and proximal pectinate branch of 2A forming a loop basally enclosing 2a—3a; 3A simple; crossveins of cubital and anal fields as in Fig. 4; 1 nygma detected (in QM F14359 — see Fig. 4), placed near primary fork of MP (because of fragmen- tation of the specimen in this region the exact position of the nygma is unknown); trichosors 448 Srvity Fics 4, 5, Lithosmylidia parvula: 4, QM F1459 (Sc and R are contiguous basally, not fused: basal fork of Cu displaced anteriorly); 5, UQDG C1029-30 (holotype) (basal region only). Fig. 6, Lithosmylidia sp. A, UQDG C1642-3, Figs 7-9 (rough sketches only), Neuroptera incertae sedis: 7, UQDG C2088-9; 8, UQDG C786-7: 9, UQDG C1039-40, detected in QM F14359, those preserved illustrated in Fig. 4. MATERIAL EXAMINED Holotype UQDG C1029-30 (indistinctly preserved complete forewing), UQDG C1991-2 (indistinctly preserved almost complete forewing), UQDG C2092-3 = {indistinctly preserved incomplete forewing), all"Mount Crosby Insect Bed’; QM F14359 (fragmented almost. complete forewing), Mount Crosby Fossil Insect Locality B (collected by K.J. Lambkin, 1975). Noves The above description is based almost entirely on QM F14359. The UQDG specimens are more or less complete but are very indistinctly MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM preserved, and have only contributed information on the form of the Sc + R, and the anal fields, and the number of Rs branches. Confirmation of the identity of the QM specimen was made by comparison of its anal field with that of the holotype (Fig. 5), L. parviula is smaller than the preceding species, the branches of Cw are markedly shorter and Cud is apparently more transversely peclinate. Lt also differs from L. baronne in having a narrower costal space and in the structure of 24. The affinities of ZL. parvula are again problematical, but the available material offers a more complete picture of its venation than in the preceding species. Except that CuP is dichotomous rather than pectinate (as i1 is in all osmylids), the species would, with confidence, be referred to the Osmylidae (see Table 2), albeit showing a unique mix of subfamily characters, viz. crossveins of Rs—AZA field limited to a few random ones proximally and two irregular gradate series distally (Protosmylinae only), 4P forked close to the base (Protosmylinae, Kempyninae, Spilosmylinae, Gumillinae, Osmylinae), anal field extensive, occupying a considerable part of the posterior margin (Kempyninae, Osmylinae, Stenosmylinac, Eidoporisminae); and haying certain features not found in recent Osmylidae. viz. |im-cu oblique, and the apparent absence of the basal subcostal crossvein, numerous r,-rs and the basal stem of M4. The absence of a clearly pectinate CuP, however, precludes L. parvila from the Osmylidae, but as in L. baronne, the presumed apomorphous structure of the anal field suggests a sister relationship with that family. Lithosmylidia sp. A (Fig. 6) (partim) Lithosmylidia lineata Riek, 1955, p. 678-9, fig. 33, pl. 3, figs 7-9. [Specimen C1 642-3 (pl. 3, fig. 8) non Lithosmtylidia lineata Riek). MATERIAL EXAMINED UQDG C1642-3 (apical half of forewing), “Mount Crosby Insect Bed’. Notes This specimen was considered by Riek as the hindwing of L. /ineata. There are no particular features which indicate that it is a hindwing and indeed the available evidence, tenuous though it 1S, Suggests a forewing, Thus the Sc + R, field is RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA 449 TABLE 1. Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ fossil Neuroptera! Species? pe, ae Family Placement4 . Epigambria longipennis Ju, W. Germany |HN 1939, pl.7, fig.119 | Epigambriidae (HN 1939) Handlirsch, 1939 Nymphitidae (MA 1949, 1962) 2. Epiosmylus longicornis Ju, U.S.S.R. PA 1980, fig.104 Epiosmylidae (PA 1980) Panfilov, 1980 3. Gigantotermes excelsus Ju, W. Germany | OP 1888, pl.30, fig. 1 | Nymphitidae (HN 1906) (Hagen, 1862) (as Apochrysa excelsa) | Neuroptera i.s. (MA 1949) HN 1907, pl.48, fig 11 | Hemerobiidea i.s. (MA 1962) 4. Grammosmylus acuminatus | Ju, U.S.S.R PA 1980, fig.105 Grammosmylidae (PA 1980) Panfilov, 1980 5. Ineptiae meunieri Ju, W. Germany Neuroptera i.s. (HN 1906; Handlirsch, 1906 MA 1949) Hemerobiidae i.s. (MA 1962) 6. Kasachstania fasciata Ju, U.S.S.R. PA 1980, fig.97 Osmylidae (PA 1980) Panfilov, 1980 7. Kirgisellodes ornatus Ju, U.S.S.R. MV 1925, fig.11 Prohemerobiidae (MV 1925) (Martynov, 1925) MA 1962, fig.859 Osmylitidae (MA 1949, 1962) 8. Lithosmylidia lineata Tr, Australia Figs 1,2 discussed herein Riek, 1955 9. L. parvula Riek, 1955 Tr, Australia Figs 4,5 discussed herein 10. L. baronne sp.nov. Tr, Australia Fig.3 discussed herein 11. Loxophleps costalis Ju, E. Germany |HN 19339, pl.6, fig.111 | Solenoptilidae (HN 1939) Handlirsch, 1939 Neuroptera i.s. (MA 1949) Hemerobiidea i.s. (MA 1962) 12. Melamnous indistinctus Ju, E. Germany | HN 1939, pl.7, fig.117 | as 11. Handlirsch, 1939 13. Melaneimon dubium Ju, E. Germany | HN 19339, pl.7, fig.120 | as 11. Handlirsch, 1939 14. Mesonymphes hageni Ju, W. Germany | CA 1929, fig.1 Nymphitidae (CA 1929; MA Carpenter, 1929 1949, 1962) 15. M. rohdendorfi Panfilov, Ju, U.S.S.R. PA 1980, fig.115 Nymphidae (PA 1980) 1980 16. Mesopolystoechus apicalis | Ju, U.S.S.R. MV 1937, fig.18 Prohemerobiidae (MV 1937) Martynov, 1937 MA 1949, fig.8 Mesopolysteochotidae (MA MA 1962, fig.860 1949, 1962) 17. Mesosmylina exornata Ju, W. Germany | BO 1953, fig.320 Prohemerobiidae Bode, 1953 Mesosmylinae (BO 1953) Osmylitidae (MA 1962) 18. M. mongolica Ju, Mongolia PO 1984, fig.1 Osmylidae (PO 1984) Ponomarenko, 1984 450 TABLE 1. (continued) Species2 19. M. sibirica Ponomarenko, 1985 20. Mesosmylus atalantus Panfilov, 1980 21. Microsmylus foliformis Panfilov, 1980 22. Minonymphites orthophlebe. Hong, 1980 23. Nymphites priscus (Weyenbergh, 1869) 24. N. braueri Haase, 1890 25. N. lithographicus Handlirsch, 1906 26. Osmyliodea distinctus Panfilov, 1980 27. Osmylites protogaeus (Hagen, 1862) 28. Osmylopsis duplicata (Giebel, 1856) 29. Palaeoleon ferrogeneticus Rice, 1969 30. Palparites deichmulleri Handlirsch, 1906 31. Parosmylus latus Panfilov, 1980 32. Petrushevskia borisi Martynova, 1958 33. Pronymphites elegans Panfilov, 1980 34. Pterocalla superba Panfilov, 1980 35. Scapoptera recta Panfilov, 1980 Age and Locality Ju, U.S.S.R. Ju, U.S.S.R. Ju, U.S.S.R. Tr, China Ju, W. Germany Ju, W. Germany Ju, W. Germany Ju, U.S.S.R. Ju, W. Germany Ju, England Cr, Canada Ju, W. Germany Ju, U.S.S.R. Tr, U.S.S.R. Ju, U.S.S.R. Ju, U.S.S.R. Ju, U.S.S.R. PO 1985, fig.5 PA 1980, fig.103 PA 1980, fig.114 HO 1980, fig.16 WY 1869, pl.34, figs 13,14 (as Hemerobius priscus) HS 1890, pl.1, fig.11 HN 1907, pl.48, fig.9 PA 1980, fig.101 OP 1888, pl.30, fig.2 (as Chrysopa excelsa) HS 1890, pl.1, fig.10 (a Osmylites protogaea) HN 1907, pl.48, fig.4 WS 1854, pl.18, fig.42 (as ‘orthopterous wing’) HN 1907, pl.48, fig.15 RI 1969, figs 2,3 PA 1980, fig. 102 MA 1958, fig.8 MA 1962, fig.858 PA 1980, fig.99 PA 1980, fig. 100 PA 1980, fig.98 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Family Placement Osmylidae (PO 1985) Osmylidae (PA 1980) Mesochrysopidae (PA 1980) Nymphitidae (HO 1980) Nymphitidae (HN 1906; MA 1949, 1962) as 23. as 23. Osmylidae (PA 1980) Prohemerobidae (HN 1906) Epigambriidae (HN 1939) Osmylitidae (MA 1949, 1962) Neuroptera i.s. (HN 1906; MA 1949) Epigambriidae (HN 1939) Hemerobiidea i.s. (MA 1962) Myrmeleontidae (RI 1969) Neuroptera i.s. (HN 1906; MA 1949) Hemerobiidea i.s. (MA 1962) Osmylidae (PA 1980) Osmylitidae 1962) (MA 1958, Osmylidae (PA 1980) as 33. as 33. RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA TABLE 1. (continued) Species? . Sialium sipylus Westwood, 1854 Ju, England 37. Sibosmylina libelluloides Ponomarenko, 1985 Ju, U.S.S.R. 38. Sogjuta speciosa Tr, U.S.S.R. Martynova, 1958 39. Solenoptilon kochi (Geiniiz, 1887) Ju. E. Germany 40, S. piartinovi Martynova, 1949 Ju, U.S.S.R. 41. Tetanoptilon brunsvicense Bode, 1953 Ju, W, Germany Age and ; ; WS 1854, pl.18, fig.24 INymphitidae (HN 1906; MA HN 1907. pl.48, fig.10 |1949, 1962) PO 1985, fig.6 MA 1949, fig.6 MA 1962, fig,852 451 Family Placement’ Osmylidae (PO 1985) MA 1958, fig.9 Nymphitidae (MA 1958, MA 1962, fig.853 1962) Osmylidae (AD 1969) HN 1907, pl.41 fig.84 | Solenoptilidae (HN 1906, 1939; MA 1949, 1962) Solenoptilidae (MA 1949, 1962) BO 1953, pl.13, fig.344] Solenoptilidae (BO 1953) Osmylitidae (MA 1962) | Abbreviations: AD = Adams, BO = Bode, Cr = Cretaceous, CA = Carpenter, HS = Haase, HN = Handlirsch, HO = Hong, Ju = Jurassic. MC = MacLeod, MV = Martynov, MA = Martynova, OP = Oppenheim, PA = Panfilov, PO = Ponomarenko, RI = Rice. Tr= Trnassic, WS = Westwood, WY = Weyenbergh, i.y. = incertae sedis. 2 For the sake of convenience I] have accepted Handlirsch's nomenclature of the 19th century species, even though the validity of some appears doubtful. 3 Line drawings only included. no more narrow than in the holotype forewing of L. lineata (in both Osmylidae and Polystoechotidae, the Se+R, field of the hindwing is invariable narrower than that of the forewing), Sc + R, does not extend as far around the apical margin as in the holotype forewing of L. lineata (in most Osmylidae Sc+ R, in the hindwing extends slightly further around the wing margin towards the apex than in the forewing), and the branches of Cu4 are long (in the hindwing of the Polystoechotidae they are much shorter). C1642-3 is similar in size and basic features to L. lineata, but differs in the much more deeply forked A74 and branches of Rs and also in the apparently more extensively forked proxi- mal branch of Cu, although this latter feature is uncertain owing to the doubtful identity of the veins in this region of the wing, Because of the difference in the form of the Ry branches and M4, C1642-3 cannot be considered as conspecific with L. /ineaia, Intraspecific vari- 4 20th century references only. ation of this extent does not occur in recent Neuroptera. The specimen is too incomplete to be named and is thus here designated L. sp. A. The crossveins in the specimen are not well preserved and Fig. 6 shows all that were detected. Trichosors are present but not clearly preserved, Neuroptera incertae sedis (Figs 7-9) Riek mentioned three further specimens from Mount Crosby (UQDG C2088-9, C786-7, C1L039-40) in his descriptions of Lithosmylidia and referred these ‘very doubtfully’ or “doubt- fully’ to L. lineata or L. parvula. The three speci- mens are all very fragmentary, as indicated by Riek, and until more clearly and completely pre- served material of the Lithosmylidia species becomes available for exact comparison, they can be referred to as no more than Neuroptera 452 TABLE 2. Distinguishing features of the wings of Osmylidae . Trichosors present. 2. Membrane with microtrichia, including a modified area behind 34 (see Riek 1966). 3. Nygmata present. 4. Jugal lobe present. 5. Sc+ R, entering margin well before wing apex, with branches short and usually mostly simple (apical field of wing thus occupied mostly by Rs). 6. Numerous r)-/s. 7. Rs-MA field with a few to very numerous randomly placed crossveins proximally and 1 or 2 irregular gradate series distally; random crossveins not extending beyond level of point of fusion of Sc and R; (except in Gumilla Navas and Porismus McLachlan). Forewing: 8. Humeral vein simple, at most only slightly recurrent. 9. 1 only (basal) subcostal crossvein (except Porismus which has numerous additional ones). 10. Origin of Rs close to base of wing; without presectoral veins (excluding basal stem of MA). 11. 1m-cu and basal stem of /4 usually, but not always, aligned; these veins upright or slightly oblique. 12. MP always forked, but fork variably placed, ranging from near the base (eg. Protosmylinae) to near the margin (e.g. most Stenosmylinae). 13. Without ‘oblique vein’ (between MP and CuA — see Tillyard 1916). 14. Atleast CuP, and often CuA as well, pectinate, with branches more or less transverse. 15. CuP not fused with 1A. 16. Anal field variable, but sometimes (e.g. Kempyninae, Stenosmylinae) quite extensive, reaching to c. 0.3-0.4 wing length and thus occupying a considerable part of the posterior margin. 17. Anals widely spaced basally; 14. and 24 of variable extent, but always clearly pectinate, with branches short and usually simple; 34 quite long, but not deeply forked; 24 and 34 often forming a loop basally, enclosing 2a-3a. 18. Basal la—2a clearly distal to basal 2a-3a. Hindwing: 19. 20. Subcostal crossveins as in forewing. Origin of Rs close to wing base; without presectoral veins. Stem of MA often present. MP forked very close to base, at or before ori- gin at Rs. 21. 22. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 22. MP forked very close to base, at or before ori- gin at Rs. 23. At least CuA, and often MP, as well, pectinate. 24. CuA extending to at least 2 wing length. 25. Base of CuP not developed as an upright cubi- tal brace. 26. CuP not fused with 1A. 27. CuP, when multibranched, pectinate. 28. Anal field of small but variable extent; 14 and 2A pectinate, 14 with 2-8 branches; 3A quite long, not deeply forked, distinctly angulate at 2a-3a. incertae sedis. C2088-9 (Fig. 7) is a clearly pre- served hindwing fragment which shows the very narrow costal space characteristic of hindwings, simple costal crossveins, the base of Rs, Rs pectinately branched, two clear r;-rs, and most interestingly a nearly longitudinal basal stem of MA. C786-7 (Fig. 8) preserves the anterior api- cal region of a fore- or hindwing of similar size to that of the holotype of L. lineata, and shows the Sc+ R, field (similar to that of L. lineata), Rs pectinately branched, a single crossvein between Sc+R, and Rs, and _trichosors. C1039-40 (Fig. 9) preserves the apical posterior margin of a fore- or hingwing and shows the api- cal branches of (?) M4, MP and CuA. NOTES ON MESOZOIC ‘OSMYLID-LIKE’ FOSSIL NEUROPTERA Lithosmylidia falls into a group of Mesozoic fos- sil neuropterous wings which, for the sake of dis- cussion, are herein referred to as ‘osmylid-like’, and have the following features: 1. wing of medium to large size, at least 2 X as long as wide, 2. Sc and R, fused apically and thence curved posteriad, 3. Rs with numerous pectinate branches run- ning towards the posteroapical margin. This suite of very basic features is character- istic of the modern families Osmylidae, Polystoechotidae, Nymphidae and Myrmeleontidae, but several of these Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ wings demonstrate to varying degrees the characteristics of the Chrysopidae RE-EXAMINATION QF LITHOSMYLIDIA TABLE 3, Distinguishing features of the wings of Polystoechotidae i. Tnchosors present. 2 Membrane without microtrichia, except for a modified area behind 34. (see Riek 1966). . Nygmata present. . Jugal lobe present. . Se+R, (Polystvechotes), or Ry (not fused with Se) (Platystoechotes, Fontecilla), entering mar- gin near or before wing apex, with branches long and mostly forked. 6, Few r,-rs (2-9 in material examined), . Crossveins of Rs—MA4 field restricted to | or 2 ivegular gradate series (no crossveins proximally). Forewing: 8, Humeral vein strongly recurrent, with numer- ous forked branches. . 1 only (basal) subcostal crossvein. . Origin of Ry close to base of wing; without presectoral veins. . Basal stem of AZ4 absent; 1m—cu oblique, . MP forked at c. ¥4 length 3. Without ‘oblique vein’, , MPzand CuA deeply pectinate, with branches sirongly oblique; CuP deeply dichotomous. , CuP not fused with 14, . Anal field occupying an extensive aréa of base of wing, extending to c. 0.3 wing length. . Anals widely spaced basally; 14 deeply dichot- omous (Polystoechoies, Platystoechotes), or primitively pectinate (i.¢. with branches long, oblique and deeply dichotomously forked) (Fontecilla); 24 deeply dichotomous (Palystoechates), or tending to pectination (Platystoechates, Fontecilla), 3A long, deeply dichotomously forked; 2.4 and 34 not forming a loop basally. 18. la-2a clearly distal to 2a-3a. Hindwing: 1%, Subcostal space without crossveins. 20, Origin of Rs close to wing base; without presectoral veins. . Siem of Af4 present. . MP forked close to base, before (Fontecil/a) or after (Palystoechates, Platvstoechotes) origin of Rs. . MP3 few branched, weakly pectinate, Cud pectinate, with branches oblique. 24. Cud extending to at least “2 wing length, 25. Base of CuP not developed as an upright cubi- tal brace. . CuP not fused with 14. . CuP deeply dichotomous, - Anal field fairly extensive; 14 and 24 as in forewing, but with 14 in Fontecilla more obvi- ously pectinate; 34 long and deeply forked, not angulate ai 2a—3a. 453 (see Adams, 1967). and have probably correctly been ascribed to the Mesochrysopidae — the family of Mesozoic chrysopid or near-chrysopid forms (Adams, 1985). Included in this latter group are the following Jurassic ‘osmylid-like’ species which will not be discussed further herein: Afesochrysopa zitteli (Meunier, 1898) (Handlirsch, 1907, pl 48, fig. 14), Aristenymphes perfectus Panfilov, 1980, (Panfilov, 1980, fig. 108), Chnsoleonites ocellatys Martynov, 1925, (Martynov, 1925, fig. 10; Martynovoa, 1949, figs 4, 5, 1962, fig. 854), C. inlactus Panfilov, 1980, (Panfiloy, 1980, fig. 106), C. plexus Panfilov, 1980, (Panfilov, 1980, fig, 107), Macronympha elegans Panfilov, 1980, (Panvilov, 1980, fig. 110). Nymphoides latus Panfilov, 1980, (Panfilov, 1980, fig. 109), N. udensis Ponomarenko, 1984, (Ponomarenko, 1984, fig. 7), Mesotermes heros (Hagen, 1862) (Hagen, 1862, pl. 15, fig. | — as Termes heros) and Pseudomyrmeleon extinctus (Weyenbergh, 1869) (Weyenbergh, 1869, pl, 35, figs 16, 16a — as Myrmeleon extinctus). The latter two species are very poorly known and are included here only on the basis of Handlirsch’s (1906, p. 613-4) assessment. Of the remaining ‘osmylid-like’ wings several can be placed with some confidence in one or other of the Osmylidac, Polystoechotidae. Nymphidae or Myrmeleontidae, while others, although not showing features absolutely characteristic of one of these families, can be discussed in terms of showing more similarity to one or two rather than others. Table 1 lists alphabetically these ‘osmylid-lke*® species and includes all Mesozoic fossil Neuroptera with the three characters listed above (excluding those ascribed to the Mesochrysopidae), as well asany others which have been included in the Osmylitidae, Nymphitidae and Mesopolystoechotidae, the families erected to include Mesozoic forms with affinities to the three modern families nominally alluded to. Of ihe 4] species listed three groups are excluded from further discussion for the following reasons: Grow is Epigembria’ fongipenns, Glgan- totermes excelsus, Kirgisellodes ornatus, Nyini- phites priseus, N. brauert, Osmylites prata- gaeus, Osmylopsis duplicata, Pronymphites. 454 TABLE 4. Distinguishing features of wings of Nymphidae. 1. Trichosors present. 2. Membrane without microtrichia (except Nesydrion Gerstaecker — see Riek 1966). . Nygmata absent. . Jugal lobe absent. . Sc+ R, entering margin at or beyond wing apex, with branches long and mostly forked (Sc + R, thus occupy a major part of the apical field). . Numerous r-7s. . Rs-MA field with numerous randomly placed crossveins extending beyond level of point of fusion of Sc and Rj. 7a. MA never extensively forked. Forewing: 8. Humeral vein simple, at most only slightly recurrent. 9. Atleast | (basal) subcostal crossvein, and often with numerous additional ones. 10. Origin of Rs close to base of wing; without presectoral veins (excluding basal stem of MA). 11. lm-cu and basal stem of MA aligned, and upright or slightly oblique. 12. MP forked between 4 and ’ length, or simple. 13. Without ‘oblique vein’. 14, At least CuP, and usually CuA as well, pectinate (CuA sometimes forming a large triangular area as in the Myrmeleontidae). 15. CuP not fused with 14. 16, Anal field small, occupying a limited area extending, at most, to c. 0.2 wing length. 17. Anals closely spaced basally; 14 and 2 short, when multibranched, pectinate; 34 short, not deeply forked; 24 and 34 not forming a loop basally (except a very large one in Austronymphes Esben-Petersen). 18. Basal 1a—2a aligned with, or slightly proximal to, basal 2a—3a. oi aes) so Hindwing: 19. One (basal) subcostal crossvein, or without basal one but with numerous others. 20. Origin of Rs either close to wing base (without presectoral veins), or more distally placed (with several presectorals). 21. Stem of MA absent. 22. MP forked very close to base, before origin of Rs. 23, MP), and CuA pectinate. 24. CuA of variable extent, but usually not reaching beyond 2 wing length. 25. Base of CuP developed as an upright cubital brace. 26. CuP and 1A fused in region of cubital brace, but separate distally. 27. CuP, when multibranched, pectinate, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 28. Anal field occupying a very limited area at base of wing; 14 with, at most, 3 branches; 34 short, not deeply forked, not angulate at 2a—3a (except in Austronymphes where a large loop is formed similar to the forewing). elegans and Sialium sipylus are all based on fairly complete and mostly well preserved wings, but unfortunately the available illustrations (see Table 1) are not accurate enough to allow any new discussion. Their reassessment must await a re-examination of their type-specimens. Group 2: Loxophleps costalis, Melamnous indistinctus, Melaneimon dubium, Mesosmylina sibirica, Microsmylus foliformis, Parosmylus latus, Scapoptera recta, Solenoptilon kochi and S. martynovi are all based on fragmentary specimens which are not worth further consideration and for the most part should never have been named in the first place. S. kochi and S, martynovi are included in the list on the basis of wing shape and venational facies, even though both are figured with Sc not fused with R,. L. costalis and M. dubium are listed because of their placement by Handlirsch (1939) with Solenoptilon in the family Solenoptilidae. Group 3: Ineptiae meunieri, Nymphites lithographicus and Palparites deichmulleri are all poorly preserved and have never been illustrated with a line drawing. Any reassessment would require re-examination of their types. /. meunieri is included because of Handlirsch’s (1906, p. 614) opinion that it was ‘wahrscheinlich in die Nahe von Gigantotermes’ (Table 1: 3), and P. deichmulleri because of Deichmiller’s original observation (noted in Handlirsh, 1906, p. 614) that is was similar to Palpares Rambur (Myrmeleontidae). The 20 remaining species are sufficiently well preserved and illustrated to be discussed with respect to the major distinguishing features of the wings of modern Osmylidae, Polystoechotidae, Nymphidae and Myrmeleontidae as given in Tables 2-5. Epiosmylus longicornis is not well illustrated but has Sc+ R, entering the margin before the wing apex, with branches short and simple, and CuP of the forewing extensively tranversely pectinate, and is thus almost certainly an osmylid. The extremely elongate antennae and extensive crossvein network are reminiscent of RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA the subfamily Gumillinae [one species only, Gumilla longicornis (Walker) — see Adams, 1977], although the branching of MP in the forewing seems to differ considerably (compare Panfilov 1980, fig. 104 with Navas, 1912, fig. 24). Grammosmylus acuminatus is an enigmatic forewing remarkable for its extremely dense crossvein network. Its basic venational features are: Sc and R, fused apically but not curved posteriad; Rs arising close to wing base, with numerous pectinate branches; MA forked at about 2 length; MP forked near the base; CuA and CuP obliquely pectinately forked, CuA excessively so; anal field extensive. The affinities of G. acuminatus are problematic but it probably warrants the separate family status proposed by Panfilov. Kasachstania fasciata has short, thick antennae and a forewing with few r,—rs, limited crossveins in the Rs—MA field, MP, and CuA obliquely pectinately forked, CuP deeply dichotomously forked, anal field extensive and 1A apparently pectinately forked. This combination of characters is compatible with the Polystoechotidae, although 14 appears to be more clearly pectinate than in Fontecilla Navas (see Table 3). Lithosmylidia lineata, L. parvula and L., baronne have been discussed in detail herein. Mesonymphes hageni has the following combination of characters which place it clearly in the Nymphidae: Sc + R, entering margin well beyond wing apex, with branches long and deeply forked (Sc + R, thus occupying a major part of the apical field); several subcostal crossveins; forewing with origin of Rs close to wing base, without presectoral veins; MP forked near the base; hindwing with base of CuP developed as an upright cubital brace (Phillip Adams, pers. comm.; not illustrated by Carpenter, 1929). Mesonymphes rohdendorfiisa hindwing similar to that of M. hageni, although apparently without subcostal crossveins. The two species are almost certainly congeneric. Mesopolystoechotes apicalis is better known from the specimen figured by Martynova (1949, 1962) rather than the fragmentary one in Martynov (1937). The Martynova specimen is the apical half of a polystoechotid hindwing with venation not all that dissimilar to that of the modern Polystoechotes (compare Martynova, 1949, fig. 8 with Carpenter, 1940, fig. 69). If this assessment is accurate, the venational interpret- 455 TABLE 5. Distinguishing features of the wings of Myrmeleontidae 1. Trichosors absent. 2. Membrane without microtrichia. 3-7. As in Nymphidae. 7a. MA sometimes extensively dichotomously forked. Forewing: 8. Humeral vein simple, not recurrent. 9. Subcostal space without crossveins. 10. Origin of Rs remote from base of wing; at least 2 presectoral veins. 11. lm-cu and basal stem of MA aligned and strongly oblique. 12. MP simple. 13. ‘Oblique vein’ usually obvious. 14. CuP or CuP+ 1A pectinate; CuA; and CuA> enclosing a large triangular area, apparently formed basically of pectinate branches of CuA,, but often developed as a complex network of cells. 15. CuP nearly always Stilbopteryginae, Palpares, Kimmins) fused with 14. 16. As in Nymphidae. 17. As in Nymphidae. 18. Basal la—2a and basal 2a-3, when present, variably placed relative to each other. (except e.g. Pseudimares Hindwing: 19. Subcostal space without crossveins. 20. Origin of Rs remote from wing base; at least 1 presectoral vein, 21. Stem of MA absent. 22. MP forked very close to base, before origin of Rs. 23. MP extensively pectinate or forming a triangular area similar to CuA in forewing; CuA pectinate. 24. CuA short, not reaching 2 wing length. 25. Base of CuP developed as an upright cubital brace. 26. CuP fused with 14 from cubital brace to margin. 27. CuP + 1A, when multibranched, pectinate. 28. Anal field occupying a very limited area of base of wing; 24 and 34 nearly always simple (1A fused with CuP); 34 short, not deeply forked, not angulate, ation of Martynova (1949) rather than Marytnova (1962) is correct. Mesosmylina exornata is considered an osmylid forewing on the basis of the following combination of characters: Sc+ R, entering margin well before wing apex, with branches 456 short and apparently simple; CuP transversely pectinate; anal field extensive, with anals widely spaced basally and 1A long, with numerous short, simple pectinate branches. The crossvein field, as figured by Bode, shows some unusual features e.g. numerous subcostal crossveins, one presectoral vein (excluding basal MA stem), numerous random crossveins in Rs—MA field beyond level of point of fusion of Sc and R,, but these must be treated with caution following Willmann’s recent (1984) findings on the accu- racy of Bode’s descriptions and figures, especially the generous inclusion of numerous non-existent crossveins in his figures. Mesosmylina mongolica is based on a reasonably complete forewing, but unfortunately critical areas of the base and apex are not preserved. It has the following features which I think are sufficient to place it in the Osmylidae: Sc+R, field, although not completely preserved, with branches short and mostly simple; CuP pectinate, although with only 4 marginal branches; 14 apparently long, with numerous short, simple pectinate branches. CuA and CuP of M. mongolica differ considerably from those of M. exornata and the two species are probably not congeneric. Mesosmylus atalantus known from the forewing, a fragment of the hindwing and part of the abdomen, is poorly illustrated, even though the specimen itself (Panfilov, 1980, pl. 12, fig. 3) looks good, The forewing is probably that of an osmylid (Sc+ R, entering margin well before wing apex, with branches short and simple; Rs-MA field with a few random crossveins proximally and two irregular gradate series distally — as in the Protosmylinae; 14 long, apparently with numerous short, simple pectinate branches), although the form of CuP, which appears to have only four marginal branches, is not clearly indicated. The venation of this species appears to be fairly similar to that of Lithosmylidia parvula, Minonymphites orthophlebes is known from a forewing which, although placed by Hong in the Nymphitidae, does not belong with the other species discussed herein as ‘osmylid-like’, and is included in this listing only for the sake of completeness. Its affinities are problematical to say the least. The only thing in common with the ‘osmylid-like’ species is the fact that Sc and R, are fused apically and thence curved posteriad, otherwise it has the following combination of features which may even preclude it from the MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Neuroptera; no end-twigging on any veins; R apparently fused with Sc basally; apical branches of Rs merging with Sc+ R,; CuP and anals simple. Osmyliodea distinctus is known from the apical half of probably a hindwing with the following features, on the basis of which it can be assigned to the Polystoechotidae: Sc+ R, with branches quite long and forked; few r,-rs; crossveins of Rs-MA field few in number and restricted for the most part to one irregular gradate series; CuA obliquely pectinate as in Polystoechotes; CuP apparently deeply dichotomously forked. Palaeoleon ferrogeneticus is known from the apical half of a fore- or hindwing which, on the basis of the following combination of characters, is almost certainly a myrmeleontid: Sc+ R, entering margin well beyond wind apex, with branches long and deeply forked (Sc+ R, thus a major component of the apical field); MA deeply and extensively dichotomously forked; MP (if a forewing) simple; CuA (if a forewing) or MP; (if a hindwing) extensively pectinate. Rice’s figure (1969, fig. 2) is incorrectly labelled; thus his ‘R>5, R3,, R3, Ry, Rs, M,’ = Rs, ‘M2, M3, M,’ = MA, if the specimen is a forewing “Cu,” = MP and ‘Cu,’ = distal section of Cud, if a hindwing ‘Cu,’ = MP), and ‘Cu,’ = distal section of MP). Petrushevskia borisi is a very well preserved forewing with: Sc+R, entering margin well before wing apex; numerous r\-rs; random crossveins of Rs—MA field not extended beyond level of point of fusion of Sc and R,; 1m-—cu and basal stem of MA not aligned; CuP extensively pectinate; basal la—2a clearly distal to basal 2a-3a; anals widely spaced basally, 14 and 24 long and pectinate, with branches short and mostly simple, 2A and 3A forming a loop basally. On the basis of the above combination of characters P. borisi is assigned to the Osmylidae, even though the basal stem MA is more oblique than in recent species. Pterocalla superba is considered a polystoechotid forewing on the basis of the following combination of characters: limited r;-rs; Rs-MA field apparently with very few crossveins; MP, and CuA deeply pectinate, with branches strongly oblique; CuP and 1A deeply dichotomously forked; 24 apparently obliquely pectinate. Sibosmylina libelluloides, although included by Ponomarenko (1985) in Panfilov’s (1980) expanded Osmylidae, does not belong in this ‘osmylid-like’ group of species or probably even RE-EXAMINATION OF LITHOSMYLIDIA 437 in the Neuroptera. It is included herein for the sake of completeness only. Sogjula speciosa 1s known from a nearly com- plete forewing with: Sc+R, entering margin well before wing apex, with branches short and mostly simple: Rs—AJ4 field with two crossveins proximally and two irregular gradate series distally; CuP pectinate; anals widely spaced basally, 14 pectinate, with branches short. On the basis of these features S. spectosa is con- sidered an osmylid. even though it has only six r 17s. Tetanoptilon brunsvicense, although poorly illustrated (see notes under Mesosmylina exorhata), is considered a forewing on the basis of the broad separation at the base of the veins labelled ‘Cu’ and ‘A’ by Bode. Lf it was a hindwing as suggested by the narrow costal space. these veins would have to be Cit and CuP respectively, and thus have a common stem. If this venational interpretation is correct, Y. brunsyicense must be considered an osmylid. with CuP transversely pectinate and the anal field extensive with 14 very long, with numer- ous short, simple pectimate branches. In summary, the 20 ‘osmylid-like’ or sup- posed ‘osmylid-like’ species on which comment can be made can be classified into seven categories: 1. Species not ‘osmylid-like’ and possibly not even neuropterous: Minonymphites orthophlebes, Sihosmylina libellulaides. 2. Neuroptera of problematical affinities: Grammosmylus acuminatus (Grammosmy- lidae). 3. Species similar to QOsmylidae or Polystoechotidae, but not able to be placed in either: Lirhosmivlidia baronne, L, parvula. 4. Probable Osmylidac: Epiosmylus langicornis, Mesosmylina exornata, M. mongolica, Mesosmylus atalantus, Petrushevskia — borisi, Sagjtta speciasa, Telanoptilan brunsvicense. 3. Probable Polystoechotidae: Kusuchstania Jasciata, Lithosmylidia lineata, Mesopolystoechotes apicalis, Osmyliodea distinctus, Pterocalla superba. 6. Probable Nymphidae: fesonymphes hageni, M. rohdendorfi. 7. Probable = Myrmeleontidae: ferrageneticus. Palaealean Little comment can be made concerning the status of the families Osmylitidae, Nymphitidae and Mesopolystoechotidae while so many important species, including those of the type- genera of Osmylitidae and Nymphitidac. remain so poorly known, ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am very grateful to Phillip Adams (California) for his suggestions and guidance, Bob Day (Geological Survey of Queensland) for maintaining my interest in the geology of the Mount Crosby and Gayndah sites, Ian Naumann (Australian National Insect Collec- tion) for the loan of material, and Andrew Simpson (University of Queensland, Depart- ment of Geology) for allowing me to examine Riek’s specimens. LITERATURE CITED ADAMS. P.A. 1969, A new genus and species of Osmylidae (Neuroptera) from Chile and Argen- tina, with a discussion of planipennian genitalic homologies. Postilla 141; 1-11, 1967, A review of the Mesochrysinae and Nothochrysinae (Neuroptera : Chrysopidac). Bull. Mus. Camp. Zovl, 135; 215-238, 1977, Taxonomy of United States Leucochrvsa (Neuroptera - Chrysopidae), Pspehe 84: 92-102. 1985. Book review of “Biology of Chrysopidae’. Neuroptera International 3: 147-148. ALLEN, RJ. 1961. The Kholo Sub-group of the Ipswich Coal Measures. Geological Survey of Queensland Publication 300; 1-14, Bobe, A. 1953. Die Insektenfauna des ostniedersachsischen oberen Liag. Palaeonio- graphica (4) 103: 1-375, Carpenter. P.M, 1929. A Jurassic neuropteran from the lithographic limesione of Bavaria. Psyche 36: 190-194. 1940. A revision of the Nearctic Hemerobiidae, Berothidae, Sisymdae, Polystogchotidae and Dilaridae (Neuroptera). Proc. Amer. Acud. Arts Sci. 74; 193-280, De Jersey. N.J. 1971. Triassic miospores from the Tivoli Formation and Kholo Sub-group. Geologi- cal Survey of Queensland Publication 353: 1-40. 1979. Triassic miospores from the Gayndah Beds. Queensland Government Mining Journal 80: 124-125. Evtis. P.L. 1968, Geology of the Maryborough 1:250,000 sheet area. Geological Survey of Queens- land Report 26: |-101. Haase, E. 1890. Bemerkungen vur Palacontologie der Insecten. Newey Jahrbuch ftir Mtneralogie, 458 Geologie und Paldontologie Jahrgange 1890 (2): 1-33. Hacen, H.A. 1862. Ueber die Neuropteran aus dem lithographischen Schiefer in Bayern. Palaeontographica 10: 95-145, HANpLIRSCH, A. 1906-1908. ‘Die fossilen Insekten und die Phylogenie der rezenten Formen. Ein Handbuch fur Palaontologen und Zoologen’. (Wilhelm Engelmann: Leipzig). 1430 pp. in 9 parts. [For publication details see p. 359 of Musarave, A., 1932, “Bibliography of Australian Entomology 1775-1930 ..... Royal Zoological Society of New South Wales, Sydney, 380 pp.] 1939. Neue Untersuchungen tiber die fossilen Insekten mit Erginzungen und Nachtragen sowie Ausblicken auf phylogenetische palacogeo- graphische und allgemein biologische Probleme. II. Teil. Annalen des Naturhistorischen Museums in Wien 49: 1-240, Hone, Y. 1980. Fossil insects. p. 11 1-114. /m Chinese Academy of Geological Sciences, Institute of Geology, ‘Mesozoic stratigraphy and palaeon- tology of basins of Shanxi, Gangnsu and Ningxia Part 2"(Beijing). [In Chinese]. Mac .eop, E.G, 1970. The Neuroptera of the Baltic Amber. [. Ascalaphidae, Nymphidae, and Psychopsidae. Psyche 77: 147-180. Marrynov, A. 1925. To the knowledge of fossil insects from Jurassic beds in Turkestan. 2. Raphidioptera (continued), Orthoptera (s.1,), Odonata, Neuroptera. Bulletin de (Académie des Setences de Russie 19: 569-598. 1937. Liassic insects from Shurab and Kisyl-Kiya. Trayaux de l'Institut Paléontolagique Académie des Sciences de 'URSS 7; 1-232. MartyNova, ©O.M. 1949, Mesozoic lacewings (Neuroptera) and their bearing on concepts of phy- logeny and systematics of the order. Trudy Paleontologicheskoga Instituta 20; 150-170. [In Russian]. 1958. New insects from Permian and Mesozoic deposits of the USSR. Materialy k Osnovam Paleontologti 2: 69-94. [In Russian]. 1962. Order Neuroptera. Lacewings. Jn Rohdendort, B.B, (Ed.), ‘Osnovy Paleontologii’. p. 272-282. (Akad. Nauk USSR: Moscow). [In Russian]. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Nayas. L. 1912, Insectos neurdpteros nuevos a poco conocidos. Memorias de la Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes.de Barceloha 10: 135-202. OPPENHEIM, P. 1888. Die Insectenwelt lithographischen Schiefers in Paleontographica 34: 215-247, PanriLov, D.V. 1980. New representatives of lacewings (Neuroptera) from the Jurassic of Karatau. p. 82-111. /n Dolin V.G., Panfilov, D.V., Ponomarenko A.G, and L.N. Pritykina. “Mesozoic Fossil Insects’. (Naukova Dumka: Kiev). [In Russian}, PONOMARENKO, A.G, 1984, Neuroptera from the Jur- assic in eastern Asia. Paleontologischeskii Zhurnal 1984 (3): 64-73. [In Russian]. f 1985. Lacewings from the Jurassic of Siberia and western Mongolia. Trudy Paleontologicheskoga Instituta 211: 91-94. [In Rossian]. Rice, H.M.A. 1969. An antlion (Neuroptera) and a stonefly (Plecoptera) of Cretaceous age from Lab- tador, Newfoundland, Geolagical Survey af Can- ada Paper 68-65: 1-11. Riek, E.F. 1955, Fossil insects from the Triassic beds at Mt Crosby, Queensland. Aust. J Zool. 3: 654-691, 1966, Structures of unknown, possibly stridulatory, function on the wings and body of Neuroptera: with an appendix on other endopterygote orders. Aust. J Zool. 15: 337-348. Tittyarp, RJ. 1916. Studies in Australian Neuroptera. No. i. The wing venation of the Myrmeleonidae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 40: 734-752, Westwoop, J.0. 1854. Contributions to fossil ento- mology. Quarterly Journal of the Geological Society of London 10; 378-396. WEYENBERGH, H, 1869, Sur les insectes fossiles du caleaire Jithographique de la Baviére, qui se trouvent au Musée Teyler. Archives du Musée Tevler 2: 247-294, WILLMANN, R. 1984. Mecopteren aus dem Lias von Niedersachen (Insecta, Holometabola). Newes Jahrbuch fir Geologie und Palaontolozie Monatshejie 1984(7): 437-448. Woops, J.T_ 1962, Fossil plants and insects from near Gayndah. Unpublished Report of the Geological Survey of Queensland, 1 p. des Bavern. A NEW SPECIES OF DILOMPUS SCUDDER (HEMIPTERA : LYGAEIDAE) M.B. Matipatie Malipatil, M.B. 1988 11 7: A new species of Dilompus Scudder (Hemiptera : Lygaeidae). Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 459-461. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Dilompus woodwardi sp. nov. (Lygaeidae : Artheneinae : Dilompini) is described and illus- trated from New South Wales, Victoria, and southern Western Australia. Taxonomy, Dilompus, Lygaeidae, Hemiptera. M.B. Malipatil, Northern Territory Museum of Arts and Sciences, GPO Box 4646, Darwin, Northern Territory 0801, Australia; 14 July, 1987. Scudder (1957) described the new genus and species Dilompus robustus from New South Wales and placed it in the subfamily Rhyparochrominae. Slater, Woodward and Sweet (1962) recorded D. robustus from Tas- mania, South Australia and South-East Queens- land. They also reviewed its systematic position and decided it belonged to the subfamily Artheneinae and the new tribe Dilompini. The present paper describes a second species of the genus Dilompus Scudder. Dilompus woodwardi sp. nov. (Figs 1-5) MATERIAL EXAMINED Ho.otyre: 3, Dainers Gap, 36.12S 148.43E, New South Wales, 6 November 1973, P. Morrow, 1585 m, Euc. pauciflora forest, Ex Eucaltypus pauciflora, in Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra. PARATYPE: 1 2, Tidal overlook, Wilsons Promon- tory, Victoria, 20 July 1981, A. Andersen, Eucalyptus baxteri woodland, on E. baxteri fruit, in Northern Territory Museum, Darwin. Non-TyPe: 1 2, 11 ml (ca 18 km) S. of Yanchep, Western Australia, 3 January 1966, J.A. Grant, BM-CSIRO Expedition, BM 1973-346, in British Museum (Natural History), London. DESCRIPTION Generally dark brown. Apex of clypeus slightly paler, antennae with 4th segment darker, pronotum posterior lobe area ferrugi- nous dark brown with dark punctures, legs pale ferruginous with femora excluding apex shiny black, hemelytra pale ochraceous with punc- tures and areas on disc of corium dark ferrugi- nous brown, membrane particularly in middle light yellow with base, apex and areas between veins dark brown, abdomen ferruginous. _——— Se | Fic. 1. Dilompus woodwardi holotype, dorsal view. Legs not shown. Scale 0.89 mm. 460 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Body elongate ovate. Measurements of holo- Heap: Length 0.46(0.55), width across eyes type ¢ with those of paratype 2 in parentheses. 0.66(0.70), interocular space 0.39(0.45), Total length 2.9(3.5); maximum width _ interocellar space 0.32(0.42), eye-ocellar space 1.16(1.55). 0.02(0.03); length of antennal segments: I, Fics. 2-5. Dilompus woodwardi: 2, 3 — paratype 2; 2 — 2nd gonocoxa and gonapophysis, 3 — spermatheca; 4, 5 — holotype 6; 4 — right paramere, dorsal view; 5 — aedeagus. Figs 2, 5 to scale A; 3,4 to scale B. NEW SPECIES OF DILOMPUS 0.16(0.23); II, 0.34(0.38); II, 0.31(0.36); IV, 0.46(0.50); labrum almost as long as labial Ist segment; labium slightly exceeding posterior coxae, length of segments: I, 0.45(0.58); II, 0.48(0.62); III, 0.37(0.48); IV, missing(0.24). THorax: Pronotum less than 2X as wide posteriorly as long, posterior margin slightly concave in front of scutellum, length 0.58(0.78), width posterior margin 1.08(1.28), width anterior margin 0.56(0.62); scutellum length 0.42(0.54), width 0.60(0.58); hemelytra well exceeding abdomen, length 1.98(2.40), length corium 1.45(1.88), claval commissure 0.39(0.56), width membrane 0.70(0.93). Aspomen: First scent gland scar between terga III-VI ca 12 X as wide as those between terga IV-V and V-VI which are subequal. Submedian trichobothria in almost rectilinear arrangement in 6, in slightly triangular arrangement in 9°. Femace Genitauia: Ovipositor with Ist ramus traversing to most length of Ist gonapophysis, 2nd gonapophysis subapically notched as in Fig. 2; spermatheca (Fig. 3) with short duct, base of bulb deeply invaginated. Mate Genitatia: Pygophore posterior margin rounded; paramere (Fig. 4) strongly sickle shaped, with 3 small lobes on proximal '2 area — 1 dorsal and 2 ventral; aedeagus (Fig. 5), phallotheca moderately pigmented and with a pair of processes at distal end on either side of ejaculatory reservoir, body and wings well developed, helicoid process not distinct, gonoporal process 2-3 coiled. Notes I dedicate this species to the late Dr T.E. Woodward, who influenced my research on lygaeid taxonomy so much, and who had 461 organized to describe this species before his sudden death. The new species differs from the only other species of the genus Dilompus, D. robustus Scudder, 1957, in having pronotum distinctly less than 2 X as wide posteriorly as long (ca 2 X as wide posteriorly as long in robustus); and the longer body which is more than 2 X as long as wide (2 X in robustus). Andersen (1985) recorded the species (as “sen. et sp. nov. (Dilompini)”) on fruits of Eucalyptus baxteri in Wilsons Promontory, Victoria. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I thank Dr G.B. Monteith (Queensland Museum) for the loan of specimens including the holotype which had been on loan to Dr Woodward from ANIC, Canberra, and for kindly permitting me to use the excellent dorsal view illustration of the new species prepared by Mrs Sybil Monteith for the late Dr Woodward. LITERATURE CITED ANDERSEN, A.N. 1985. Seed-eating bugs (Hemiptera : Heteroptera : Lygaeidae) at Wilsons Promontory. Vic. Nat. 102(6); 200-204. Scuppber, G.G.E. 1957. A new genus and species of Rhyparochrominae (Hem., Lygaeidae) from Aus- tralia. Ent. mon. Mag. (4)93: 143-144. SLaTER, J.A., WooDWaRD, T.E. AND SWEET, M.H. 1962. A contribution to the classification of the Lygaeidae, with the description of a new genus from New Zealand (Hemiptera : Heteroptera). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 55: 597-605. ALBINISM IN THE PIGEYE WHALER SHARK CARCHARHINUS AMBOINENSIS (MULLER AND HENLE) FROM QUEENSLAND R.J. McKay anp K. BEINSSEN McKay, R.J. and Beinssen, K. 1988 11 7: Albinism in the pigeye whaler shark Carcharhinus amboinensis (Miller and Henle) from Queensland. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 463-464. Bris- bane. ISSN 0079-8835. An albino, immature female, pigeye whaler shark Carcharhinus amboinensis measuring 743 mm in total length was netted with many other normally pigmented sharks at Station Point between Cape Keppel and Seahill on the northern end of Curtis Island, Queensland, Febru- ary 1987. This appears to be the first known albino individual of this species and the first record of albinism in the family Carcharhinidae. Sharks, albinism, Carcharhinus amboinensis R.J. McKay, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Aus- tralia; K. Beinssen, Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service, PO Box 1395, Rock- hampton, Queensland 4700, Australia; 16 June, 1987. A pigeye whaler shark Carcharhinus amboinensis (Miller and Henle, 1841) netted by Gladstone commercial fisherman Mr Lance Hayward appears to be the first record of albin- ism in the family Carcharhindae. The shark was taken in an 8 inch monofilament barramundi net at Station Point, between Cape Keppel and Seahill on the northern end of Curtis Island, Queensland, February 2, 1987. Mr Hayward recognized the shark to be a rarity because it was the first albino individual he and other long- standing Gladstone fisherman had seen or heard of. The specimen was given to the junior author who forwarded it to the Queensland Museum for identification. The specimen (see figure), registered I.22687, is a gutted immature female 743 mm in total length; first dorsal fin height 65 mm; second dorsal fin height 19 mm; length of rear tip of second dorsal fin 26 mm; internasal distance 50 mm; preoral distance 49 mm; lower teeth 11-2-11; precaudal vertebrae 91. The body and fins are entirely white, with pink irises of the eyes, as in a true albino (Fig. 1). Many other sharks of this species were also netted on the day of capture. They are frequently taken in barramundi Lates cavifrons nets. The pigeye whaler grows to a length of 280 cm and according to Compagno (1984) are born at 71 to 72 cm. The smallest free-living specimen seen by Garrick (1982) measured 710 mm, and specimens from the Fitzroy River and near Seahill, Curtis Island described by Whitley (1943) were free-living at 732 and 804 mm in late March, 1943. Albinism in elasmobranchs is relatively rare (see Dawson 1964, 1971; Nakaya 1973). Albin- ism in sharks has been reported for Notorynchus 464 maculatus (Herald, 1953), Mustelus californicus (Herald, Schneebeli, Green and Innes, 1960; Cohen, 1973; Talent, 1973), Sphyrna lewini (McKenzie, 1970), Stegastoma fasciatum (Nakaya, 1973) and Triakis semifasciata (Follett, 1976). This is the first record of albin- ism in the genus Carcharhinus and in the family Carcharhinidae sensu stricto. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We thank Mr Lance Hayward for forwarding the shark for positive identification and for making enquiries on our behalf. We are most grateful for radiographs of the albino specimen supplied by Mr John Farrington and staff of the Department of Radiography, Royal Brisbane Hospital. LITERATURE CITED Couen, J.L. 1973. An albino grey smoothhound Mustelus californicus Gill. Calif. Fish Game 59(3): 210-211. CompaGno, L.J.V. 1984. FAO species catalogue, vol. 4. Sharks of the world. An annotated and illus- trated catalogue of shark species known to date. Part 2. Carcharhiniformes. FAO Fish. Synop. (125)Vol. 4(2): 251-655. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Dawson, C.E. 1964. A bibliography of anomalies of fishes. Gulf Res. Rep. 1(6): 308-399. 1971. A bibliography of anomalies of fishes, Sup- plement 2. Gulf Res. Rep. 3(2); 215-239. Foutert, W.1. 1976. First record of albinism in the leopard shark (Triakis semifasciata Girard). Calif. Fish Game 62(2): 163-164. Garrick, J.A.F. 1982, Sharks of the genus Carcharhinus. NOAA Tech. Rep. NMFS Circ. (445): 1-194, Herarp, E.S. 1953. The 1952 shark derbies at Elkhorn Slough, Monterey Bay, and at Coyote Point, San Francisco Bay. Calif, Fish Game 39(2): 237-243. HERALD, E.S,, SCHNEEBELI, W., GREEN, N., AND INNES. K. 1960. Catch records for seventeen shark derbies held at Elkhorn Slough, Monterey Bay, California. Calif: Fish Game 46(1): 59-67. McKenzie, M.D. 1970. First record of albinism in the hammerhead shark, Sphyrna lewini (Pisces : Sphyrnidae). Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. J. 86(1): 35-37. Nakaya, K. 1973, An albino zebra shark Stegostoma fasciatum from the Indian Ocean, with comments on albinism in elasmobranchs. Jap. J. Ichthyol. 20(2): 120-122. TaLent, L.G, 1973. Albinism in embryo grey smoothound sharks, Mustelus californicus, from Elkhorn Slough, Monterey Bay, California, Copeia 1973(3): 595-597. WuitLey, G.P, 1943. Ichthyological descriptions and notes. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 68: 114-144. A NEW SPECIES OF RIDGEWAYIA (COPEPODA, CALANOIDA) FROM THE GULF OF CARPENTARIA B.H.R. OTHMAN AND J.G. GrEENWwooD Othman, B.H.R. and Greenwood, J.G. 1988 11 7: A new species of Ridgewayia (Copepoda, Calanoida) from the Gulf of Carpentaria. Mem. Od Mus. 25(2): 465-469. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Plankton collections in the Gulf of Carpentaria yielded two male specimens of a new species of copepod, Ridgewayia flemingeri, which is here described. The genus now con- tains 11 species, with the new species showing close similarity to Ridgewayia typica Thompson and Scott, 1903, and Ridgewayia canalis (Gurney, 1927). Males of R. flemingeri differ from all others of the genus in having numerous hairs on segments | 1-17 of the right antennule, and in structure of the 5th legs. O Copepoda, Calanoida, Ridgewayia, Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia B.H.R. Othman, 121 Jalan Athinahapan Dua, Taman Tun Dr Ismail, 60000 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; J.G. Greenwood, Department of Zoology, University of Queensland, St Lucia, Queensland 4067, Australia; 1 January, 1987. During studies of copepods from the Gulf of Carpentaria, two male specimens belonging to a new species of Ridgewayia were sampled. The species is described below. The specimens were taken in a net of mesh aperture size 140 pm towed from near-bottom to the sea surface through 50 metres of water in stepped-oblique hauls. Specimens were examined and dissected in glycerine/water and drawings were made using a Leitz HM-LUX microscope with the aid of a camera lucida. Type specimens have been deposited in the Queensland Museum (QM). Ridgewayia flemingeri sp. nov. (Figs 1 A-G, 2 A-F) MATERIAL EXAMINED HOoLotyPe: QM W12200 ¢ ¢ of total length 0.7 mm. PARATYPE: QM W12201 6 ¢ dissected on two slides. Both type specimens collected in plankton sample No. 8A2 at lat. 14°0.0°S, long. 141°25.5’E in the Gulf of Carpentaria on August 14th 1975 (see Rothlisberg and Jackson (1982) for sample details). DESCRIPTION Male: Length (TL) from anterior tip of prosome to extremity of furcal rami for 2 speci- mens is 0.63 and 0.70 mm. Prosome length to width ratio 2.28:1; prosome to urosome length ratio 2.51:1. Body slender (Fig. 1 A,B) and more elongate than most other members of the genus. Head free from thorax. Fourth and 5th thoracic somites separated, 5th tapering into 2 symmetri- cal, narrow and slightly pointed margins in dor- sal view; in lateral view these margins smoothly rounded except for conspicuous notch on ven- tral surface (Fig. | B). Posterior corners of 5th somite extend to posterior end of genital segment. Urosome 5-segmented, all somites symmetri- cal but vary in size. Proportional lengths of these somites are given in Table 1. TABLE 1: Proportional lengths of urosomal somites and furcal rami. Somites 1|. 2 3| 4] 5 | furcal rami Proportions | 24] 21 | 19 | 13] 4 19 = 100 Anal operculum with dentate distal margin is visible from dorsal aspect. Each furcal ramus about 1'2 times longer than broad, with 5 prominent setae: First seta (from inner margin) about length of urosome; 2nd seta very strong, extending about twice length of urosome; 3rd seta strong and slightly longer than Ist; 4th seta 0.5 X length of 3rd; 5th seta equal length to furca itself. First antenna of similar length to prosome. Left antenna 26-segmented, right with 22 free segments. Proximal 2 segments of right antenna broad and long, 4 distal segments narrow and long (Fig. 1 C); segments 11-17 furnished with plumous hairs on surface. Second antenna with both basipod and endopod 2-segmented. First basipodal segment 466 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic. | Ridgewayia flemingeri sp. nov., male; A — dorsal view; B — lateral view; C — left 1st antenna; D— 2nd antenna; E — mandible; F — Ist maxilla; G — 2nd maxilla. NEW SPECIES OF RIDGEWAYIA 467 with one plumose inner dista) seta; 2d with 2 inner distal setae. First endopod segment 1\ limes length of 2nd, with 2 setae on inner margin about ' length from distal end, 2nd segment is 2-lobed, inner lobe with & setae of gradually increasing length from lateral to medial edge, except for most medial seta; outer Jobe carries 6 ierminal setae and 2 lateral spines at about 14 length from distal end. Exopod is of similar length to endopod, with & segments; first 7 segments progressively smaller (length and breadth), each bearing single medial seta; apical segment 4 times length of preceding sezment and with 4 terminal setae. Mandibular palp with large triangular basipod with 4 medial marginal setae (Fig, | E), Exopod 4-segmented, lengths of segments similat except for short Ist segment; first 3 segments cach with single distomedial seta; 4th segment with 2 long ! short apical setae. Endopod 2-segmenied, the segments of equal length; first segment slightly broader than 2nd, with 4 medial marginal setae; 2nd segment has 10 apical selae. Mandibular blade expanded at apex, with numerous irregu- lar sized and blunt tecth. Basipod on 1st maxilla (Fig. | F) with 9 lateral selac, and a distal lobe bearing a single shart seta: Medial margin 4-lobed; first lobe broadest, with 9 strong plumose spines and | small submarginal seta; remaiming 3 lobes small. of equal size, with 4, 4 and 3 terminal setae respectively, Exopod a single segment, with 13 setae along lateral margin, Endopod 2-segmented, Ist beanng S medial setae. 2nd with |1 apical setae. Second maxilla has 3 distinct segments (Fig. | G). Medial margins of the first 2 segments each bear 2 lobes: Proximal lobe of lst segment bears 4 apical and | basal setae, distal lobe has 3 setae; lobes on the 2nd segment bear 3 and 2 setae respectively. Third segment 3-lobed, proximal lobe with 5 setae, middle with 3 setae. apical lobe with 7 selae; two setae, (one seta on the proximal and ong on the middle lobe} of (he 3rd scements are noticeably stouter than the rest and have pectinaled margins. Maxilliped 7-segmented (Fig. 2 A First sepment largest, with 3 groups of setae ({+2+3) on the medial margin, Second seg- ment slightly shorter and much narrower than Ist, row of fine hairs near proximal medial margin, 3 short sctac more distally, distal end of segment wilh 2 Jong setae: third and 4ih segments each bear 4 setae: fifth segment with ! seta on the distolateral margin, }setae on medial Margin; sixth segment with 2 medial setae; seventh segment bears 4 terminal setae. Row of minute surface spines present On anterior sur- faces of segments 4 and 5. Basis of Ist lee with a curved scta on distomedial inner margin extending midlength of 2nd endopod (Fig, 2 B), First and 2nd exopodal segments with a strong lateral spine of equal length to segment, distal to cach spine is a flattened club-shaped process, naked and small in segment |, large and serrate in segment 2. Third exopodal segment with lateral spine about midlength of the segment, plus an apical anda \erminal spine; terminal spine approx, com- bined Icngths of last 2 exopodal segments. Medial margin of exopod with one seta each on Ist and 2nd segments, 3 on 3rd segment, Endopod has |. 2 and 5 setae on medial margin of the Ist, 2nd and 3rd segments. respectively; iriangular process present on distal outer margin of segments. | and 2: 3rd segment with shor terminal spine and a short naked seta about midlength of lateral margin. Second to 4th legs similar in numbers. and positions of sctae and spines (Fig. 2 C, D, E), First and 2nd expodal segments with 2 spines on distolateral margin, the most lateral being 3 times length of other. Third segment with 3 apical spines; innermost spine longest, almost equal lo segment; oulermost spine aboul ' length of longest spine; central spine is minute. Third exopod segment with two lateral spines.on Jrd and 4th legs, one on 2nd leg. Medial margins of exopods bears 1, | and 5 setae on Ist and 2nd and 3rd segments respectively. Fiith leg complex (Fig, 2 F), both legs biramous, with |-segmented endopod. Exopod 2-segmented in left, 3-segmented in right leg. Coxal segments of both legs fused, devoid of setae. Basis with a seta on anterior surface about 43 length from proximal end; 2 obtuse spines on distal margin of this segment in left leg, one direcied joward endopod the other toward exopod. Segments of left ¢xopod unequal, the lst being slightly longer and broader. Distolateral margin of 11 segment with a small spinous process, and a long spine with serrate margins, reaching to slightly beyond end of 2nd segment. Second ¢xopod segment with spinous process and long serrate spine similar in shape but slightly longer than those of Ist segment. Exopod ends with 2 naked seta-like apical structures, one short, other longer than segment and extending beyond serraie spine. Endopod of simiusr Jength to exopod; lateral margin with 468 MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM O.imm A,F,G Oimm N R-F > eee Fic. 2 Ridgewayia flemingeri sp. nov., male: A— maxilliped; B — Ist leg; C— 2nd leg; D— 3rd leg, E— 4th leg; F — 5th leg; G — terminal part of endopod of left Sth leg. NEW SPECIES OF RIDGEWAYIA row of fine hairs proximally; medial margin bears 3 setae. Endopod terminates in 2 seta-like apical structures of equal length and a lobed lamellar sheath (Fig. 2 G). Right fifth leg with seta on anterior surface of basipodite; 3 spinules also on this surface about ? length from distal end. First and 2nd exopodal segments of similar size; Ist segment with a minute stout spine on lateral margin at base of long serrate spine about twice length of segment; 2nd segment with strong medially curved spine distolaterally, reaching beyond tips of processes from 3rd segment; 3rd segment highly modified, having at least 4 membranous processes of vari- ous shapes and sizes. Endopod conical, tapering to very sharp point and extending to about the middle of the 3rd exopod segment. ETYMOLOGY The species is named in honour of the late Dr Abraham Fleminger of the Scripps Institute of Oceanography, La Jolla, USA for his over- whelming contributions to our knowledge of copepod taxonomy. REMARKS The family Ridgewayiidae was proposed by Wilson (1958) to accommodate a single genus Ridgewayia. Since then Fosshagen (1970) described two more genera. Exumella and Placocalanus, belonging to this family. There are now 11 known species of Ridgewayia. The genus was first described by Thompson and Scott (1903) from the females of Ridgwayia typica. Later males of this species were described by Ummerkutty (1963). In her revision of the familial and generic placement of Ridgewayia, Wilson (1958) included Gurney’s (1927) Suezia canalis and Esterly’s (1911) Lampoidopus marki as members of this genus. The inclusion of the latter species was further substantiated by Yeatman’s (1969) redescription of it. The following species are therefore now included in this’ genus: Ridgewayia typica Thompson and Scott, 1903; Ridgewayia marki (Esterly, 1911); Ridgewayia canalis (Gurney, 1927); Ridgewayia gracilis Wilson, 1958; Ridgewayia shoemakeri Wilson, 1958; Ridgewayia krishnaswami Ummerkutty, 1963; Ridgewayia sp. Yeatman, 1969; Ridgewayia __wilsoni =‘ Fosshagen, _—:1970; Ridgwayia sp. Fosshagen, 1970, and Ridewayia fosshageni Humes and Smith, 1974. 469 Ridgewayia flemingeri closely resembles Ridgewayia typica and Ridgewayia canalis in that the male right antennule is 22-segmented. R. flemingeri males differ from those of all other members of the genus in the presence of numer- ous hairs on segments 11-17 of the right antennae. The structure of the 5th leg, viz. the hirsute lateral surface of the left endopod and the pointed distal end of the right endopod, is unique in R. flemingeri. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS We are very grateful to Dr P.C. Rothlisberg of the CSIRO Division of Fisheries Research, Cleveland, Australia for providing us with the plankton samples. LITERATURE CITED EsTeRLy, C.O. 1911. Calanoid Copepoda from the Bermuda Islands. Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts Sci. 47: 219-226. FossHaGEN, A. 1970. Marine biological investigations in the Bahamas 15. Ridgewayia (Copepoda, Calanoida) and two new genera of calanoids from the Bahamas. Sarsia 44: 25-58. Gurney, R. 1927. Zoological results of the Cambridge expedition to the Suez Canal, 1924, XXXIII. Report on the Crustacea: — Copepoda (Littoral and Semi-parasitic). Trans. Zool. Soc. London 22: 451-577. Humes, A.G. anp SmitH, W.L. 1974, Ridgewayia fosshageni n. sp. (Copepoda: Calanoida) associ- ated with an actinarian in Panama, with obser- vations on the nature of the association. Can, J. Sci. 14: 125-139. ROTHLISBERG, P.G, AND JACKSON, C.J. 1982. Tem- poral and spatial variation of plankton abun- dance in the Gulf of Carpentaria, Australia 1975- 1977, J. Plankton Res. 4(1); 19-40. THOMPSON, LC. AND ScoTT, A. 1903. Report on the Copepoda collected by Professor Herdman, at Ceylon, in 1902. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fish., Supp. Rep. 7: 227-307. UmMeRKUTTY, A.N.P. 1963. Studies on Indian copepods - 7. On two calanoid copepods. Ridgewayia typica Thompson and Scott and R. krishnaswamyi n. sp. Bull. Dept. Mar. Biol. Oceanogr. Univ. Kerala 1: 15-28. WIison, M.S. 1958. A review of the copepod genus Ridgewayia (Calanoida) with descriptions of new species from the Dry Tortugas, Florida. Prac. U.S. natn. Mus, 108: 137-179. YEATMAN, H.C. 1969. A redescription of copepod, Ridgewayia marki, with description of an unusual specimen. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 44: 7-10. PRELIMINARY OBSERVATIONS ON THE MATING BEHAVIOUR OF THE AUSTRALIAN MYGALOMORPH SPIDER AUSTRALOTHELE JAMIESONI (DIPLURIDAE, ARANEAE, ARACHNIDA) Rosert J. RAVEN Raven, R.J. 1988 11 7. Preliminary observations on the mating behaviour of the Australian mygalomorph spider Australothele jamiesoni (Dipluridae, Araneae, Arachnida). dem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 471-474. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. When mating, the male of Australothele jamiesoni Raven braces open the female's fangs with spurs on his first tibiae while spurs on the second tibiae clamp the first legs of the female at the metatarsal-tarsal joint or distally to it. O Behaviour, mating, spider, Mygalomorphae. Robert J. Raven, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Australia; 24 April, 1987. In most mygalomorph spiders whose mating behaviour is known spurs on the first legs of males serve to lock the fangs of females immobile or at least in a ‘safe’ position: however, some lock the palpal femur or first leg (Coyle, 1985, 1986). This locking of the female's fangs apparently prevents the male being killed and eaten before or during insemination. As with most spiders, until conspecific males are recognised as such they are regarded simply as prey. Spiders observed in this study provide new data for comparison because in males of Australothele jamiesoni Raven, 1984, spurs occur on both tibiae I and II. Courtship and mating of only one Australian mygalomorph. Atrax infensus, has been noted (Hickman, 1964). However, Mr Pat Walker of Toowoomba (Australia) did observe and photograph the mating of 4Atrax formidabilis (see Scott, 1980, fig. 21) and of A. infensus (in Hickman, 1964). Platnick (1971) divided spider courtship types into three groups, each based upon the nature of the prime releaser of male display. Of the three types, only two are recorded for the Mygalomorphae. Type I requires direct contact of male and female; type II requires only chemotactic perception of silk and/or percep- tion of olfactory pheromones (Platnick, 1971). Fic. 1. Australothele jamiesoni, male (below) and female (above) mating. a; lateral view; b: semi-diagrammatic sagittal view. 472 MATERIALS AND METHODS Males and females of Australothele jamiesoni were collected in closed forests of the Brisbane valley in southeastern Queensland. Specimens used were taken from two areas: Newmarket and Brookfield, near Brisbane (three mature females and two males) and Pidna State Forest, about 80 kms northwest of Brisbane (one male). Males are trapped in pitfalls most commonly in winter (Raven, 1984). Hence, observations were made between 1800 and 0100 hours in a room lit by fluorescent light at ambient tem- perature and humidity in mid-winter. The observation chamber was covered with red- or green-tinted transparent cellophane to reduce light intensity while still allowing the spiders to be observed. Because the chamber was a round metal dish (c. 18 cms diameter, 5 cms high), spiders could not retreat into corners and interspider contact was inevitable. The male was placed in a glass vial (c. 3 cm long, 0.8 cm in diameter) that was plugged with moist, cotton wool and laid on its side. The vial was placed in different positions relative to the female and her web. All measurements of distances, angles, times, and frequency were estimated. RESULTS In nature (and to a lesser extent in the obser- vation chamber), both sexes of Australothele jamiesoni build extensive, opaque white webs under and against rocks, logs, and embank- ments. Those webs usually have several open- ings leading to tubes that anastomose through the total space that the web occupies. In the chamber, the femaie constructed a typi- cal web between the lip and the outer 5-6 cm of the base. Numerous openings were evident and the female was discernible through thin silk of two or three parallel corridors in the main portion of the web. In the vial, the male made a horizontal web suspended across its diameter. After the vial was in the chamber for 14 days, the plug enclosing the male was removed. Within 2 minutes, the male abandonned the vial and was replaced by the female spinning silk as she moved. She then turned to face out of the vial and the male quickly moved toward her and vibrating his cephalothorax and abdomen in unison, The vibration was a short vertical oscil- lation (amplitude, 1-2 mm; frequency, about 0.5 Hz). At the same time, the male’s pedipalps began ‘drumming’, a small and_ inaud- MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM ible vertical movement of similar amplitude to the preceeding vibration but at about 2 Hz. As he approached her, his first legs were raised at about 30-40 degrees to the horizontal. Both his first and second pairs of legs trembled and moved back and forwards, alternating between left and right legs. His approach continued with his palps drumming and in response to that she raised her cephalothorax and first legs to about 30 degrees to the horizontal and incompletely extended her fangs. These positions were attained four times, but were terminated each time when the male turned away and retreated. Each time, the female reinitiated the process by placing her tarsi on his front legs. After the fifth such encounter, he moved under her pushing her high onto the vial’s ceil- ing. His first legs were arched back along his body at an obtuse angle of about 120-140 degrees to the horizontal. His spur on tibia I and the proximal process on metatarsus I clasped each of her fangs. His second leg was arched back (to a lesser extent) and also laterally. His spur on tibia I] and proximal process on meta- tarsus II clamped the metatarsus-tarsus articu- lation of her first leg. In that position, the male’s palps, having drummed along her fangs, were advanced to her epigastric region where the emboli were inserted one at a time, for about 20 seconds each, with about 2 seconds between insertions. It was not possible to determine to which side of the female epigynum the male palp was applied, but his palp seemed to be par- allel to his long axis indicating that his left palp probably inseminated her right spermatheca. Unfortunately, at that time the chamber was bumped and he appeared either to release or lose his hold of her fangs and legs. In any case, she quickly impaled her fangs through his cara- pace. In about 30 seconds, he was motionless and transfixed by both fangs of the female. Pre- sumably, she would have ingested him had I not removed him. In the above case which was the only success- ful mating observed, the male was slightly smaller than the female. (Carapace length of males of Australothele jamiesoni vary from 4-8 mm, and that of females from 5-10 mm). When a putatively conspecific male (QM S590) about twice the size of the female (and from about 100 km from where she was collected) was used, she and other females of similar size repeatedly avoided the male; at no stage did the male respond to the female as a potential mate. How- ever, when similarly sized or smaller males MYGALOMORPH MATING BEHAVIOUR 473 from localities near those of females were used. bath sexes behaved as tf confronted by potential mates at some time during the observations, The discrepency in size between males of Australothele jamesoni from disparate localities was discussed by Raven (1984: 14). Because no consistent morphological difference was observed, all populations were considered conspecific. The potential for electrophoretic studies to falsify that hypothests 1s suggested by the avoidance behaviour of specimens from dis- parate localities. In many cases, males responded to the web of females by raising and lowenng their front legs as if stroking the surface. When the male con- fronted the female and touched her tarsi, his entire body quivered (amplitude. 1-2 mm). In one case, the male chased the fernale for several minutes and when she stopped and turned, the male quivered, One male of Australothele jamiesani was observed charging his palps with sperm. When first observed, he had spun a thin translucent sperm web about | cm square suspended from the sides of a jar and its main web. The spider was dorsal side up, Positioning bis chelicerae over the sperm web with his palps extended for- ward over the edge and under it, the male dabbed his palpal bulbs alternately in the visible drop of sperm web hanging down from the web. Each palp dabbed about once per second almost continuously for two hours. In the mating of Atrax Injfensus, the male pushed the female’s cephalothorax into a near~ vertical position and appeared 1o push agains the female’s fangs (Which were closed) with its first legs (Hickman, 1964). Similarly, tn the Mating position of Arrax forntidabilis (see Scott, 1980, fig. 21), the first legs are crossed af the dis- tal metatarsi and keep the female’s fangs closed. The spur on tibia If of the male operates m con- junction with a process on his second metatar- sus, surrounding and presumably locking the female’s second femur. Without such support, the female would probably fall backwards dui- ing mating, Numerous malting experiments using A. jamtiesoni were attempted but all save one resulted in apparent undirected chasing of one spider by the other. DISCUSSION Because sample sizes were small, the observed behaviour may not be representative or the difference in the behaviours may not be signifi- cant. My assumptions are thal they are both rep- resentative and significantly different. Also, because mating in 4ustralothele jamiesoui and Alvax species occurs probably within the con- fines of either a delicale web or in a very deep burrow, observation of truly natural behaviour may never be possible, In the case of Alstralothele species, the web is. significantly damaged before a spider can be found to be pre- sent. Hence, how can any behaviour that is observed be considered ‘natural’? I suggest that in mygalomorph taxa in which males possess tibial spurs on the anterior two pairs of legs. mating does not secm to involve a great deal of danger for the male from the female. When a male and female of Arrax infers were kept in the same container for sev- eral days, the female made no attempt to attack the male (Hickman, 1964). Of these two Atrax species, only Atrax formidabilis has a spur pre- sent on the male tibia LU. In 4. infensus, both libiae and metatarsi I and [I] have numerous spines and tibia IL has a slight proximal thicken- ing thai could assist locking the female's femur, if such is the case. Hickman (1964) did not give details of the function of the legs of males in mating. The apparently non-aggressive mating behav- iour of irax contrasts With its general behav- iour. If disturbed, males and females of alt species found in southeastern Queensland and northern New South Wales immediately take up 2 classically aggressive striking position: the cephalothorax is arched back, the first three pairs of appendages are raised to vertical or near vertical positions, the chelicerae diverge al thei bases and the fang tips each have a droplet of venom, In contrast. 4. janiieson/ is not easily induced to assume such a pose. In mygalomorph taxa in which males have much Jonger legs and palps than females, e.g. Ceithegus (see Raven, 1984) and Migas (sec Wilton, 1968). males may be able to inseminate females without coming within striking range of the fernale’s fangs, as Coyle (1971) suggested is the case in A/iarvpes. That might also be the case in Missulena in which the legs of the male (rela- tive to their carapace length) are several times longer than that of the female. However. in the case of Missulena the female is usally much larger! thus presumably reducing any advantage gained through the long legs and palps of the male. 474 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS I am grateful to Mr Pat Walker, Toowoomba, for discussions on the mating of Atrax. Dr R. Jackson, University of Canterbury, Dunedin, Dr F.A. Coyle, Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, Dr N.I. Platnick and Mr L. Sorkin, American Museum of Natural History, New York, and Ms T. Churchill, Queen Victoria Museum, Launceston, provided valued criti- cisms of this study. I am grateful to my wife, Debbie Smyth-Raven, for her patient forbearance through my long nights of obser- vation of the spiders in this study, and especially grateful to Dr F. Coyle for scintillating dis- cussions and exhanges of information about the mating behaviour that he has observed. LITERATURE CITED Coy _e, F.A. 1971. Systematics and natural history of the mygalomorph genus Antrodiaetus and related MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM genera (Araneae: Antrodiaetidae), Bull. Mus. comp. Zool. 141: 269-402. 1985. Observations on the mating behaviour of the mygalomorph spider, Microhexura montivaga Crosby & Bishop (Araneae, Dipluridae). Bull. Br. arachnol. Soc. 6: 328-330. 1986. Courtship, mating, and the function of male- specific structures in the mygalomorph spider genus Euagrus (Araneae, Dipluridae). Proc. Ninth Int. Congr. Arach., Panama 1983: 33-38. HICKMAN, V.V. 1964. Atrax infensus sp. n. (Araneida: Dipluridae) its habits and a method of trapping the males. Pap. Proc, R. Soc. Tasm. 98: 107-112. PLaTNick, N.I. 1971. The evolution of courtship behaviour in spiders. Bull. Br. arachnol. Soc. 2: 40-47. RaveEN, R.J. 1984. The Australian curtain-web spiders (Ischnothelinae: Dipluridae: Chelicerata). Aust. J. Zool. Suppl. Ser. 93: 1-102. Scott, G. 1980. ‘The Funnelweb’. (Darling Downs Institute Press: Toowoomba). WILTON, C.L. 1968. The spiders of New Zealand. Part II. Migidae. Otago Mus. Bull. 2: 74-126. A RE-EVALUATION OF THE RELATIONSHIPS OF HELIX (THALASSIA) GAYNDAHENSIS BRAZIER, 1875 (MOLLUSCA, PULMONATA, HELICARIONIDAE) Jorn Stantsic Stanisic, J. 1988 11 7; A re-evaluation of the relationships of Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1873 (Mollusca, Pulmonata, Helicarionidac), Mem. Od Mus, 25(2); 475-479. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. Iredale (1937) listed Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, 1875) under the family Flammulinidae, a group of endodontoid snails recently placed in the Charopidae by Solem (1983). lredale’s assessment was based on gross conchological detail. Utilising scanning electron microscopy this assessment is re-evaluated, Results suggest that D. gayndahensis ts a member of the limacacean family Helicarionidac, A redescription of the species is presented. O Mollusca, Pulmonata, Helicarionidae, Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, Relationships, Redescription. 1875), John Stanisic, Queensland Museum, PO Bax 300, South Brisbane, Queensland 4101, Aus- tralia; 24 July, 1987. Iredale (1937) placed a number of problem- atical genera within the family Endodontidae sensu lato. In several cases the placement was purely a matter of convenience and open to many questions. It has already been shown that some of these genera belong to quite different family units. Solem (1958) identified the north Queensland Theskelomensor Iredale, 1933, as a helicarionid taxon, while Solem (1959) trans- ferred Torresiropa Iredale, 1933, to the Rhytididae as a subgenus of Ouagapia Crosse, 1894, Delinitesta Iredale, 1933, (type species: Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1875) and Queridomus Iredale, 1937, (type species: Helix (Conulus) grenvillei Brazier. 1876) rep- resent two further questionable placements. A study of the Charopidae of southeast Queensland subtropical rainforests has made it necessary to review the relationships of Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, 1875). The status of Queridomus grenvillei (Brazier, 1876) will be considered elsewhere. SYSTEMATIC REVIEW All specimens used in this study were col- lected late last century. The lack of recently col- lected material is most likely a collecting artefact because related field work in south-east Queensland over the past 15 years has been con- centrated in the moist, coastal rainforests. The specimens listed in this study represent all known material of D. gayndahensis and are in the collections of the Australian Museum (here- after AM) and South Australian Museum (here- after SAM). Genus Delinitesta Iredale, 1933 Delinitesta Iredale, 1933, Rec. Aust. Mis. 19(1): 54; Iredale, 1937, Aus. Zool. 8(4): 321. DiaGnosis Shell medium in size, spire only slightly elev- ated, umbilicus very small, whorls about 5, nor- mally coiled, last descending. Apical sculpture of moderately spaced, incised spiral lines. Post nuclear whorls with weak radial growth ridges crossed by numerous very closely spaced wavy incised spiral lines. Body whorl with prominent cord-like kee]. Anatomy unknown. Tyre Species Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1875, by original designation. NOMENCLATURE AND PREVIOUS Srupies Brazier (1875) included Helix gayndahensis in the section Thalassia Albers, 1860. This was a contemporary catch-all for species with helicoid shells that had few or no sculptural features. Gude (1911) substituted Nitor for Thalassia, pointing out that the latter had priority in ornithological nomenclature. Hedley (in Hedley and Musson, 1892) considered that conchologically, the species came closest to Hedlevoconcha Pilsbry, 1893, (type species: Helix delta Pfeiffer, 1854). Iredale (1933) felt 476 that neither allocation was satisfactory and decided that the combination of shell texture, ‘... quaint keeling, and rounded base .. .” were characters meriting generic distinction. How- ever, the reservations lingered, and Iredale (1937) listed the species alongside Hedleyoconcha in the Flammulinidae while expressing serious doubt over its relationships. Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, 1875) (Fig. la-f, Table 1) Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1875, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. 1: 2 — Gayndah, Queensland; Hedley, 1901, Proc. Linn. Soc. NSW. 26: 16, pl. 2, figs. 17-19. Charopa (Thalassia) gayndahensis (Brazier), Tryon, 1886, Man. Conch. 2: 215. Flammulina gayndahensis (Brazier) Cox, 1909, Alpha- betical list of Australian Land Shells, Part 1, p.32. Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier), Iredale, 1933, Rec. Aust. Mus. 19: 54; Iredale, 1937, Aust. Zool. 8(4): 321. Type MarTERIAL Helix gayndahensis was described from material collected by George Masters, the first Curator of the Macleay Museum, Sydney. Unfortunately, no holotype was designated. Ponder and Stanbury (1972) identified four syntypes in the collection of the Macleay Museum and subsequently transferred them to the Australian Museum (AMA.119). However, the collections of the Australian Museum also include a number of other specimens which come from the type locality. It is highly probable that all these ‘Gayndah’ specimens are part of the original type lot collected by Masters. Herein all those specimens which could be associated with either George Masters or John Brazier were considered for selection of the lectotype. The lectotype comes from Brazier’s collection and MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM the label data includes habitat and publication details in his handwriting. MATERIAL EXAMINED Lectotyre: AMC.55443, ‘found on the trunks of trees under bark’, Gayndah, Queensland — here designated. PARALECTOTYPES: AMA.119 (‘on trees under bark’, ex Brazier 4 specimens), AMC.101150 (ex Brazier, | specimen), AMC.10699 (Figd. Hedley, 1901, 1 speci- men), AMC.142428 (Helms coll., ex Brazier, 3 specimens) — all from the type locality. OTHER MATERIAL: Gayndah (9 specimens, AMC.95837, AMC.63682; 3 specimens, Cox coll., AMC.142429); Maryborough (1 specimen, Cox coll. AMC.142430); Eidsvold (3 specimens, SAM D.17961, identified by C. Hedley). DESCRIPTION Shell medium in size, diameter 7.66mm, with $+ normally coiled whorls, last whorl descend- ing. Apex and spire elevated. Spire protrusion 0.125 times body whorl width. Height 4.43 mm, H/D ratio 0.58. Protoconch of 1% whorls, sculptured with about 20 incised spiral striae regularly notched along’ their length. Postnuclear sculpture of numerous, very close wavy incised spiral lines, interrupted by weak radial growth ridges. Body whorl with a promi- nent peripheral cord-like keel and a noticeable supraperipheral sulcus, flattened above and rounded below the keel. Lip simple with columellar deflection slightly covering umbili- cus, Parietal callus weakly developed, pustulose, white. Umbilicus narrow, width = 0.64 mm, D/U = 12.0. Columella vertical, aperture sub- ovate. Sutures flat. Colour creamy yellow-horn. Comparative REMARKS The combination of small size, subglobose shape, macroscopically featureless shell and TABLE 1: Variation in Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, 1875) NUMBER OF SPECIMENS HEIGHT (mm) AMC.101150 AMC.10699 AMC.63682 AMC.142430 AMC.55443 (Lectotype) WHORLS DIAMETER (mm) HELIX (THALASSIA) GAYNDAHENSIS 477 2 Pe ee Nia a eae ahaa \ pejg ne puieren taney ate te Rie inestes um gi? skY im Fic |. Details of the shell of Delinitesta gayndahensis (Brazier, 1875). (a-c) Lectotype, AMC.55443, (d-f) Gayndah, AMC.142429. (a,b) top and bottom views; (c) side view; (d) protoconch sculpture; (e) adult sculp- ture; (f) keel. (Scale lines as shown). cord-like keel effectively distinguish D. gayndahensis from other Queensland land snails. Theskelomensor creon Solem, 1958, and Theskelomensor lizardensis (Pfeiffer, 1863), two helicarionids from north Queensland, possess peripheral keels but are easily separated from D. gayndahensis by their smooth protoconch, tro- choidal shape and wide umbilicus. Taracystis 478 responsivus (Hedley, 1912) from southern Queensland agrees with D. gayndahensis in overall shell shape and sculpture, but lacks the peripheral keel. Species of Nitor Gude, 1911, have similar sculpture but possess a very simple keel and have the whorls flattened above the periphery. DistrriBuTion AND Hasirat D. gayndahensis is known from Gayndah, Eidsvold, and somewhat more questionably, Maryborough. The area around Gayndah is peppered with small rocky outcrops supporting semi-evergreen vine thickets which are home to a comparatively diverse land snail fauna and it is probable that D. gayndahensis occurs in these thickets, DISCUSSION The typical pattern of sculpture found in the Charopidae is a combination of strong radials and a complex microsculpture of fine radial riblets and crowded spiral cords (Solem, 1983), Although this sculpture may be secondarily reduced in some species or even modified, the spiral grooves and notches exhibited by D. gayndahensis (Fig. 1d, e) are not present in any charopid hitherto examined. To my knowledge the only Australian charopid taxa with incised spiral lines are ‘Oreokera’ corticicola (Cox, 1866) from the coastal rainforests of northern New South Wales and the Border Ranges, and two undescribed species from the Miriam Vale area in southern Queensland. However these taxa have quite different sculpture on the protoconch and adult whorls, flammulated shells and lack any trace of a peripheral keel. Moreover the spiral lines are simple grooves and do not show the ‘notching’ present in D. gayndahensis. On the other hand, the geographically proxi- mate helicarionid genera Tarocystis Iredale, 1937, Dendronitor Iredale, 1933, and Nitor Gude, 1911, share this sculptural feature with Delinitesta (Stanisic, unpublished). Solem (1982) described a similar pattern of incised spiral lines and notches in species of Westracystis Iredale, 1939, from northern Aus- tralia. Unfortunately the present classification of the Australian helicarionids is chaotic and, while this group is numerically the third largest land snail family in Australia, only a handful of local species have been critically examined (Odhner, 1917; Baker, 1941; Kershaw, 1979, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM 1981; Solem, 1982). Nevertheless I suspect more detailed studies will show that the relationships of D. gayndahensis lie with the species currently listed under Expocystis Tredale, 1937, Tarocystis Iredale, 1937, and Melocystis Iredale, 1937. Lack of material for anatomical study has restricted the nature of the preceding remarks to conchological comparisons. In spite of this the few sculptural features shown by D. gayndahensis are considered sufficient to remove it from the Charopidae (sensu Solem, 1983) and place it in the Helicarionidae. The unusual keel of D. gayndahensis (Fig. 1c, f) is a feature found in various groups of extralimital helicarionids such as Epiglypta Pilsbry, 1893, and Dignamoconcha Iredale, 1944, from Lord Howe Island; Orpiella Gray, 1855, from the Solomon Islands; and Harmogenanina Germain, 1918, from the Reunion Islands, However, this structure rep- resents a significant departure from the general shell patterns seen among Australian helicarionids and may be a secondary modifi- cation associated with the habitat shift to arboreal existence. LITERATURE CITED BAKER, H.B. 1941. Zonitid snails from Pacific Islands. Parts 3 and 4. Bernice P. Bishop Mus. Bull. 166: 205-370, BRAZIER, J. 1875. Fourteen new species of terrestrial, fluviatile and marine shells from Australia and the Solomon Islands. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1: 1-9. Cox, J.C. 1909. An alphabetical list of Australian land Shells. Part I, 84 pp. and corrections. (Sydney). Gupe, K. 1911. Notes on some _ preoccupied molluscan generic names and proposed new gen- era of the family Zonitidae. Proc. Malac. Soc., Lond, 9: 269-273. HebDLey, C. 1901. Studies on Australian Mollusca. Part IV. Prac. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 26: 16-25, pl. 2. HEDLEY, C. AND Musson, C.T. 1892. On a collection of land and freshwater shells from Queensland. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 6(3): 551-564. IREDALE, T. 1933. Systematic notes on Australian land shells. Rec. Aust. Mus. 19: 37-59. 1937. A basic list of the land Mollusca of Australia. Aust, Zool. 8(4):; 297-333. KERSHAW, R.C. 1979. Redescription of Helicarion cuvieri from Southern Tasmania and Helicarion Sreycineti from New South Wales (Pulmonata : Helicarionidae). J. Malac. Soc. Aust. 4(3): 145-156. 1981. Redescription of the genus Helicarion and Helicarion niger (Quoy and Gaimard, 1932) from HELIX (THALASSIA) GAYNDAHENSIS Victoria (Pulmonata : Helicarionidae). J. Malac. Soc. Aust. 5(1/2): 17-32. Opuner, N.H. 1917. Mollusca. XVII. Results of Dr E. Mjobergs Swedish Scientific Expeditions to Aus- tralia 1910-1913. Kungl. Svenska. Hanal. 52(16): 1-115. PonpDER, W.F. AND STANBURY, P.J. 1972. Type speci- mens in the Macleay Museum, University of Syd- ney. 6. Molluscs. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 97(1): 42-55. SoLeMm, A. 1958. A new land snail from Queensland. Nautilus 72(1): 20-22, pl. 3, figs. 1-6. 1959. On the position of some Palau, New Guinea Vetenskap 479 and Queensland land snails. Arch. Moll. 88(4/6): 151-158, pls, 12-13. 1982. Small land snails from Northern Australia, II: Species of Westracystis Iredale, 1939. (Mollusca : Pulmonata, Helicarionidae). J. Malac. Soc. Aust. 5(3/4): 175-193. 1983. ‘Endodontoid land snails from Pacific Islands (Mollusca : Pulmonata : Sigmurethra). Part II. Families Punctidae and Charopidae, Zoogeogra- phy.’ (Field Museum of Natural Chicago) 336 pp. Tryon, G.W. 1886. Manual of Conchology (2)2: 1-265, 65 pls. History: THE GENUS ARISTAENETUS DISTANT (HEMIPTERA: LYGAEIDAE: RHYPAROCHROMINAE) WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES T.E. Woopwarb AND Jane E. O’DoNNELL Woodward, T.E. and O’Donnell, J. E. 1988 11 7: The genus Aristaenetus Distant (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochrominae) with the description of a new species. Mem. Qd Mus. 25(2): 481-491. Brisbane. ISSN 0079-8835. The endemic Australian genus Aristaenetus (Lethaeini) and its type species A. diffinis (Walker) are redescribed. A. similis sp. nov. and its nymphs are described. Sexual dimor- phism of the metapleural scent gland peritreme and variation in the structure of the female peritreme of both species are described and figured. OO Hemiptera, Lygaeidae, Aristaenetus, taxonomy, scent gland dimorphism. T.E. Woodward, Honorary Associate, Queensland Museum, PO Box 300, South Brisbane 4101, Queensland Australia (deceased 22 November, 1985); Jane E. O’Donnell, Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut 06268, USA; 12 September, 1985. Aristaenetus Distant is an endemic Australian genus belonging to the tribe Lethaeini Stal as redefined by Ashlock (1964) and as keyed out by Sweet (1967). The type species, 4. diffinis (Walker), was described from Moreton Bay, south-east Queensland; its known distribution is now extended to north-east Queensland. A. similis sp. nov. is recorded from north-east Queensland to eastern New South Wales. Abbreviations: ANIC Australian National Insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; BMNH British Museum (Natural History), London; DANSW Department of Agriculture, New South Wales, Rydalmere; QM Queensland Museum, Brisbane; SAM South Australian Museum, Adelaide; UC University of Connecticut, Storrs; UQ University of Queens- land Insect Collection, Brisbane. In the following descriptions all measure- ments are in millimetres, those of the primary type first, of other specimens in parentheses (8 3, 10 2 of A. diffinis; 12 5, 11 2 of A. similis). Length was measured for all specimens, then complete measurements were made of some of the largest and smallest and some intermediates. The distances from apex of clavus to apex of corium (CC) and from apex of corium to apex of membrane (CM) are measured parallel to the median line of the body. Aristaenetus Distant Aristaenetus Distant, 1901, p. 507; Scudder, 1957, p. 154 (in Lethaeini); Slater, 1964, p. 808. Type species Rhyparochromus diffinis Walker, 1872; by monotypy. REDESCRIPTION Bony: shining; of moderately large size (length about 6-9). Heap: porrect, conically produced but shorter than pronotum, length subequal to or a little greater than width; dorsal surface with fine, short, recumbent hairs, micropunctures and fine striae; base with two iridescent areas com- posed of overlapping blunt pegs (Fig. 1); ocellocular distance less than interocellar dis- tance; cephalic trichobothria inserted about level with ocelli and anterior margins of eyes; ventral surface (Fig. 2A) without a deep median trough, but with a shallow anterior trough to about level of mid-line of eyes, not convexly swollen, transversely striate between eyes. Eyes not touching pronotum, with short hairs. Antennae slender, with a recumbent pubescence and sparser erect hairs shorter than width of seg- ments; segment I with length much greater than interocular width, extending for about half its length beyond apex of head; segment IV longer than or subequal to III. Labium extending onto abdomen; segment I reaching or a little exceed- ing base of head; segment III equal or subequal in length to I; segment IV shortest. Paraclypeus with a distinct ventral carina. Tuorax: Pronotum wider posteriorly than long, strongly narrowed anteriorly where narrower than head; lateral margins concavely excavated, roundly thickened, not at all expla- nate; a transverse impression present between anterior and posterior lobes, at least at sides; anterior lobe weakly punctate, scarcely to mod- erately convex, with an anterior collar delimited by a transverse groove, with a long erect seta 53.9% 19.2k 5@.uM a2ze8qar HH MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Fic, 1. Aristaenetus diffinis. A. Head, dorsolateral view, showing iridescent areas on left, SEM. Scale line = 50 um. B. Part of iridescent area, showing pegs (posterior to right), SEM. Scale line = 100 um. near each anterolateral angle; posterior lobe strongly punctate, with a very low median carina, posterolateral angles convexly raised, posterior margin slightly convex. Scutellum finely punctate; considerably long r than claval commissure; with a basal depression and behind this a raised subtriangular area. Clavus with four rows of punctures. Corium with costal margins acutely carinate and narrowly expla- nate, shallowly concave near basal third, gradu- ally convex in apical two-thirds; with two rows of punctures, separated by a ridge, parallel to claval suture, rest of corium irregularly punc- tate. Membrane not or only shortly exceeding apex of abdomen, often leaving part of abdomi- nal tergum VII exposed and sometimes all or part of connexiva of tergum VI; with basal cells and a transverse basal crease. Metapleural evap- orative area and scent gland peritreme sexually dimorphic; evaporative area reaching more than half way across width of metapleuron, more extensive in dthan in 2; peritreme in dextremely long, curved back to near posterolateral angle of evaporative area, thence curved forward in reverse comma-shape (Fig. 2C, D), in 2 variable but much shorter, not or less strongly curved backward (Figs 5-13). Legs slender; fore femur not much stouter than others, with an anteroventral series of long, slen- der, bristle-like spines and a more distal series of short, thorn-like spines. All tibiae with sharp spines. Hind basitarsus about twice as long as other two tarsomeres together. Aspomen: Submedian trichobothria: on ster- num III in triangular series on each side, with middle trichobothrium more posterior than two others; three trichobothria on each side of sternum IV in transverse linear series. Arrange- ment of trichobothria of sternum V typically lethaeine, with anterior two trichobothria close together, posterior trichobothrium much closer to posterior margin of sternum than to middle trichobothrium; posterior two trichobothrial areas of sternum VI _ not contiguous. Spermatheca (Figs 23, 24) with hemispherical bulb; with distal and proximal flanges, with dis- tal part of duct between these widened; narrower proximal part of duct long, without a broadened ring-like region near entry to ovi- duct. A dorsal sac opening into genital chamber of 2. Aedeagus (Figs 18-22) with long, distally coiled or looped vesical seminal duct; sperm res- ervoir with sleeve moderately to heavily sclerotised, fused with vesical seminal duct distally; arcuate extension variable; wings short and broad; holding sclerites very long, curving around wings proximally and fusing to form a “V” distally. ComMENTS Aristaenetus resembles Neolethaeus Distant (Ethiopian, Oriental, Australia and Pacific) in the presence of a punctate anterior pronotal col- lar demarcated by a distinct transverse impression, the clavus having four rows of punctures, the hemelytral membrane having a basal crease and large basal cells, the structure of the male genitalia and, as described by Khan and Woodward (1979), in the structure of the spermatheca and the presence of an accessory dorsal sac in the female. It differs from Neolethaeus in the head being about as wide as long (instead of wider than long) and with its ventral surface transversely striate instead of AUSTRALIAN ARISTAENETUS 0 cr Be.UM 2228525 483 Fic. 2. Aristaenetus spp. A. 4. diffinis, head, ventrolateral view, SEM. Scale line = 50 um. B. 4. similis, female evaporative area and scent gland peritreme, SEM. C. A. diffinis, male evaporative area and scent gland peritreme, SEM. D. 4. similis, male evaporative area and scent gland peritreme, SEM. B,C,D, scale line = 100 pm. punctate, and the lateral pronotal margins being concave and not carinate nor explanate. A very similar hypertrophy of the male scent gland peritreme occurs in Neolethaeus cantrelli Woodward (Australia) and N. cheesmanae Woodward (Australia and Papua New Guinea) (Woodward, 1968), and all 4 species of the neotropical genus Bubaces Distant (Brailovsky, 1981). If sexual dimorphism in this structure is a synapomorphy, then the clade so defined establishes a sister-group relationship between Australian and South American taxa; however, other characters such as the mule genitalia con- flict with this interpretation. A cladistic analysis of the tribe by the junior author is in progess. This will determine whether synapomorphy or homoplasy more likely explains the observed character state distribution of this feature. Since these structures may play a role in male-male or male-female interactions (Brailovsky, 1981), independent evolution through sexual selection is a possibility. Sperm reservoir morphology indicates relationships with Neolethaeus. Lophoraglius Wagner, Sweeralethaeus Slater, Afkinsonianus Distant, and Afradrpmius Scudder. These genera all share the presumed synapomorphy of long. distally jotned holding sclerites. Further analy- sis is necded before sisier-groups within this larger group can be determined. Neolethaeus is almost certainly composite, and probably con- tains within it the sisier-group of Anstaenerus, Key to the species of Aristaenernss Pronolum {Fig. 3) without a pale median longitudinal stripe on postenor lobe: with lat- eral margins deeply concave, abruptly diverging to posterolateral angles: anterolateral setae aris- ing from strongly produced lubercles ...,.......... aaron be opr diffinis (Walker) Pronotum (Fig. $} with a pale median longitu- dinal stripe on posterior lobe; with lateral mar- gins shallowly concave, diverging gradually to posterolateral angles: anterolateral setae not arising from strongly produced tubercles ........ sbedbeansaquadcedbedoedpeabeedertbeatendsid beaded similis sp. nov. Aristaenetas diffinis (Walker) (Figs 1, 2A-C, 3, S<7, 14, 16, 18, 19, 22, 23) Rhyparachromus diffims Walker. LIO-ill Aristaenetus diffinis: Distant, 1901, p. 508; Slater, 1964, p. 808; Scudder, 1967, p. 263. MATERIAL EXAMINED Queensland: Lecrotyre & (selected by Scudder. 1967), Moreton Bay (BMNH)}; 2 », Moreton I., 2.iv.1966, en leaf litter, Banksia, coll. G.B. Monteith (QM, UQ) (1 3, QM, aedeagus inflated and illus- trated); | 9, Dunwich. Stradbroke 1., 15-16.dv.1967, coll, B. Cantrell (dissected and scanned) (UC); | , Ugly Gully, Bnsbane, 4.x.1976. at light, coll. P Samson (UQ) | cd, 8 & ‘Camp Milo’, Cooloola, 3-135,i11.1970, Banksia dam. open forest, Lo light, coll, E. Dahms (QM); 1 , Caloundra, 111.1972, coll, M.B. 1872. pp. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEIIM Manpatd (UQ) 1 2, Karana, Wattle Rd, 13.11.1977. open forest, coll, A, Slater (QM); 4 ¢, 42, Telegraph Crossing, Dulhunty R., Cape York Pen., 2-4. vii.1975, under seeding Cullitris, coll. G.B. Monteith (1 ¢ dis- sected and scanned) (QM, UC); | ¢ Dividing Range. 1S km W. of Captain Billy Creek. Cape York Pen., 11.408, 142.45E, 4-9.vii,1975, coll. G.B. Monteith {QM). REDESCRIPTION Co_oration: Head, anterior lobe of pronotum and underside of thorax shining black; anterior pronotal collar sometimes reddish brown. Eyes reddish brown to dark brown. Ocelli red. Antennal segments | and I] yellowish brown to reddish brown, both infuscated distally, 1 some- limes entirely infuscated reddish brown or black; Ill reddish brown to black proximally, white to pale brownish yellow distally; IV entirely dark reddish brown to black. Labium pale yellowish brown, segment IV reddish brown, infuscated distally. Posterior lobe of pronotum shining dark reddish brown to black, lacking a median pale stripe and pale sublateral spots on posterior margin; humeral angles sometimes pale. Scutellum, coxae, fore femora, distal part of mid and hind femora, dark brown to black; remainder of legs yellowish brown. Corium and clavus dark reddish brown to black: corium with a subapical, transverse, white or cream patch, usually interrupted in middle by dark vein, with costal margin pale at middle and often at base, usually with a pale patch near middle of disc and another near apex of claval commissure, and often with a pale stripe near claval suture; clavus with a pale stripe near pos- terior third of scutellum. Membrane, including veins. brown. Venter of abdomen dark reddish brown to black. Bony: Length 8.5 (6 6.3-7,2, 2 7.2-8.8); maxi- mum width 2,67 (o 2.02-2.51, 2 2,14-2.76). Hean: Length 1.54 (¢ 1.22-1.43, 2 1.26-1.61); width across eyes 1.34 (6 L.17-1.34, @ 1.20- 1.42); interocular space 0,68 (3 0.50-0.64, 2 0,58-0,68); width of cye 0.33 (¢ 0.30-0.35, 2 0.31-0.37). Length of antennal segments I 1.16 (3 1.07-1.11,2 1.05-1.18) 11 1.70 (¢ 1.60-1.70, 2 1.56-1.82), I 1.61 (& 141-152, 2 1,33- 1.61), IV (d 1.45-1.54, 2 1.31-1,59). Length of labial segments I 1.57 (¢ 1.36-1,43, 2 1.45- 1,70), 11 1,59 (& 1,36-1.41, 2 1.47-1.63), Ill 1.66 (3 1,32-1,39, 2 1.43-1,68), IV 0.80 (2 0.66-0,75, 2 0,72-0.84). Thorax; Pronotum, sculellum, corium and clavus with short, fine, pale, semi-erect hairs, AUSTRALIAN ARISTAENETUS 485 HRY RS My) ' fw “\ “hh Fic. 3. Aristaenetus diffinis, female (Dulhunty R.), dorsal view. Scale line = 3.0 mm, 486 one from each puncture, longest on and near transverse pronotal impression. Pronotum with lateral margins deeply concavely excavated; transverse impression between anterior and posterior lobes well defined, deepest laterally, anterior lobe with long lateral setae each arising from a strongly protuberant tubercle, with calli confluent, smooth except for scattered micropunctures most obvious in shallow pos- terior fovea; posterior width of pronotum 2.51 (¢ 1.90-2.37, 2 2.09-2.60), median length 1.70 (3 1.39-1.58, 2 1.48-2.09). Scutellum: anterior width 1.30 (6 0.87-1.23, ? 0.94-1.50), median length 1.50 (6 1.10-1.34, 2 1.12-1.56). Length of claval commissure 0.88 (¢ 0.77-0.92, 2 0.63-0.98); CC 1.28 (¢ 0.91-1.44, 2 1.17-1.56); CM 1.36 (6 0.65-1.28, 2 0.69-1.35); corium 4.28 (¢ 3.24-3.87, 2 3.46-4.45). Scent gland peritreme of d sinuously curved forward toward anterolateral angle of metapleural evaporative area before curving back (Fig. 2C), short peritreme of 2 not or only slightly curved (Figs 5-7). Fore coxa with one strong bristle, mid and hind coxae with 3 strong bristles on exteroventral margin. Fore femur with an anteroventral row of 5 or 6 long, fine spines and 3 much shorter, thorn-like ventral spines near distal end, the most proximal longest. Aspomen: Ventral surface with a covering of fine, decumbent hairs and longer, semi-erect hairs. Male: tergum VII (Fig. 14) with lateral margins shallowly concave, posterior margin narrow, strongly convex; paramere (Fig. 16) with apex narrow, curved, posterior lobe rounded; vesical seminal duct of aedeagus (Fig. 22) very long, narrow, not heavily sclerotised, with several loops. Female: spermatheca (Fig. 23) with duct extremely long; proximal flange sinuously curved, strongly oblique. Aristaenetus similis sp. nov. (Figs 2B,D, 4, 8-13, 15, 17, 20, 21, 24) MATERIAL EXAMINED Queensland: HoLotyPe 6, T.9437, Fraser Island, nr VA288, E. of Lake Bowarrady, 2—3.x1i.1975, at light, coll. A. Slater and G. Thompson (QM); | PARATYPE d, T.9438, Fraser Island, Yidney Scrub, nr VBS52, 3—4.xii.1975, in leaf litter, coll, G. Thompson and A, Slater (QM); 2 ° Paratypes, T.9439, 9440, Brisbane, 20.v.1964, coll. H.A. Rose (UQ); 2 ¢ Paratypes. same data (UC); | Paratype 2, Brisbane, 15.iii.1942, coll, J.S. Ralston (UQ); 1 Paratype d, xii.1954, coll. F.C. Sweeney (UQ); | Paratype 9, T.9441 St. Lucia, MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Brisbane, 22—24.i1.1975, coll. G. Thompson (QM); 1 d, | 2 Paratypes, T.9442, 9443, same data except 24.vi.1975 (QM); | Paratype 3, same data except 23.vi.1975 (UC); 2 6, 3 2 Paratypes, T.9444-9448, M1 Coot-tha, Brisbane, | 3-20.111.1971, ex leaf litter, coll. G,.B. Monteith (QM); | Paratype d, same data (UC); 2 dé, 2 2 Paratypes, T.9449-9452, Mt Coot-tha, Bris- bane, 10.i.1975, ex leaf litter beneath eucalypts, coll. G.B. Monteith (QM); 2 2 Paratypes, T.9453, 9454, Mt Coot-tha, Brisbane, 17.x.1976, coll. A. Slater (QM); 1 Paratype d, Ashgrove, Brisbane, 16.ii1.1947, coll. J. Rosser (UQ); I Paratype 9, T.9455, Moggill, Brisbane, 1.ix.1963, coll. G.B. Monteith (QM); | Paratype d, T.9456, Moggill, Brisbane, 1.x.1955, coll. T-.E. Woodward (QM): | Paratype 2, Manly, Brisbane, iv.1954, coll. G. Hooper (UQ); | Paratype 2, T.9457, Gold Creek Rd. Brookfield, Brisbane, 16.11.1977, wet forest, coll. A. Postle and G. Thompson (QM); 1 Paratype d, Mt Nebo, 4.x.1954, leaf mould, coll. A.J. Peberdy (UQ); | Paratype ?, T.9458, Cooloola, nr Fresh Water Lake, 3-13.iii.1970, rain forest, to light, coll. E. Dahms (QM); 2 6, 3 2 Paratypes, T.9459-9463, Imbil State Forest, 3.1v.1969, coll. B. Cantrell (QM); | Paratype 2, 1.9464, Kenilworth State Forest, 1.iv.1969, coll. B. Cantrell (QM); 1 Paratype 9, T.9465, Amamoor, via Gympie, 28.ii.1976, coll, G.B. Monteith (QM); | Paratype 2, Lacey’s Creek, Mission Beach, 21.iv.1970, coll. G.B. Monteith (dissected and scanned) (UC), | Paratype 3, 3 km W. of Mission Beach, 18.iv.1969, coll. I1.F.B. Common and M.S. Upton (ANIC); | 6, 1 2 Paratypes, T.9466, 9467, Palmerston Nat. Pk, via Innisfail, 23-24.iv.1968, coll. B. Cantrell (QM); 1 Paratype 6, Tully, 111.1955, coll. A.J. Cowan (UQ). New South Wales: 1 Paratype 9, Lennox Head, N. of Ballina, hind dunes, 10.iii.1981, coll. M.J. Fletcher and G.R. Brown; | Paratype ¢, Victoria Pk, Alstonville, 15 km E. of Lismore, 9.i1i1.1981, coll. M.J. Fletcher and G.R. Brown; | Paratype d, Beecroft [Sydney], 19.x.1966, at MV light, coll. O.M. Williams (all DANSW), Cotoration: As for A, diffinis except for the following. Posterior lobe of pronotum with a pale median longitudinal stripe, broadest and best defined near posterior margin, and with a pair of pale sublateral spots on posterior margin. Veins of hemelytral membrane usually pale. Bopy: Length 7.0 (¢ 6.0-7.0, 2 6.8-8.3); maximum width 2.19 (d 1.76-2.23, 3 2.07-2.97). Heap: Length 1.30 (¢ 1.06-1.31, 2 1,.91-1.28); width across eyes 1.16 (¢ 1.03-1.18, 2 1.08- 1.28); interocular space 0.58 (¢ 0.51-0.60, 2 0.52-0.66); width of eye 0.29 (¢ 0.26-0.31, 9 0.27-0.31). Length of antennal segments I 1.00 (3 0.81-1.04, 2 0.93-1.13), II 1.50 (¢ 1.37-1.70, 2 1.34-1.62), III 1.25 (6 1.22-1.46, 2 1.22-1.45), IV 1.33 (6 1.30-1.52, 2 1.22-1.48). Length of labial segments I 1.30 (6 1.11-1.30, 2 1.27- AUSTRALIAN ARISTAENETUS 487 Fic. 4. Aristaenetus similis, paratype female (Cooloola), dorsal view. Scale line = 3.0 mm. 488 _ § a: : 7 = => —— Yi ~~ g Cc = | os 10 —— eS = —~ 11 o 12 i 13 at HS Fe 14 16 =, 7 oo y / 5-13. Female Aristaenelus spp. 5-7 — diffinis; 8-13 - similis. Fics 14, 15, Male abdominal tergum VII, Aristaenetus spp. |4—diffinis; 15 — similis. Figs 5-15, scale line = 0.5 mm, Fics scent gland peritremes, Fics 16, 17. Male: left paramere. inner view, Aristaenelus spp. 16 — diffinis, \7 -— similis. Scale line = 0.1 mm. 1,49), If 1.25 (6 1.09-1.25, 2 1.19-1.42), ITI 1.22 (3d 1.06-1.22, 2 1.11-1.49), IV 0.65 (¢d 0.57- 0.65, 2 0.63-0.76). THorax: Dorsal hairs all very short and inconspicuous. Pronotum (Fig. 4) with lateral margins more shallowly excavated than in A. diffinis (Fig. 3); transverse impression between lobes shallower than in 4, diffinis and restricted to lateral regions; anterior lobe with lateral setae not arising from strongly protuberant tubercles, with calli separated by band of fine punctures extending forward from shallow posterior fovea, surface of calli more obviously micropunctate than in A. diffinis, posterior width of pronotum 2.00 (¢ 1.65-2.00, 2 1.83-2.69), median length 1.44 (¢ 1,26-1.44, 2 1.33-1.80). Scutellum: anterior width 1.12 (d 0.82-1.12, 2 0.96-1.46), median length 1.26 (¢ 1.02-1.27, 2 1.20-1.62). MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM Length of claval commissure 0.76 (3 0.64-0.85, 2? 0.71-0.95); CC 1.30 (do 0.88-1.38, 2 1.26- 1.53); CM 1.50 (3 1.05-1.50, 2 1.00-1.65); corium 3.55 (o 3.18-4.10, 2 3.63-4.35). Scent gland peritreme of ¢ curved backward more abruptly than in A. diffinis, not sinuously curved forward (Fig. 2D), shorter peritreme of 2 extremely varied in length and degree of curva- ture (Figs 8-13). Spination of coxae and fore femur as in A. diffinis. Appomen: Ventral hairs shorter than in A. diffinis. Male: tergum VII (Fig. 15) with lateral margins strongly concavely excavated, posterior margin broadly convex, subtruncate; paramere (Fig. 17) broadly expanded, apex narrow, pos- terior lobe with a more pointed projection; vesical seminal duct (Figs 20, 21) wider and more heavily sclerotised than in 4. diffinis, with Figs 18-22. Male: aedeagal structures, dristaenetus spp. 18, 19 —diffinis, sperm reservoir, 18 — lateral view, L9 — dorsal view; 20, 21 — similis, sperm reservoir and vesical seminal duct; 20 — lateral view, 21 - dorsal view; 22 - diffinis, aedeagus, Jateral view, with vesica expanded. A.E. arcuate extension: H.S, holding sclerite; S. sleeve; V.S.D. yesical seminal duct; W. wing. Scale lines: 18-21 = 0.1 mm); 22 = 0,5 mm. AUSTRALIAN ARISTAENETUS 489 Pskes Fics 23, 24. Spermathecae, Aristaenetus spp. 23 - diffinis, 24 — similis. Scale line = 0.5 mm. Fics 25. Aristaenetus similis, 5th instar nymph, dorsal view. Scale line = 2.0 mm. 490 about 3 coils. Female: spermatheca (Fig. 24} with duct ca 4s as long as in 4. diffinis (Fig. 23): proximal flange annular. not oblique. COMMENTS In addition to the characters given in the key, A. similis differs from A. diffinis in the shorter labium; the pronotum having the transverse impression between the anterior and posterior lobes shallower and not extending so far toward the mid-line, and the calli separated by punc- (ures and more distinctly micropunctate; the shorter body hairs: the less sinuously curved scent gland peritreme of the male: the structure of the paramere; the shorter and much thicker vesical seminal duct; the broad apex of abdomi- nal tergum VII of the male; and the shorter spermathecal duct with the proximal flange not curved nor oblique. Nymens or a. Starts as MarTeRiaL EXAMINED Queensland: 4 instar V, 2 instar [V, Mt Coot-tha, Brisbane, 13-204i.1971, ex leaf liter (in 80% etha- nol), associated with 2.¢ and 3 2 paratypes, coll. GB. Monteith (QM). Twstan V (Fig, 25) Covoration: Dark reddish brown. Antennae with segment |, ca distal 73 of [1 and more than distal ¥2 of IV infuscated reddish brown; proxi- mal part of IV off-white. Labium yellowish brown, segment IV infuscated. The following creamish yellow: lateral margins of pronotum and of fore wing pads; patches near inner mar- gins of wing pads, laterally on abdominal terga, sublaterally on terga I] — V, anteromedially on tergum Il, submedian pair on terga TY and Y: basitarsi and tibiae, extreme distal ends of femora; abdominal sternum I] anterolaterally. Coxae reddish cream with brown markings: fore trochanters brown; trochanters and proximal ends of femora of mid and hind legs off-white: exireme distal ends of femora creamish yellow to light red; all femora mainly brown; tarsomeres I] light brown, Bony: Length 4.62-5.54; maximum width 1.96-2.06. Hes: Porrect, produced; length 1,04—-1.27: width |.00-1.08; interocular space 0.57-0.59; width of eye 0.22-0.25; a little convex across vertex; dorsal surface with fine, pale, suberect hairs: anteclypeus reaching to ca ‘2 way along antennal segment I. Epicranial stem extremely MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM short, usually covered by pronotum; arms sinu- ate. Eyes remote from anterior pronotal margin. Antennal segments linear, | thickened and II slightly thickened at distal end, IV slightly curved; length I 0/84-0.92, If 1.22-1.31, II 1.L2-1.16, IV 1.27-1.31, Labium elongate, reaching well onto abdominal sternum IV, seg- ment J reaching base of head: length of segments 1 1,081.18, 11 1.08-1.18, Ml 1.02-1.08, 1V 0,59-0,65. THorax: Nota and wing pads with fine erect hairs longer than those of head. Pronotum slightly convex in anterior half; subquadrate, with anterior and lateral margins straight, pos- terior margin slightly convex in middle; lateral margins narrowly explanate; with a pair of anterolateral setae inserted about level with lat- eral margins of eyes; median length 0.82-0.92, posterior width 1.53-1.63. Mesothoracic wing pads extending ca 4-2 way along abdominal tergum JIT; length 1.53-1.71; lateral margins more widely explanate than those of pronotum. Coxal, tibial, and fore femoral spination similar to that of adult. AapoMeEn: Elliptical. Scent gland sclerotisations straight between openings; that of terga HI-IV slightly wider than IV-V; V-VI ca 1/\0 as wide as TII-1V. Instar [TY Simuar in coloration and morphology to instar V except: Bopy: Length 4.43-4.52; width 1.76-1,80. Heap: Length 0.92-1.08: width 0.88-0.92: interocular space 0.53-0,55; width of eye 0.18— 0,19, Length of antennal segments t 0,75-0,78, IT 4.04-1.08. IN 0.92-0.94, 1V 1.14-1.16. Length of labial segments I 0.98-1,02, 1 0.90- 0,92, HIT 0.88, TV 0.59. THoRAXx: Lateral margins of pronotum and miesothoracic wing pads reaching to base of abdomen; length 0,84-0.88. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS This work was supported in part by the Aus- tralian Biological Resources Study and a Uni- versity Research Grant. We also thank the auth- onties. of the University of Queensland and of the Queensland Museum for facilities provided, and the following for loans of material; Mr W.R. Dolling (BMNH), Dr G.B. Monteith (QM), Miss M. Schneider (UQ), Mr M. Casimir and Mr; G.R. Brown (DANSW), and the authorities of these institutions. Mrs G. Yeo drew the AUSTRALIAN ARISTAENETUS two dorsal illustrations of the adults and Mr T. Low that of the nymph. Mr G. Thompson inked in the drawings of the spermathecae, evaporat- ive areas and scent gland peritremes and assisted with the assembling of illustrations. Dr J.A. Slater commented on the manuscript. Jim Romanow and Dr Alan Wachtel assisted with the SEM. LITERATURE CITED ASHLocK,. P.D. 1964. Two new tribes of Rhyparochrominae: a _ re-evaluation of the Lethaeini (Hemiptera - Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Ann. ent. Soc. Am. 57: 414-422. BralLovsky, H. 1981. El genero Bubaces Distant y descripcion de dos nuevas especies (Hemiptera — Heteroptera — Lygaeidae — Rhyparochrominae — Lethaeini). An. Inst. Biol. Univ. 51(1980) Ser. Zool. (1); 205-216. Distant, W.L. 1901. Rhynchotal Notes. XL Heteroptera: Fam. Lygaeidae. Ann. Mag. nat. Hist, (7)8: 464-486, 497-510. 491 AND WoopwarD T.E. 1979. The spermatheca and associated structures in Lethaeini (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochrominae). J. Aust. ent. Soc. 18: 39-44, Scupper, G.G.E. 1957. The higher classification of the Rhyparochrominae (Hem., Lygaeidae). Ent. mon. Mag. 93: 152-156. 1967. Rhyparochrominae types in the British Museum (Natural History) (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae). Bull, Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Ent. 20: 251-285. SiaTer, J.A. 1964. “A catalogue of the Lygaeidae of the world’. Vol. 2, p. 779-1668. (University of Connecticut : Storrs), Sweet, M.H. 1967. The tribal classification of the Rhyparochrominae (Heteroptera: Lygaeidae). Ann, ent. Soc, Am. 60; 208-226, WaLkeER, F. 1872. ‘Catalogue of the specimens of Hemiptera Heteroptera in the collection of the British Museum’. Vol. 5, p. 1-202. (British Museum: London). WoopwarbD, T.E. 1968. A new species-pair of Neolethaeus Distant (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) from northern Queensland and New Guinea. Proc. R. Soc. Qd 80: 35-42. KHAN, P. MEMOIRS OF THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM. VOL. 25 CONTENTS PART | (Issued 31 October, 1987) GILL, J-C.H. The diary of William Frederic Barnett in search of Leichhardt ........2..s:cssecsssssecsssesssessessesssescsecsucesssascesce 1 CANNON, L.R.G., GOEDEN, G.B. AND CAMPBELL, P. Community patterns revealed by trawling in the inter-reef regions of the Great Barrier Reef ........... 45 Hooper, JOHN N.A. New records of Acarnus Gray (Porifera : Demospongiae : Poecilosclerida) from Australia, with a synopsis Of the BeMUS ........ccccccccscsesscssucesccscscaccassussecsessessesscassscsecsscassscarsassavsssississsseteneeveeeecesce 71 MAURIES, JEAN-PAUL Craspedosomid millipedes discovered in Australia: Reginaterreuma, Neocambrisoma and Peterjohnsia, new genera (Myriapoda : Diplopoda : Craspedosomida) ............-ccssesscsscsssssessecssecssssesecsessessesessess 107 BAEHR, MARTIN Revision of the Australian Zuphiinae, 2. Colasidia monteithi sp. nov. from north Queensland, first record of the tribe Leleupidiini in Australia (Insecta : Coleoptera : Carabidae) ................ 135 Rotx, Louis M. The genus Neolaxta Mackerras (Dictyoptera : Blattaria : Blaberidae) ..........c-sesscscsescssssssesceceseeseesecsees 141 Rotu, Louis M. The genus 7ryonicus Shaw from Australia and New Caledonia (Dictyoptera : Blattaria : Blattidae : Tryomicinae ...........ccceccesscsssssessepsecocssssssassessussssrscecesesseeecees 151 Kouout, RuDOLF, J. Three new Polyrhachis sexspinosa— group species from the Philippines (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) .. 169 Legs, T. AND BARTHOLOMAI, A. Study of a Lower Cretaceous actinopterygian (Class Pisces) Cooyoo australis from Queensland, Australia oo... cceecessesecsssessessessccssosssecsssussucsucstsarsussessucasssssuetscissstssssesesgucesesescessecesesees 177 TURNER, SUSAN AND LONG, JOHN ALBERT Lower carboniferous palaeoniscoids (Pisces : Actinopterygii) from Queensland ........cssessccsecsecoscsseeoee 193 TURNER, SUSAN AND ROZEFELDS, ANDREW First Jurassic actinopterygian fish from Queensland ..........c.ccscescqpescssccscsssscasssessessesssescesescesseceeseeseesees 201 RIcH, PAT V., VAN TETS, G,F., RICH, T.H.V. AND McEVEY, ALR. The Pliocene and Quaternary flamingoes of Australia .........ccesccccssssusqseessesssessossssecsecsecsssscsscsveesecessones 207 Davie, P.J.F. A new species and new records of Portunus (Decapoda : Portunidae) from northern Australia ....... 227 Corsen, C.J. AND INGRAM, G.J. A new barred river frog (Myobatrachidae : Mixophyes) ...scicseccsccescosssessesssessssrecsessessessessecercsrscuscencecsnee 233 INGRAM, GLEN J. Avian type specimens in the Queensland MUSCUM ..........cscsssessssssesssocssreesvessecssecssessecesssessesesssseseeeevee se 239 PART 2 (Issued 7 November, 1988) ALLsopp, P.G. Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. noy., a new ruteline from south Queensland (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) ..., 255 Davie, P.J.F. A new genus and species of goneplacid (Crustacea: Brachyura) from Queensland, Australia ........... 259 Davies, V. Topp, Three new species of the spider genus Stiphidion (Araneae: Amaurobioidea: Stiphidiidae) from Australia ..:.....:.,. RARER aan OPT ond eMe isan to luck el ipaltectactan syne Ghseasepssasensepstadtignidtnat ig tigidnpup lane plxeetyakeesaorn 265 Davies, V, Topp, An illustrated guide to the genera of orb-weaving spiders in Australia —..........ccc:cssossecssssesecseessecesesnece 273 DELvinguierR, B.L.J. AND JONES, M.K. A preliminary note on the intestinal flagellates of the Australian anura: ....-..-..ccsccsseccsssccecsesscsseseeeeevee 333 INGRAM, G. AND COvVACEVICH, J. Revision of the genus Lygisaurus de Vis (Scincidae: Reptilia) in Australia. ..jci:ccscccecsecsecscsceecsecsseseeee 335 JELL, P.A., JELL. J.S., JOHNSON, B.D., Mawson, R. AND TALENT, JA. Crinoids from Devonian limestones of eastern Australia’ ........-..ccseccccecsescecesecsecasee rictllapptepterrsersveesmsibes 355 Jones, C.M. AND DERBYSHIRE, K. Sampling the demersal fauna from a commercial penaeid prawn fishery off the central Queens] ated GOgST bss s.chssssciads eens! eeeacsevtsespesst ns! eneepdab des tapecsndntldo¥oen doles sip acttiasluasvuttecasscomceemeagseartaessticl 403 Kouour, R.J. A new species of Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) from Papua New Guinea with a review of the New Guinean and Australian species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae) ...,..,...0.ess0sess0s0ee. 417 Kounout, RJ. Nomenclatural changes and new Australian records in the ant genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae) .........c.cccccccccecsecsesceseoseeeeey Posqssvtbupaprowored sith sotsbinsttnasadtes 429 LamBkIN, K.J. An Ausiralian species of the genus Bitfacus Latreille (Mecoptera: Bittacidae) ........0....... roaftSaz SET al, 439 LAMBKIN, K.J, A re-examination of Lithosmylidia Riek from the Triassic of Queensland with notes on Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ fossil Neuroptera (Insecta; Neuroptera) csssssccicssssccsecsscsesecsresecacesecesesseesee 445 MALIPATIL, M.B. A new species of Dilompus Scudder (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae) .........c.c:ecccscsccsecseesecseceuees eoy0tWhven sepa oesgit 459 Mckay, R.J. AND BFINSSEN, K. Albinism in the pigeye whaler shark Carcharhinus amboinensis (Miller and Henle) from Queensland 2... eceecessecsserecesssees ST eH tees anahn ee eee ns RUNS an er on betgearssibomesisape cette sets 463 OTHMAN, B.H.R. AND GREENWOOD, J.G. A new species of Ridgewayia (Copepoda, Calanoida) from the Gulf of Carpentaria .........ccsc.ccscss04.: 465 RAVEN, R.J, Preliminary observations on the mating behaviour of the Australian mygalomorph spider Australothele jamiesoni (Dipluridae, Araneae, Arachnida) ......c...ccsscscccssssccsssecessecsesseseqseceseseevonse 47] Stanisic, J. A re-evaluation of the relationships of Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1875 (Mollusca, Pulmonata, Helicarionidae) ..............sccssuscsessessssssscsesssscscsesesecerscscseacaessscerssacssenssessececsucseacececeseceeee 475 Woopbwarn, T.E. AND O’DONNELL, J.E. The genus Aristaenetus Distant (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: Rhyparochrominae) with the description Of a NEW Species ..........esesee eee pepresmsapenici fit ctyevaep snodqcecbEtpbenc day thveane pobesndgi aE s< cea eat ten peor veel 481 CONTENTS ALLsopp, P.G, Wambo puticasus gen. et sp. nov., a new ruteline from south Queensland (Coleoptera: Scarabaeidae) ... 255 Davie, P.J.F. A new genus and species of goneplacid (Crustacea: Brachyura) from Queensland, Australia .......... 259 Davies, V. Topp. Three new species of the spicer genus Stiphidion (Araneae: Amaurobioidea: Stiphidiidae) from CARIB IPAL At ros Sooty hater ary: ey eR Leer ey gp eee mee rc cay eterno Sy er ce Samm 265 Davies, V. Topp. An illustrated guide to the genera of orb-weaving spiders in Australia .......c:ccccscssssesecsssossocesesvorcecesee 273 DELVINQUIER, B.L.J. AND JONES, M.K. A preliminary noje on the intestinal flagellates of the Australian anura ............:.c.scs¢sesecesssssseseeseeces 333 InGRAM, G. ANB Covacevicny J. Revision ofthe genus Lygisaurus de Vis (Scincidae: Reptilia) in Australia ............. eatievevrapesavaneie ties 335 JELL, P.A., JELL. J.S., JOHNSON, B.D., MAwson, R. AND TALENT, J.A. Crinoids from Devonian Himestones of edsieris Australias epi esces vcdosececussscesssvatesscosssacsnnensendevestosedoteoné 355 JONES, C.M. AND DERBYSHIRE, K. Sampling the demersal fauna from a commercial penaeid prawn fishery off the central RJR eraSTenEls CARDS casera iagtyie et etee ye dorrlrea re Nasecd Rye Gh iis atlas adie tba v? ak os ulasoneyane dit taa devel fossie w+» 403 KOHOUT, R.J, A new species of Polyrhachis (Polyrhachis) from Papua New Guinea with a review of the New Guinean and Australian species (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: POrMiICiiae): 00. jracasestiatee essences 417 KonouT, R.J. Nomenclatural changes and new Australian records in the ant genus Polyrhachis Fr. Smith (Hymenoptera: Formicidae: Formicinae) ...... OASIS Peps Ren Web agsp baer seh yuae taste vod egos Cocca psaapaeetae rtp UeSieahd 429 LaMBKIN, K.J. An Australian species of the genus Bittacus Latreille (Mecoptera: Bittacidae) .........:.:s:cs:sessecesseesesees 439 LaMBKIN, K.J. A re-examination of Lithosmylidia Riek from the Triassic of Queensland with notes on Mesozoic ‘osmylid-like’ fossil Neuroptera (Insecta: Neuroptera) .............seyesssssssevsssecesecoesseccoeene 445 MALIPATIL, M.B. ; A new species of Dilompus Scudder (Hemiptera: Lygacidae) ...c.cc.c.c.ccsc:.cccesesscsececsecsesececsscecnesseseceeeeee 459 Mckay, R.J. AND BEINSSEN, K. Albinism i in the pigeye whaler shark Carcharhinus amboinensis er aie and Henle) from Queensland si. cceccscegsestssaesevsevesers snbesdnnn ry dvss¥an¥gnesasuniidvetssidenesepne) ext HtThEssies Fas keeaeaqs leryacsadnvaavgaveavaneease 463 OTHMAN, B.H.R, AND GREENWOOD, J.G. A new species of Ridgewayia (Copepoda, Calanoida) from the Gulf of Carpentaria ..........c0.00. 465 RAVEN, R.J. Preliminary observations on the mating behaviour of the Australian mygalomorph spider Australothele jamiesoni (Dipluridae, Araneae, Arachmida) ........:c-cs.csssssssesssssscccccssceasesecseescesoess 471 STANIsIC, J. F: A re-evaluation of the relationships of Helix (Thalassia) gayndahensis Brazier, 1875 (Mollusca, Pulrircniatay Men capiewidlaeh Lile.5-t.0% cle recieve otaceditoad nei Aue ee See ee Memeo t ry 475 WoopwarD, T.E, AND O'DONNELL, J.E. The genus Aristaenetus Distant (Hemiptera: Lygaeidae: iediee ke hesite with the description SE API WESECIEN Fat rctesiiencsctp